Instruction Manual

EddyPro

Eddy Covariance Software

W
i
t
h

S
u
p
p
o
r
t
for S
M
A
R
T
F
l
u
x

5
i
NOTICE
The information contained in this document is subject to change without prior notice.
LI-COR, INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS
MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LI-COR shall not
be held liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in con-
nection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
LI-COR

and EddyPro are registered trademarks of LI-COR, Inc. in the United States and
other countries. Campbell Scientific

is a registered trademark of Campbell Scientific, Inc,

Logan, Utah. All other trademarks and registered trademarks belong to their respective own-
ers.
Copyright 2013, LI-COR, Inc.
LI-COR, Inc.
4647 Superior Street
Lincoln, NE 68504-0425
Telephone: (402) 467-3576
FAX: (402) 467-2819
Toll Free: 1-800-3576 (U.S. and Canada)
Email: [email protected]
www.licor.com/env
Printing History
Document No. 977-12025
New editions of this manual will incorporate material developed since the previous edition.
An update addendum may be used between editions to provide up-to-date information. Revi-
sions are indicated by the version number. Minor updates that do not alter the meaning of
the content will be incorporated without affecting the version number.
Edition Number Publication Date Changes
1st Edition April 2011 First edition for EddyPro Express
2nd Edition December 2011
3rd Edition April 2012
4th Edition December 2012
5th Edition August 2013 Added revision history; Revised and updated documentation for
EddyPro version 4.2.
6th Edition November 2013 Updated to address the SMARTFlux system and EddyPro ver-
sion 5; Added Glossary; Added summary of output files.
7th Edition July 2014 Minor updates
8th Edition August 2014 Updated for version 5.2
This version generated on: Thursday, September 04, 2014
ii
Table of Contents
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
What to Expect from EddyPro 1-2
Using EddyPro 1-3
Installing EddyPro 1-3
Learning EddyPro 1-3
What's New in this Version 1-4
Version 5.2 1-4
Section 2. The Interface
Welcome Page 2-1
Menus 2-1
Toolbars 2-4
Project Creation Page 2-4
Project Name 2-5
Raw file format 2-5
Metadata 2-7
Biomet Data 2-8
Metadata File Editor 2-8
Basic Settings Page 2-17
Files Info 2-18
Select items for flux computation 2-20
Advanced Settings 2-22
Processing Options 2-22
Spectral Corrections 2-33
Statistical Analysis 2-38
Output Files 2-40
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Initial Configuration 3-4
Configuring Systems with Additional Networked Sensors 3-6
Eddy Covariance Checklist 3-6
GHG System Clock 3-8
Site Setup 3-9
USB Data Collection 3-11
Enter the Site Description 3-12
Enter Anemometer Information 3-14
Slope Offset Examples 3-18
Enter CO2/H2O Analyzer Information 3-20
CH4 Analyzer Data 3-23
Enter Biomet System Information 3-26
Loading a SMARTFlux Configuration File 3-27
Begin Logging Data 3-28
Verify Flux Computations 3-28
Express Mode 3-28
Automatic Variable Selection 3-28
Overview of Advanced Mode 3-29
Results Files 3-36
SMARTFlux Software Update 3-37
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Processing GHG Data with Correct Site Parameters 4-1
Processing GHG Data with Incorrect or No Site Parameters 4-2
Processing ASCII, Binary, TOB1, or SLT Files 4-3
Using the Metadata File Editor 4-4
Metadata Retriever Tool 4-9
When to Use This Tool? 4-10
How to Use This Tool 4-10
Basic Settings 4-10
Using Biomet Data 4-12
Use of Biomet Data for Improved Flux Computation and Correction 4-13
Averaging Biomet Data for Further Analysis 4-14
Supported Biomet File Formats 4-14
Using Advanced Settings 4-20
Selecting Advanced Processing Options 4-20
Using Advanced Settings: Processing Options 4-29
Advanced Settings: Spectral Corrections 4-31
iv
v
Advanced Settings: Statistical Analysis 4-34
Advanced Settings: Output Files 4-35
Assessment Tests 4-36
Running EddyPro from Command Prompt 4-40
Error Codes 4-41
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Time Structure of Output Files 5-1
Common Features of EddyPro Output Files 5-2
List of Outputs 5-4
Binned Cospectra Outputs 5-6
Binned Ogives 5-6
Full Cospectra 5-7
Raw Datasets 5-7
Spectral Analysis 5-8
Stats 5-8
User Stats 5-9
The Full Output File 5-10
Headings 5-10
GHG-Europe Database Format 5-18
AmeriFlux Output Format 5-18
Statistics Output 5-18
Statistics Files Content: 5-19
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Raw File Name Format 6-1
LI-COR GHG File Type 6-2
Site and setup information 6-3
Instruments 6-3
Raw file columns 6-4
TOB1 File Type 6-4
Generic Binary File Type 6-5
Time-varying (Dynamic) Metadata 6-6
Use Alternative Metadata File 6-13
Model (Gas Analyzer) 6-13
Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response 6-14
Beginning of Dataset 6-14
Displacement Height 6-15
Roughness Length 6-15
Axes Alignment 6-16
North Offset 6-16
Head or Flow Distortion Correction 6-16
Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation 6-17
Sensitive and Non-sensitive Variables 6-19
Linear Scaling 6-21
Nominal, Minimal, and Maximum Time Lag 6-21
Planar Fit Configuration Dialog 6-23
Planar fit subset 6-23
Planar fit settings 6-23
Wind Speed Measurement Offsets 6-25
Magnetic Declination 6-25
Using Results from Previous Runs 6-25
Flags 6-27
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Express Default Settings 7-1
Preliminary Processing 7-3
Importing Data 7-3
Defining the EddyPro Dataset 7-4
Adjusting the Anemometer Coordinate System 7-4
Calculating Relative Instrument Separations 7-8
Calculating Cell Temperature (Closed path systems only) 7-8
Despiking and Raw Data Statistical Screening 7-9
Random Uncertainty Estimation 7-17
Crosswind Correction 7-20
Angle-of-Attack Correction 7-21
Axis Rotation for Tilt Correction 7-22
Calculating Turbulent Fluctuations 7-26
Converting Concentrations or Densities into Mixing Ratios 7-27
Detecting and Compensating for Time Lags 7-28
Calculating Spectra, Cospectra, and Ogives 7-33
Ensemble Averaged Spectra and Cospectra 7-36
vi
vii
Calculating Ambient and Cell Statistics 7-38
Calculating Ambient and Cell Parameters 7-39
Calculating Average Gas Concentrations and Densities 7-40
Calculating Micrometeorological Variables 7-41
Iterative Calculations of Micrometeorological Variables 7-44
Calculating Fluxes 7-45
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes Level 0 (Uncorrected Fluxes) 7-45
Accounting for Density Fluctuations Induced by Instrument-related Heat Exchange
(LI-7500 only) 7-48
Calculating Multipliers for Spectroscopic Corrections (LI-7700) 7-49
Calculating Spectral Correction Factors 7-50
High-pass Filtering Correction 7-52
Low-pass Filtering Correction 7-53
Calculating Fluxes Level 1, 2, and 3 (Corrected Fluxes) 7-60
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes for a System Composed of an LI-7500 and LI-7700 7-61
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes for a System Composed of an LI-7200 and LI-7700 7-64
Estimating the Flux Footprint 7-66
Flux Quality Flags for Micrometeorological Tests 7-69
Appendix A. References
Glossary
Index
viii
1 What is EddyPro?
EddyPro is software for processing raw eddy covariance (EC) data
to compute biosphere/atmosphere fluxes of CO2, H2O, CH4,
other trace gases, and energy. It is based on the ECO2S
1
package,
which was released as free software by the consortium par-
ticipating in the IMECC-EU European project
2
. EddyPro is cus-
tomized to efficiently process eddy covariance data logged to
LI-COR

gas analyzers (.ghg files). It also supports other raw file types, including
data stored as ASCII tables, binary files (including the TOB1 format), and SLT
(EddySoft and EdiSol) formats.
ECO2S is the result of a software development and validation effort that started in
2006 in the framework of the CarboEurope IP project
3
, was partially supported by
the ICOS European Infrastructure
4
. This project came to a conclusion in 2011 with
the release of ECO2S 1.6.5. During the IMECC-EU project, the first complete ver-
sions of the software were thoroughly validated against six other eddy covariance
packages, including EdiRe and EddySoft software.
In 2010, LI-COR

selected this software platform as the foundation for the EddyPro

data processing and analysis package. EddyPro 5 is the latest result of this effort. It is
designed to provide easy, accurate EC flux computations.
EddyPro is released as open source software, with one official version that is fully
documented, maintained, and supported by LI-COR

, Inc.
Suggested Documentation Reference: LI-COR, Inc. 2013. EddyPro 5 Help and
User's Guide. LI-COR, Inc. Lincoln, NE.
Suggested Software Reference: EddyPro (Version 5) [Computer software]. 2013.
Lincoln, NE. LI-COR, Inc; Infrastructure for Measurements of the European Carbon
Cycle consortium.
1
http://gaia.agraria.unitus.it/eco2s
2
http://imecc.ipsl.jussieu.fr
3
http://www.carboeurope.org
4
http://www.icos-infrastructure.eu
1-1
What to Expect from EddyPro
EddyPro will calculate fluxes accurately, given the available data. The interface is
simple, and even users with little-to-no knowledge of the underlying eddy cov-
ariance (EC) theory should be able to use it with ease.
How does EddyPro make this possible? Inspired by the ECO2S philosophy,
LI-COR

designed an innovative raw file format (called the GHG format, denoted
by a .ghg file extension) that embeds all relevant meta-information inside the data
file. Because each raw file includes all the information needed to be properly inter-
preted and processed, each raw file can be handled independently from the others.
GHG files are automatically created by properly configured LI-COR

data logging
software. EddyPro also allows you to calculate corrected fluxes starting from raw
files in other formats, such as generic ASCII, Binary, TOB1, and SLT files. In these
cases, meta-information must be provided before processing through the EddyPro
graphical interface.
Processing EC data requires a long sequence of operations including raw data fil-
tering, calibration, and other algorithms for calculating and correcting fluxes. For
many processing steps, several options are available. Despite many efforts, the sci-
entific community has yet to reach definitive agreements on which of these are best.
Making all these options available can only be done at the cost of increasing the
complexity of the software. The solution in EddyPro is to provide two paths for
data processing: Express Mode and Advanced Mode.
In Express Mode, EddyPro uses pre-determined processing settings that are well
established and accepted in the community. This approach dramatically reduces the
need for user interaction, allowing you to get fluxes with just a few clicks! Express
Mode is suitable for most eddy covariance setups, including:
systems operated over relatively flat and homogeneous terrain,
systems with open path gas analyzers (e.g. LI-7500A, LI-7700),
systems with closed (LI-7000) or enclosed (LI-7200) path analyzers with short
or properly heated intake tubes,
systems that include up to 3 analyzers.
In Advanced Mode, you can choose how corrections are applied, and configure
these settings to suit your research needs, making it the correct choice for data col-
lected in situations that deviate from those listed above. Effective use of Advanced
Mode requires both a certain level of understanding of the EC theory and a deeper
interaction with the software.
1-2
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Using EddyPro
Installing EddyPro
EddyPro is compatible with computers running the Windows

operating systems
(XP, Vista, and 7), both 32 and 64 bit versions. The latest official version of EddyPro
can be acquired from www.licor.com/eddypro. Installing the software is a simple
matter of downloading it, and then launching the .exe file which is stored on your
computer. Accept the terms of the license agreement and click "Next" or "OK" until
the installation is complete.
Launch EddyPro by clicking the icon on your desktop, or navigate to the EddyPro
icon in your computer's "Start" menu.
Learning EddyPro
The simplest way to learn EddyPro is to use the software. Three levels of instruction
are available directly through the software interface.
The first level- EddyPro Tips - provides several-sentence descriptions of each feature
in the software when you hover your mouse over a feature. This is active by default,
and it can be turned on or off through the Tools menu (click EddyPro Tips) fea-
ture.
The second level - guided mode - indicates when required fields have not been com-
pleted. For example, if you are processing data in the ASCII format and you wish to
advance through the interface, EddyPro will prohibit you from advancing from the
Project Creation page to the Basic Settings page until the metadata has been
entered completely. Further, EddyPro will list the incomplete fields in the "Mes-
sages" panel. Messages in red font are essential. Messages in blue or green font
appear when the information provided to EddyPro is adequate to complete the pro-
ject. Messages are visible by default and it can be turned on or off through the
View menu (click EddyPro Messages).
The third level provides detailed descriptions of certain features when you click
(help question marks) in the interface. This takes you directly to the appropriate
topic in the software documentation.
1-3
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
What's New in this Version
Version 5.2
Version 5.2 is a minor update with bug fixes, refinements, and a few new features.
New features
Implementation of assessment tests for ancillary files (spectral assessment,
planar fit, and timelag optimization).
Analytic spectra correction after Massman (2000, 2001).
Biomet data are output for periods when corresponding high-frequency data
are not available or are corrupted.
Option to run engine with command-line specified .eddypro file (full path).
See help for usage (run "$eddypro_rp -h").
eddypro_rp now edits .eddypro file, so that eddypro_fcc can be launched
when eddypro_rp completes, without further interventions. This improves
portability and facilitate usages from command line and automation.
Engine bugs fixed
Bug causing off-season uptake correction to switch to 'simple linear' and stick
there, if radiation measurements were missing for just one half-hour.
Management of external biomet files (1 file, files in folder, 1 minute time-
step).
Bug causing TOB1 files without header (rare case) to be deleted from the
data folder, if they happened to contain less data than expected.
Bug causing soil temperature not to be duly treated as a biomet variable.
Call to CorrectionFactorsIbrom07 in BPCF_Fratini12. The wrong call pre-
vented use of backup solution (Ibrom model) in periods of too-low fluxes.
So, the correction was always using the direct method of Fratini et al. 2012,
also in low-flux conditions.
Functioning of metadata retriever, that got broken after refactoring for 5.0.
Footprint model of Kormann and Meixner 2001, as implemented in
'eddypro_fcc' (no corresponding bug in 'eddypro_rp').
Bug causing cross-wind correction to be applied to 'fast temperature' meas-
urements, but only if those were used in conjunction with an R2 anem-
ometer.
1-4
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Exit condition for subs importing ASCII data. Was crashing in some con-
ditions, if a file contained more records than expected.
Module call to m_common_global_var in RenameTmpFilesCommon. The
bug was not causing problems because the same module is called by the
module that was mistakenly called.
Engine refinements
Eliminated squared root operating on the transfer function H, in Fratini et al.
(2012) spectral correction method. This refinement shall be made publicly
available in the form of a corrigendum to the paper. Thanks a lot to
Johannes Laubach for suggesting the change, demonstrating its foundation
and verifying the new implementation in EddyPro!
Refined format of GHG-Europe output file after specifications from European
Database managers.
In timelag optimization session and in main raw data processing session,
moved call to retrieve_sensor_params before time-lag estimations to have
instruments properties available for refined "starting time-lags" definition.
Moved 'normal exit instruction' in all subs importing raw data, in such a way
that the exception of reaching the end of the file is caught in most (possibly
all) occasions.
Implementation of random error after Finkelstein and Sims (2001):
Improved code quality and readability and improved speed in calculating the
ITS.
Revised retrieval of files in list, to safely skip files that do not comply the raw
file name format.
Eliminated N = N - 1 at the end of sub ReadSLTEddySoft.
Completely rewritten subroutine to import full cospectra and modified
approach in FCC to get the size of cospectra from the first file instead of
allocating in advance.
Improved control over missing lines, with an additional control after stat-
istical screening, so that period is skipped if not enough data remain after the
screening, also including native missing data such as -9999.
Improved format and function calls related to exception handling and cor-
responding output messages.
Simplified ShowDailyAdvancement and introduced advancement marks on
output, to allow for GUI estimates of processing time.
Revised the text displayed when running engines with option -h.
1-5
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
In "filelist_by_ext", anticipated exception handling if no files are found in
folder.
Proper setting of FileEndReached in ReadSLTEddySoft and ReadSLTEdisol.
Adjusted algorithms to calculated default timelags, which now include "tube
time", "cell time" and a "safety margin".
Eliminated useless "+1" on both sides of a "greater than" test, in subs import-
ing all binary files (TOB1, generic binary).
Removed the usage of auxiliary folder ..\mod in both RPP and FCC projects,
to ease and streamline the port to other OS.
In case of space separation in raw file with non-numeric field, defaults to con-
sidering multiple consecutive separations as only one.
Calculation of cutoff frequencies and dependence cutoff/RH when data for
very few RH classes are available.
Moved definition of 'null' spectra from fx to common module.
Moved function NameMatchesTemplate into src_common/dir_sub.f90 file.
Eliminated useless "+1" on both sides of a "greater than" test, in subs import-
ing SLT files.
Eliminated useless output 'Verifying time series integrity' during planar fit
data import.
Corrected the spelling of subroutine ShrinkString.
GUI (Graphical User Interface) bugs fixed
Improve information available in Run page (for example, show warnings and
errors, computation time estimates, etc.).
Improve progress bars in Run page.
Add separation of standard variables and custom variables in the Metadata
Editor; RawFile Description. Provide a Clear button for the Custom variables.
Fix minor bugs.
GUIRefinements
Integrate Massman 2000/2001 correction.
Implement testing of ancillary files (Spectral correction, Planar fit and Time
lag optimization) at loading time.
Add a dialog to inform about the Angle of Attack automatic selection.
Added an 'Open output directory' button in Run page.
Added keyboard shortcuts to navigate between pages (Alt+1...Alt+5).
1-6
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Version 5.1.1 (2014-03-14)
Version 5.1.1 is a minor update with bug fixes and refinements.
Engine bugs fixed
Bug causing EddyPro to ignore the next raw file when current file is shorter
than expected.
Bug causing 'full co-spectra' files not to be read in 'eddypro_fcc'.
Version 5.1.0 (2014-01-29)
Version 5.1.0 is a minor update with bug fixes and refinements.
Engine bugs fixed
Import of TOB1 files, now avoids copying the same TOB1 file multiple times
and speeds up processing of long TOB1 files (typical use case).
Bug that was causing storage fluxes to be identically zero in most use cases.
File in src_common was importing module rp-related (did not cause com-
putation issues).
Engine refinements
Modified Absolute Limits Statistical test defaults as follows:
Minimum sonic temperature set to -40 C (was -20 C).
Maximum CO
2
set to 900 ppm (was 600 ppm)
Fixed ranges of accepted biomet values:
Changed minimum ambient pressure to 40 kPa (was 80 kPa).
Made all interval min/max closed instead of open, most importantly for
RH, to include values of 0 and 100.
Optimized the output time stamp in case of shorter-than-expected raw files.
GUI bugs fixed
Improved computation progress bar to represent progress more accurately.
Decimal digits of the 4th gas molecular values were lost in the Basic Settings
page when saved.
GUIRefinements
Improved information available in Run page.
Added default button selection to SMARTFlux system package dialog.
1-7
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Modified absolute limits statistical tests as described above.
Version 5.0.0 (2013-12-09)
EddyPro Version 5.0 introduces the SMARTFlux system configuration file creator.
GUI
Implemented SMARTFlux bar and file package creation buttons.
Removed "Number of files to merge" control.
Removed "Gas analyzer height" from Metadata editor.
Introduced "Open Sans" font.
Engine bugs fixed
Bug causing crash on short raw files.
Software not reading strings longer than 200 characters in .eddypro file.
Potential problems with timestamps in non-ISO format.
Crash if last raw file of the dataset is not a valid one (too short, invalid
header, etc.).
Bug causing the software not to process correctly averaging intervals shorter
than file length in certain circumstances.
Use dynamic metadata files. Same variables as usual, but now full inde-
pendence of processed time period from definition of dynamic metadata
dates.
Bug causing the spectral correction of Fratini et al. (2012) to virtually always
use the fallback solution (model) rather than the direct method (thanks Olli
Peltola and Ivan Mammarella!).
Bug causing the spectral assessment to fail if a large number of spectra files
were to be used.
Engine Refinements
Changed units of ET fluxes in the full output file. New units are mm+1hour-
1.
Changed Express settings. Cross-wind correction is no longer applied by
default.
Exception handling with SLT-EdiSol files if header reports implausible record
length.
Merged and simplified spectral correction code.
1-8
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Period to be processed extended to include the very last averaging interval,
which was excluded from the automatic selection of start&end date per-
formed in the GUI.
Initialization of stats and their values when variables are missing.
Engine New Features
Creation of unique temp folder for allowing parallel runs.
Possibility to process indefinitely long raw files. Possibility to process datasets
for multiple years in one session.
Smart understanding of initial timestamp in the dataset.
Version 4.2.1 (2013-10-03)
GUI Improvement
EddyPro update 4.2.1 is a minor update that fixes a GUI bug related to the retrieval
of declination correction for magnetic north from the U.S. National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) website. The update corrects an error that
occurs when the website is unavailable.
Version 4.2 (2013-08-22)
EddyPro update 4.2 is a minor update that includes several bug fixes and improve-
ments to the processing engine and graphical user interface (GUI), including:
Engine Improvements
Fixed use of "Flags" (set in the "Basic Settings" page) for filtering out indi-
vidual raw data records.
Fixed import of SLT-EddySoft raw files featuring low-resolution data.
Fixed formulation of tube transfer function for laminar regimes and - only in
FCC - for turbulent regimes.
Fixed problem with Fratini et al. 2012 spectral correction giving NaN in
cases of high fluxes.
Fixed bug in the running mean and exponential running mean detrending
algorithms.
Fixed bug in planar fit with no velocity bias that caused rotations not to be
performed.
Fixed bug in time lag optimizer causing a crash.
1-9
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Fixed initialization of footprint results for Kormann and Meixner (2001) and
Hsieh (2000) models.
Fixed labels of custom variables in full output, when created by FCC pro-
gram (added "_mean" padding to each variable name).
Fixed management of missing variables when passing from raw processing
engine to FCC.
Fixed the use of flow rate from raw data files when available, with both GHG
and non-GHG files, if time lags are not explicitly set by user.
Fixed bug that caused mismatch in full output headers when advanced pro-
cessing settings were used.
Fixed missing LI-7700 CH
4
flux output in full output file when data is
screened using LI-7700 Diagnostic Value.
Fixed wind coordinates rotation when AXIS configuration (Gill anem-
ometers) or R2 anemometer is selected, for angle of attack correction.
Added ET (evapotranspiration flux, in mm) to full output results.
Added optional crosswind correction of sonic temperature for Gill
WindMaster and WindMaster Pro anemometers (needed for type 1352,
not for types 1561 or 1590).
Refinement: extended range of accepted ambient pressures, now the min-
imum value accepted by EddyPro is 40 kPa, which replaces the former value
of 80 kPa.
Refinement: when running in Express mode, the default version of the angle
of attack correction depends on the anemometer model (Nakai et al. 2006 for
R3 and R2).
Refinement: increased resolution of footprint results, from 5 to 1 meter, Kor-
mann and Meixner (2001) and Hsieh (2000) models.
Refinement: support for TOB1 files with no header lines (explicit user spe-
cification of variable types 'IEEE4' or 'FP2' is needed).
Refinement: inverted time lag compensation and tilt correction procedures.
Refinement: stationarity test evaluated after time lag compensation and tilt
correction.
Refinement: minor modifications to QC flags to better match flag definitions
according to TK3 approach (M. Mauder, personal communications).
Refinement: resolving to the Integral Turbulence Time Scale simple defin-
ition from Billesbach (2011) if direct calculation fails.
GUI Improvements
1-10
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Fixed behavior of North alignment for Generic Anemometer in the Metadata
Editor
Fixed bug that caused the default angle-of-attack to override user selection
when re-opening a saved project.
Fixed flags threshold and policy persistence when re-opening a saved project.
Fix bug that prevented overriding "Lowest noise frequency" settings.
Fixed overwriting of the anemometer user selection on the Basic Settings
page in case of multiple anemometers.
Fixed bug that prevented undue field persistence when changing units of the
input in the Metadata Editor.
Fixed Magnetic Declination fetching not working properly due to NOAA web-
site changes.
Refinement:Added dialog when clearing the raw data directory.
Refinement: Modified raw file name format displayed in the corresponding
dialog.
Refinement: Permitted negative altitudes in Metadata Editor
Refinement: Improved Metadata Editor stability.
Refinement: Added Gain-Offset automatic selection in the Metadata Editor.
Refinement: Added colors to variables ignored or not numeric in the
Metadata Editor.
Refinement: Disabled unnecessary fields and set Ignore to "yes" in case of
non-numeric variables in the Metadata Editor.
Refinement: Prevented column selection bug in metadata tables that
triggered first row editing.
Refinement: Ctrl+mouse-wheel resizes the GUI main window.
Refinement: Disabled Ctrl+F12 shortcut to launch the program.
Refinement: Cross-wind correction checkbox is always enabled, though
checked as suggestion when needed.
Refinement: Changed angle-of-attack correction policy with Gill anem-
ometers.
Refinement: Increased absolute limits ranges for statistical test on gases.
Refinement: Changed policies to update software, project and metadata files
versions at saving time.
Refinement: Custom variables created in the file description table of the
Metadata Editor will be permanently available in the local computer for
future uses.
1-11
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Version 4.1 (2013-01-01)
EddyPro version 4.1 introduced 2 new major data processing options, completed a
few features already drafted in version 4.0, and fixed a number of bugs found in ver-
sion 4.0. The improvements in this version include:
New features
Spectral correction scheme, implemented after Fratini et al. (2012), spe-
cifically designed for closed-path systems, but applicable to any eddy cov-
ariance setup.
New angle-of-attack correction algorithm from Nakai and Shimoyama
(2012).
Improvements
Use of previous results to dramatically reduce program execution time.
Express processing uses the new angle-of-attack correction algorithm from
Nakai and Shimoyama (2012) rather than the correction from Nakai et al.
(2006) used in previous versions.
Support for binary SLT files containing more than 6 variables.
External biomet data files are no longer limited to 18,000 records.
Renamed Dataset Selection page to Basic Settings page.
Major bug fixes
Automatic time lag optimization
Bug description: The bug was under the Automatic time lag optimization
procedure (Advanced Settings > Processing Options > Time lag com-
pensation). The bug is such that time lags assessed for H
2
O (if this gas is
treated in flux computation) are erroneously used also for CO
2
or CH
4
. Selec-
tion of an erroneous time lag results in flux underestimations: the more the
used time lag deviates from the real one, the more fluxes are underestimated.
Who is affected: Anyone who used the Automatic time lag optimization
option for flux computations in a previous version of EddyPro is likely to be
affected. However, the severity of the effects depends upon the gas analyzer in
use. For open-path analyzers (e.g., LI-7500A), the bias if most likely neg-
ligible, if present at all. For enclosed-path analyzers (e.g., LI-7200), the bias is
probably detectable but still negligible, because time lags of H
2
O do not devi-
ate dramatically from those of CO
2
, especially if conditions of low relative
1-12
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
humidity (<50-60%, typically during daytime). In such analyzers, effects are
further minimized if a short (< 1 m) and/or heated or insulated sampling
line was used. For closed-path analyzers with sampling lines longer than 2
m, (e.g., LI-7000 or LI-6262), the effects are likely to be relevant and we thus
recommend that you recalculate fluxes using EddyProversion 4.1.
Who is not affected: All users who ran EddyPro in Express Mode or those
who did not use the Automatic time lag optimization.
Note: We recommend using the Automatic time lag optimization procedure
especially for closed-path setups featuring medium and long (>3-4 m) sampling
lines. The bug that affected this option is corrected in EddyPro 4.1.
Calculation of average CH
4
mole fractions and mixing ratios from the
LI-7700
Bug description: The bug prevented the band-broadening correction from
being applied in the calculation of average CH
4
concentrations. Note that
this did not affect flux calculations, as the band-broadening correction is
applied to fluxes separately in EddyPro 4.0. The effects of this bug were vis-
ible especially in conditions of very low ambient pressure with respect to nor-
mal values.
Other bug fixes
Fixed bug that caused the program to crash when the number of files selec-
ted for planar fit calculations were more than the maximum allowed (3,000).
The bug was fixed and this maximum value was increased to 18,000.
Fixed bug that caused the calculation of maximum wind speed to fail in cases
in which raw data records have at least one wind components set to -9999
(EddyPros internal error code). Most often this bug resulted in a maximum
wind speed of 17318.7 m/s, that was the result of wind speed calculated from
3 wind components set to -9999. This bug had no effects on fluxes.
Fixed bug that caused the crosswind correction of sonic temperature to be cal-
culated erroneously for individual data records that have any wind com-
ponent set to -9999. This bug resulted in implausible values for sonic
temperature and thus either in fluxes set to -9999, or to extremely spiky
fluxes. Note that for most anemometers the crosswind correction is applied
1-13
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
in the firmware, so there is no need to apply it at processing time with
EddyPro.
Fixed bug that caused the header of full output file to be erroneous when
using the option Use standard output format.
Fixed bug that caused the night-time/daytime indication in the full output
file to fail in some circumstances.
Fixed a bug in the Random uncertainty estimate, that caused the software
to crash with an Out of memory error message.
GUI changes
Added a general Restore Default Values button to restore all the Advanced
Settings to the Express (default) Settings.
Added constraints between fields to help fill the Metadata File Editor tables.
Improved management of previous versions of Project and Metadata files for
backward compatibility.
Added a Software Version field in the Metadata File Editor IRGA table.
Added an automatic Detect Dataset Dates button for the raw data files.
Prevented wheel mouse scrolling on setting controls.
Improved management on low resolution displays.
Added automatic saving when exiting sub-dialog.
Fixed opening of associated .eddypro project files when double clicking the
file.
Added button to clear the output console.
Improved guided mode information messages.
Fixed many minor GUI bugs.
Version 4.0 (2012-04-25)
EddyPro version 4.0 introduced additional computation options that were limited
in the earlier releases of the software known as EddyPro 3.0 and EddyPro Express.
This version provides a wide variety of options that make it possible to compute
eddy covariance fluxes using one of many established techniques.
New Features
Support for biomet data (biological and meteorological data) collected from
ancillary sensors.
Ensemble spectra, cospectra, modeled spectra, and ensemble spectra based on
time period.
1-14
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
New Metadata Retriever tool to compile all site metadata from GHG files into
a single metadata file that can be edited or viewed.
Planar Fit tool customization with graphical controls.
Time Lag Optimization tool now supports automatic time lag optimization
to account for time lags.
Random Uncertainty estimation tool.
Version 3.0.1 (not public)
Bug fixes
Fixed initialization of latitude, longitude, and altitude when using dynamic
metadata.
Fixed Kljun et al. (2004) Footprint Estimation: Now uses measurement
height minus displacement height to compute footprint. Previously used
measurement height.
Fixed sampling line flow-rate calculation when average flow rate from high-
frequency data is used to initialize nominal, minimum and maximum time
lags.
Dialog boxes: Fixed bug that caused dialog boxes to display default settings
when a project is re-opened, even if the settings had been altered previously.
This presented risk that a setting could be reset to the default if a user
opened a dialog box and clicked OK while the incorrect settings were dis-
played, and subsequently saved the project.
Other minor bug fixes. See EddyPro

> Help > About > Changes for more

information.
Version 3.0.0 Final Release (2012-02-06)
New features
Support for additional raw data file types, including ASCII Table, TOB1, SLT
(EddySoft), SLT (EdiRe), Generic binary.
Support for the "dynamic metadata," or site parameters that change over
time.
Support for other trace gases measured by an additional gas analyzer.
Advanced processing options:
1-15
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
Wind speed measurement off-sets for U, V, and W.
Axis rotation for tilt correction options: planar fit, double rotation, triple
rotation, planar fit with no velocity bias.
Detrending options: block averaging, linear detrending, running mean,
exponentially weighted average.
Time lag compensation: constant, maximum covariance with default, max-
imum covariance without default.
Window for data tapering before FFT-ing: Square, Bartlett, Welch, Ham-
ming, Hann.
Fully configurable statistical tests, including:
Spike count/removal.
Amplitude resolution.
Drop-outs.
Absolute limits.
Skewness and kurtosis.
Discontinuities.
Time lags.
Angle of attack.
Steadiness of horizontal wind.
Comprehensive output files, including
Full output (fluxes, quality flags, turbulence data, statistics).
Ameriflux results format.
GHG-Europe results format.
Statistical files (level 1 through 7).
Reduced spectral outputs (all binned spectra and cospectra; all binned
ogives).
Full spectral and cospectral output for all wind and gas species variables.
3.0.0 Beta (2011-12-14)
First public release of 3.0.0 Beta. This version introduced the Advanced Options for
testing.
2.3.0 (2011-07-20)
Major bug fixes
An error occurred in the calculation of corrected fluxes if the N
2
O analyzer
was a closed-path one, while the CH
4
analyzer was open-path or CH
4
was
not present at all. The bug resulted in corrected fluxes of N
2
O equal to -9999
1-16
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
(that is, if your N
2
O fluxes are not -9999, they are not affected by this bug).
Definition of "relative separations". No impact on calculations, only on the
output metadata.
Control on use of cell temperature (fixed re-initialization of column inform-
ation).
In statistical tests (Spike count/removal and Amplitude Resolution/Drop Out)
length of implied windows modified so as to scale with the length of the
averaging period.
Improvements
Handling of situations where H
2
O readings are not available (air density,
momentum flux).
Control over peculiar situations in Fluxes23 (WPL section).
Introduced support for TOB1 format "FP2."
Introduced detection of very implausible values in the raw files, and their sub-
stitution with error codes.
Error codes in raw files (-9999) are no longer modified during conversions of
raw units into EddyPro units.
Better handling of situation when all GHG files have invalid metadata or are
corrupted.
Better handling of the computations exit codes.
2.2.0 (2011-06-20)
Bug fixes
Fixed bug concerning fluxes calculated from CH
4
and N
2
O mole fraction
measurements from closed path systems. The bug affected also fluxes cal-
culated with CO
2
mole fractions, if the paired H
2
O was measured as either
molar density or mixing ratio. In all cases, the bug resulted in flux values =-
9999 (that is, if your fluxes are not -9999, they are not affected by this bug).
Fixed Altitude field zeroing in the Metadata editor.
Changed the docking policies of the Tips dock: now it's movable and float-
able top and bottom and it could also be tabbed with the Console.
Changed the dimension policy of the Tips dock: now it's expandable.
Fixed misspellings.
Used native dialog for the 'Save metadata as' button.
GUI code cleaned up.
1-17
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
2.1.4 (2011-06-02)
Fixed incorrect filtering of CH
4
vars in the Processing page, in case of Gen-
eric gas analyzer.
Added the Change Log file viewer in the About dialog.
2.1.3 (2011-05-31)
Fixed the SoS to temperature conversion.
More detailed diagnostic on the metadata file validation at console.
Quality flags recalculated according to Mauder and Foken (2004), which
should eliminate most (possibly not all) of the -9999 in the quality flags.
Added CHANGELOG.txt to source and installer packages.
2.1.2 (2011-05-18, not public)
Fixed problem of Access denied authorization during the processing of the
data.
2.1.1 (2011-04-26)
Fixed typo about the unit of measure of the Raw Data Description table
(umol/mol^3, instead of umol/m^3).
2.1.0 (2011-04-21)
Optimized GUI for support low resolution screens (up to 800x600 px).
Rearranged widgets beetwen Project page and Processing page (ID moved to
Processing).
Added input dialog for the ID field.
Improved look&feel of Combo box and Spin box.
Changed policies for scrollbar and scrolling behaviour into the tables.
Changed default value in some table fields.
Changed from QByteArrays to QString where is the possibilities of weak con-
versions.
Fixed selection of "None" variables into Processing Page combo's when
there are already some variables selected.
Updated the manual.
1-18
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
2.0.0 (2011-04-05)
First public release of EddyPro (Express version only).
1-19
Section 1. What is EddyPro?
1-20
2 The Interface
This section provides a high-level overview of the EddyPro interface. It should help
you become familiar with the menus, toolbars, and the settings that are available on
each page of EddyPro.
Welcome Page
Upon entering the application, you will see the Welcome Page, which includes
options to start a new project or open an existing project, and the customary menus
and toolbars. These include:
Menus
In the top left of the EddyPro window, you will see four menus:
2-1
File Menu:
Provides options to create a New Project, Open Project..., Open Recent pro-
jects, Close the current project, Save the current project, or Save As to
save a copy with a new file name.
View Menu:
Provides navigation between the Project Creation page, Basic Settings page,
2-2
Section 2. The Interface
Advanced Settings page, and Output Console. You can also toggle EddyPro
Tips and EddyPro messages. Some of these options are only available after
you have entered the software suite.
Run Menu:
Here you can choose to run a project as Advanced or Express, or to
Pause/Stop a run. It also includes the Metadata Retriever run option.
These options are available after the project has been started.
Help Menu:
Here you can access the online or offline Help System, view Video Tutori-
als, check for software updates, view information about the application, and
view information about the Qt development environment. If you are not
online, select "Use Offline Help" to access a version of the help resources
that are installed with the EddyPro application.
2-3
Section 2. The Interface
Toolbars
The File Toolbar includes many of the same options available under the File
Menu (New Project, Open Project, Save, Save As.., and Close).
The Navigation Toolbar has five buttons.These are used to navigate between
pages in the software.
The Run Toolbar provides the buttons that initiate data processing. The run
buttons activate after EddyPro has enough information to complete the pro-
ject. Express Mode uses predefined default settings to process the project.
Advanced Mode uses which ever settings you apply in the software interface.
Stop will end a data processing session.
The tool bars can be moved to the desired position on your computer display.
Project Creation Page
The Project Creation page is where you specify details about your project, including
the project name and raw file name format. The visible fields on the projects page
depend on the file type you are processing. For LI-COR

GHG file types, under a

typical scenario, you will only need to enter the Project Name before advancing to
the Basic Settings page. Under other circumstances, or any time you are processing
a file other than the LI-COR

GHGfile type, you will need to use the Metadata

File Editor to create or modify an existing metadata file.
You can also specify a dynamic metadata file, or instruct EddyPro to use met-
eorological data from another file or files contained in a folder.
2-4
Section 2. The Interface
Fields in the Project Page are described below:
Project Name
Enter a name for the flux computation project. This will be the default file name
for this project, but you can edit it while saving the project. This field is optional.
The graphical interface does not allow the use of characters that result in file names
unacceptable to the underlying operating system (for Windows these include: \ / : @
? * < >).
Raw file format
Select the format of your raw files. These are described below:
LI-COR GHG: A LI-COR customized raw file format. Each GHG file is an archive
containing the raw high-speed data (.data) and information on the study site
(.metadata), both in readable text format. It can also include biological and met-
eorological data. See "LI-COR GHG File Type" on page6-2.
ASCII Plain Text: Any text file organized in data columns, with or without
header. All typical field separators (tab, space, comma and semicolon) are sup-
ported. The Campbell Scientific TOA5 format is an example of a supported
ASCII data file.
2-5
Section 2. The Interface
Generic Binary: Generic binary (unformatted) raw data files. Limited to fixed-
length binary words that contain data stored as single precision (real) numbers.
Click the Settings... button and provide specifications of the binary format so
EddyPro can read the files correctly.
Number of ASCII header lines: Enter the number of ASCII (readable text)
header lines present at the beginning of your binary files. Enter 0 if there is
no ASCII header.
ASCII header end of line: If an ASCII header is present in the files, specify
the line terminator. Typically, Windows operating systems use Carriage
Return + Line Feed (0x0D+0x0A), Linux operating systems and Mac OS X
use Line Feed (0x0A), while Mac operating systems up to version 9 and OS-9
use Carriage Return (0x0D).
Number of bytes per variable: Specify the number of bytes reserved for each
variable stored as a single precision number. Typically, 2 bytes are reserved
for each number.
Endianess: In a multi-bytes binary word, little endian means that the most sig-
nificant byte is the last byte (highest address); big endian means that the most
significant byte is the first byte (lowest address).
TOB1:Raw files in the Campbell Scientific binary format. Support of TOB1
format is limited to files containing only ULONG and IEEE4 fields, or ULONG and
FP2 fields. In the second case, FP2 fields must follow any ULONG field, while for
ULONG and IEEE4 there is no such limitation.
Note: ULONG fields are not interpreted by EddyPro, thus they can only be
defined as ignore variables.
Detect Automatically: Let EddyPro figure out whether TOB1 files contain
(ULONG and) IEEE4 fields or (ULONG and) FP2 fields.
Only ULONG and IEEE4 fields: Choose this option to specify that your
TOB1 files contain only IEEE4 fields and possibly ULONG fields. EddyPro
does not interpret ULONG fields. This means that any variable stored in
ULONG format must be marked with ignore in the Raw File Description
table. Typically ULONG format is used for time stamp information.
Only ULONG and FP2 fields: Choose this option to specify that your TOB1
files contain only FP2 fields and possibly ULONG fields. ULONG fields, if
present, must come first in the sequence of fields. EddyPro does not interpret
2-6
Section 2. The Interface
ULONG fields. This means that any variable stored in ULONG format must
be declared marked with the ignore option in the Raw File Description
table. Typically ULONG format is used for time stamp information.
SLT (EddySoft): Format of binary files created by EddyMeas, the data acquisition
tool of the EddySoft suite, by O. Kolle and C. Rebmann (Max Planck Institute, Jena,
Germany). This is a fixed-length binary format. It includes a binary header in each
file that needs to be interpreted to correctly retrieve data. EddyPro does everything
automatically.
SLT (EdiSol): Format of binary files created by EdiSol, the data acquisition tool
developed by Univ. of Edinburg, UK. This is a fixed-length binary format. It
includes a binary header in each file that needs to be interpreted to correctly
retrieve data. EddyPro does everything automatically.
Metadata
Metadata is information that describes the raw eddy covariance data. More spe-
cifically, it describes where and how the data were collected, what instruments were
used, and how the data are arranged in the data files. Choose whether to use
metadata files embedded into GHG files (LI-COR

GHG only) or to bypass them

by using an alternative metadata file. See "Metadata File Editor" on the next page
and "LI-COR GHG File Type" on page6-2.
Use embedded file: Select this option to use file-specific meta-information,
retrieved from the metadata file residing inside the GHG archive.
Use alternative file: Select this option to use an alternative metadata file. In this
case all files are processed using the same meta-information, retrieved from the
alternative metadata file. This file is created and/or edited in the Metadata File
Editor. If you are about to process GHG files, you can speed up the completion of
the alternative METADATA by unzipping any raw file and loading the extracted
METADATA from the Use alternative metadata file Load button. Make changes
if needed and save the file.
Load: Load an existing metadata file to edit it in the Metadata File Editor. If you
use the Metadata File Editor to create and save a new metadata file from scratch, its
path will appear here.
Use dynamic metadata file: Check this option and provide the corresponding
path to instruct EddyPro to use an externally-created file that contains time chan-
2-7
Section 2. The Interface
ging metadata, such as canopy height, instrument separations and more. See "Time-
varying (Dynamic) Metadata" on page6-6.
Biomet Data
Biomet data: Select this option and choose the source of biomet data. Biomet data
are slow (< 1Hz) measurements of biological and meteorological variables that com-
plement eddy covariance measurements. Some biomet measurements can be used to
improve flux results (ambient temperature, relative humidity and pressure, global
radiation, PAR and long-wave incoming radiation). All biomet data available are
screened for physical plausibility, averaged on the same time scale of the fluxes, and
provided in a separate output file.
Use embedded files: Choose this option to use data from biomet files embed-
ded in the LI-COR GHG files. This option is only available for GHG files col-
lected with the LI-7550 embedded software v6.0.0 or newer, provided a
biomet system was used during data collection. EddyPro will automatically
read biomet files from the GHG bundles, interpret them and extract relevant
variables.
Use external file: Choose this option if you have all biomet data collected in
a single external file. Provide the path to this file by using the Load... button.
Use external directory: Choose this option if you have biomet data collected
in more than one external file, and provide the path to the directory that con-
tains those files by using the Browse... button.
Important: All biomet files must be formatted according the guidelines that
you can find in "External Biomet File(s)" on page4-15.
Metadata File Editor
The Metadata File Editor is part of the Project Creation page. It is used to create
and edit metadata for the processing project. Metadata may include site inform-
ation, station information, and information that describes how data are arranged in
data files. If you are processing LI-COR GHG files, you may use the Metadata File
Editor to modify the embedded metadata files. If you are processing other file
types, use the Metadata File Editor to enter and save metadata. There are three tabs:
Station, Instruments, and Raw File Description.
2-8
Section 2. The Interface
Station
Under this tab, provide information that describes the research station. This inform-
ation will be used for every data file processed with this metadata file.
Timestamp refers to: Select whether the timestamp provided in raw file names
refers to the beginning or to the end of the data interval. See "Beginning of Data-
set" on page6-14.
beginning of averaging period: Select this option if timestamps in raw file
names refer to the beginning of the data interval.
end of averaging period: Select this option if timestamps in raw file names
refer to the end of the data interval.
Note: Timestamps on EddyPro output files always refer to the end of the aver-
aging interval.
File duration: Enter the time span covered by each raw file.
Acquisition frequency: Referred to as update rate or output rate in the
LI-7500A, LI-7200, or LI-7700 software. Enter the acquisition frequency (number of
samples per second) used to collect raw data.
Altitude: Elevation above sea level to the base of the flux tower.
2-9
Section 2. The Interface
Canopy height: Effective average distance between the ground and the top of the
plant canopy. Also referred to as aerodynamic canopy height.
Displacement height: Zero plane displacement height is the average level at
which elements of the plant community absorb momentum. If left blank, this para-
meter is automatically estimated based on canopy height. See "Displacement
Height" on page6-15.
Roughness length: Canopy roughness length is a quantification of the surface
roughness. If left blank, this parameter is automatically estimated, based on canopy
height. See "Roughness Length" on page6-15.
Latitude: Latitude at the site. Use N and S for north and south latitudes, respect-
ively.
Longitude: Longitude at the site. Use E and W for east and west longitudes, respect-
ively.
Reset Metadata: Reset the default settings in the Metadata File Editor. Does not
affect other settings of the project.
Save metadata as...: Save the metadata file with a new file name. To save the pro-
cessing project, use the file menu or toolbar.
Instruments
Enter information that describes all anemometer(s) and gas analyzer(s) used at the
EC station to collect the data you want to process.
2-10
Section 2. The Interface
Anemometer Information
Describe the anemometers used at the EC station to collect wind and sonic tem-
perature data you want to process.
Manufacturer: Specify the manufacturer of the anemometer among those sup-
ported. Choose Other for any manufacturer not explicitly listed. This field is man-
datory.
Model: Identify the model of the anemometer. Choose Generic Anemometer for any
model not explicitly listed. This field is mandatory.
Instrument ID: Enter an ID for the anemometer, to distinguish it from the other
instruments. This is only for your records and providing it is optional.
Height: Enter the distance between the ground and the center of the device
sampling volume. This field is mandatory.
Wind data format: Specify in which format the wind components are provided.
This can be U, V, W; Polar and W; or axis velocities.
North alignment: For Gill anemometers, specify whether the spar or axis of the
anemometer is oriented toward north. This field only applies to Gill anemometers.
2-11
Section 2. The Interface
North offset: Enter the anemometer's yaw offset with respect to local magnetic
north, positive eastward (magnetic north as assessed with a compass, not corrected
for declination). See "North Offset" on page6-16.
Northward separation: Specify the distance between the current anemometer and
the reference anemometer, as measured horizontally along the north-south axis (the
one you assess with a compass). The distance is positive if the current anemometer is
placed to the north of the reference anemometer. The reference anemometer is the
first one you describe. For this anemometer you cannot enter the separation and
you find the string Reference. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation"
on page6-17.
Eastward separation:. Specify the distance between the current anemometer and
reference anemometer, as measured horizontally along the east-west axis (the one
you assess with a compass). The distance is positive if the current anemometer is
placed to the east of the reference anemometer. The reference anemometer is the
first one you describe. For this anemometer you cannot enter the separation and
you find the string Reference. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation"
on page6-17.
Vertical separation: Specify the distance between the current anemometer and ref-
erence anemometer, as measured horizontally along the vertical axis. The distance
is positive if the current anemometer is placed above the reference anemometer.
The reference anemometer is the first one you describe. For this anemometer you
cannot enter the separation and you find the string Reference. See "Northward, East-
ward, and Vertical Separation" on page6-17.
Longitudinal path length (anemometer): Path length in the direction defined by
any transducer pair. Consult the anemometers specifications or user manual. See
"Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response" on page6-14.
Transversal path length (anemometer): Path length in the direction orthogonal
to the longitudinal path length (e.g., as defined by the diameter of transducers). See
"Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response" on page6-14.
Time response (anemometer): Time response of the anemometer. Its inverse
defines the maximum frequency of the atmospheric turbulence that the instrument
is able to resolve. Consult the anemometers specifications or user manual. See
"Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response" on page6-14.
+ Add a new anemometer.
2-12
Section 2. The Interface
- Remove the currently selected anemometer.
Gas Analyzers Information
Describe gas analyzers used at the EC station to collect data you want to process.
Manufacturer: Specify the manufacturer of the gas analyzer. For gas analyzers
other than LI-COR, select Other. This field is mandatory.
Model: Identify the model of the gas analyzer. For gas analyzers other than
LI-COR, select the appropriate typology. OP and CP stand for open path and closed
path, respectively. See "Model (Gas Analyzer)" on page6-13.
Software version: Identify the embedded software version that was running on the
LI-7550 Analyzer Interface Unit at the time data were collected. Mandatory only for
the LI-7200 and LI-7500A CO2/H2O analyzers.
Instrument ID: Enter an ID for the gas analyzer. This is only for your records and
providing it is optional.
Height: Enter the distance between the ground and the center of the device
sampling volume or inlet of the intake tube. This field is mandatory.
Tube length: Specify the length of the intake tube in centimeters. This field is man-
datory for closed path instruments. Ignore it for open path instruments.
Tube inner diameter: Specify the inside diameter of the intake tube in cen-
timeters. This field is mandatory for closed path instruments. Ignore it for open
path instruments.
Nominal tube flow rate: Specify the flow rate in the intake tube expected during
normal operation. This field is mandatory for closed path instruments. Ignore it for
open path instruments.
Northward separation: Specify the distance between the center of the sample
volume (or the inlet of the intake tube) of the current gas analyzer and the ref-
erence anemometer, as measured horizontally along the north-south axis (the one
you assess with a compass). The distance is positive if the gas analyzer is placed to
the north of the anemometer. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separ-
ation" on page6-17.
Eastward separation: Specify the distance between the center of the sample
volume (or the inlet of the intake tube) of the current gas analyzer and the
2-13
Section 2. The Interface
reference anemometer, as measured horizontally along the east-west axis (the one
you assess with a compass). The distance is positive if the gas analyzer is placed to
the east of the anemometer. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation"
on page6-17.
Vertical separation: Specify the distance between the center of the sample volume
(or the inlet of the intake tube) of the current gas analyzer and the reference anem-
ometer, as measured vertically. The distance is positive if the gas analyzer is above
the anemometer. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation" on
page6-17.
Longitudinal path length (gas analyzer): Path length in the direction of the
optical source. Consult analyzers specifications or user manual. See "Lon-
gitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response" on page6-14.
Transverse path length (gas analyzer): Path length in the direction orthogonal
to the optical source. Consult the analyzers specifications or user manual. See "Lon-
gitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response" on page6-14.
Time response (gas analyzer): Time response of the gas analyzer. Its inverse
defines the maximum frequency of the atmospheric turbulent concentration fluc-
tuations that the instrument is able to resolve. Consult analyzers specifications or
user manual. See "Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response"
on page6-14.
Extinction coefficient of water, K
w
: In Krypton or Lyman- hygrometers, the
extinction coefficients for water vapor, associated with the third-order Taylor expan-
sion of the LambertBeer law around reference conditions (van Dijk et al. 2003).
Extinction coefficient of oxygen K
o
: In Krypton or Lyman- hygrometers, the
extinction coefficients for oxygen, associated with the third-order Taylor expansion
of the LambertBeer law around reference conditions (van Dijk et al. 2003).
+ Add another gas analyzer.
- Remove the currently selected gas analyzer.
Raw File Description
In this tab you describe the raw files, including their format and content. If needed,
you can also provide scaling information to turn raw variables into physical units
and estimation time lags for non-anemometric variables.
2-14
Section 2. The Interface
Ignore: Select yes to instruct EddyPro to ignore a column (variable). Columns to be
ignored include time stamps, line counters, etc.
Note: If a variable is not numeric, this must be specified even if you set yes in
the ignore field.
Numeric: Select no to tell EddyPro that a column (variable) is not purely numeric.
Purely numeric variables are strings included within two consecutive field separators
and containing only digits from 0 to 9 and, at most, the decimal dot. Any other char-
acter makes a variable not numeric. For example, time stamps in the form of 2011-
09-26 or times as 23:20:562 are not numeric variables.
Variable: Specify the variable that is contained in the current column of the raw
files (or position, for binary files). Choose from the available list or type in a cus-
tom variable label.
Note: Custom variables created in the file description table of the Metadata
Editor will be permanently available in the local computer for future use.
Instrument: Select the instrument that measured the current variable. Instruments
listed here are those entered under the instruments tab.
2-15
Section 2. The Interface
Measurement type: Only applicable to gas concentrations. Enter the description of
the concentration measurement (either Molar/Mass density, Mole fraction, or Mixing
ratio). For all other variables, either leave the field blank or select Other.
Molar/Mass density is a measure of moles/mass per unit volume of air. Mole fraction
is a measure of mass per mass of wet air. Mixing ratio is a measure of mass per mass
of dry air. Measures of mass can be expressed as number of moles, grams, etc.
Input unit: Specify the units of the variable as it is stored in the raw file.
Linear scaling: Specify whether to perform a linear conversion to rescale data.
Variables that are already in any of the supported physical units do not need to be
rescaled. See "Linear Scaling" on page6-21.
Output unit: Only if you are doing a conversion, enter the output units (physical
units after conversion). The following Gain and Offset values must be such that the
input variable is converted into the selected output unit.
Gain value: Enter the gain (slope) of the linear relation between input and output
units.
Offset value: Enter the offset (y-axis intercept) of the linear relation between input
and output units.
Nominal time-lag: Enter the expected (nominal) time lag of the variable, with
respect to the measurements of the anemometer that you plan to use for flux com-
putation, as applicable. Time lags should be specified at least for gas concentrations
and can be estimated based on instrument separation (open path) or on the
sampling line characteristics and the flow rate (closed path). See "Nominal, Min-
imal, and Maximum Time Lag" on page6-21.
Minimum time-lag: Enter the minimum expected time lag for the current vari-
able, with respect to anemometric measurements.
Maximum time-lag: Enter the maximum expected time lag for the current vari-
able, with respect to anemometric measurements.
+ Add a variable.
- Remove a variable
Clear Custom Variables
This button resets the Metadata variables list to the default selection and removes
any custom variables that you've added.
2-16
Section 2. The Interface
Note: Custom variables created in the file description table of the Metadata
Editor will be permanently available in the local computer for future use.
Raw File Settings...
Field separator character: Specify the character that separates individual values
within the same sample in the raw files.
Number of header rows: Enter the number of rows in the header of the file, if
present. In most cases, the software will be able to filter away individual text lines
that do not comply with the description provided here. Therefore, most files with a
variable number of header lines are supported.
Basic Settings Page
This page calls for information about the raw data used in this project. These
options are used to specify directories, file length, a subset of data, and the items to
include in flux computations.
2-17
Section 2. The Interface
Files Info
Raw data directory: Use the Browse button to specify the folder that contains
the raw data. If data are also contained in subfolders, select the Search in subfolders
box.
Search in subfolders: Check this box if data are in subfolders in the selected dir-
ectory. EddyPro will process files that are in the Raw data directory and its sub-
folders if this box is checked.
Detect Dataset Dates: Click this button to ask EddyPro to retrieve the starting
and ending date of the raw dataset contained in the Raw data directory. You can
override this automatic setting by using the Select a subperiod option.
Select a subperiod: If you wish to process a subset of data in the Raw data
directory, check this box and enter the time constraints for the subset in the fields
below. Leave this field unchecked to process all the data in the folder.
Starting date and time: This is the starting date of the dataset under con-
sideration. It may or may not coincide with the date of the first raw file. This is
used to select a subset of available raw data for processing.
2-18
Section 2. The Interface
Ending date and time: This refers to the ending date of the dataset under con-
sideration. It may or may not coincide with the date of the last raw file. This is used
to select a subset of available raw data for processing.
Raw file name format: For raw files other than GHG, your entry in this field
should indicate which parts of the file name are the year, month (mm if using dd
for day, omit if using ddd), day (dd for day of month or ddd for day of year), hour
(HH), minute (MM), and the extension of the file. See "Raw File Name Format"
on page6-1.
Output directory: Specify where the output files will be stored. Click the
Browse button and navigate to the desired directory. You can also type/edit it
directly from this text box. The software will create subfolders inside the selected
output directory.
Output ID: Enter the ID. This string will be appended to each output file so a
short ID is recommended. Again, the graphical interface does not allow the use of
characters that result in file names unacceptable to the underlying operating system
(for Windows these include: \ / : @ ? * < >).
Previous output directory: This is the path of a directory containing results from
previous run(s). EddyPro will attempt to speed up the flux computation procedure
by checking for any partial results obtained from previous run(s). If they are con-
tained in this folder EddyPro will check the settings against the current settings to
determine if these data are suitable as an intermediate starting point in the current
data processing session. See "Using Results from Previous Runs" on page6-25.
Missing sample allowance: Select the maximum percent of missing samples that
are allowed in each output file. If the number of missing values exceeds this setting
the file will be ignored in the dataset.
Flux averaging interval: This is the time span over which fluxes will be averaged.
The flux averaging interval can be shorter than, equal to, or longer than the raw
file duration. Set to 0 to use the input file duration as the flux averaging interval,
in which case File as is appears in the field.
North reference: Indicate whether you want the output data to be referenced to
magnetic or geographic north. If you choose geographic north, EddyPro can retrieve
the Magnetic Declination at your site from NOAA (U.S. National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration) online resources. You can also enter the magnetic
declination manually. EddyPro assumes that north is assessed at the site using the
compass, so that everything you provide to the software is with respect to local
2-19
Section 2. The Interface
geographic north. If your measurements are taken with respect to due (magnetic)
north, then just select the option Use magnetic north or enter a declination of zero
degrees.
Magnetic Declination: Based upon the latitude and longitudinal coordinates
entered, EddyPro determines the magnetic declination from the NOAA (National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Organization) internet resources (U.S. National Geo-
physical Data Center).
Select items for flux computation
Specify variables to be used for flux computation.
Master sonic: Select the sonic anemometer from which wind and sonic tem-
perature data should be used for calculating fluxes.
Fast temperature reading: If raw files contain valid readings of air temperature
collected at high frequency (e.g., by a thermocouple), you can use any of them in
place of sonic temperature. In this case, corrections specific to sonic temperature
(crosswind correction, humidity correction), will not be applied.
Crosswind correction for sonic temperature: Check this box if the crosswind
correction is applied internally by the anemometer firmware before outputting
sonic temperature. Be aware that some anemometers do apply the correction intern-
ally, others not, and others provide it as an option.
Note: Users of Gill WindMaster and WindMaster Pro: The crosswind cor-
rection is not applied internally in anemometer units of type 1352, while it is
available in the firmware of later types 1561 and 1590.
2-20
Section 2. The Interface
Flags: Each column of the raw data file that was not tagged as to be ignored can
be used as a mask to filter out individual high frequency records. Up to ten flags
can be specified.
Note: An entire record (that is, all variables measured at a certain time instant,
one line of raw data) is eliminated any time a flag variable does not comply its
quality criterion. See "Flags" on page6-27.
2-21
Section 2. The Interface
Advanced Settings
Advanced Settings are used to configure EddyPro for complex data processing. The
options available here are generally useful for research applications, custom con-
figuration for sites with complex topography, atypical instrument setups, and for
advanced users with high-level knowledge eddy covariance techniques.
The Advanced Settings page includes four tabs: Processing Options, Statistical Tests,
Spectral Corrections, and Output Files.
Processing Options
Raw Data Processing
Wind speed measurement offsets: Wind measurements by a sonic anemometer
may be biased by systematic deviation, which needs to be eliminated (e.g., for a
proper assessment of tilt angles). You may get these offsets from the calibration cer-
tificate of your units, but you could also assess it easily, by recording the 3 wind
components from the anemometer enclosed in a box with still air (zero-wind test).
Any systematic deviation from zero of a wind component is a good estimation of
this bias.
Angle-of-attack correction for wind components: Applies only to vertical
mount Gill sonic anemometers with the same geometry of the R3 (e.g., R2,
WindMaster). This correction is to compensate the effects of flow distortion induced
2-22
Section 2. The Interface
by the anemometer frame on the turbulent flow field. See "Angle-of-Attack Cor-
rection" on page7-21.
Field calibration (Nakai and Shimoyama, 2012): Select this option to apply
the angle-of-attack correction according to the method described in the ref-
erenced paper, which makes use of a field calibration instead of the wind tun-
nel calibration.
Wind tunnel calibration (Nakai et al., 2006): Select this option to apply the
angle-of-attack correction according to the method described in the ref-
erenced paper, which makes use of a wind tunnel calibration instead of the
field calibration.
Axis rotation for tilt correction: Select the appropriate method for compensating
anemometer tilt with respect to local streamlines. Uncheck the box to not perform
any rotation (not recommended). If your site has a complex or sloping topography,
a planar-fit method is advisable. Click on the Planar Fit Settings... to configure
the procedure. See "Axis Rotation for Tilt Correction" on page7-22.
Double rotation: Aligns the x-axis of the anemometer to the current mean
streamlines, nullifying the vertical and crosswind components.
Triple rotation: Double rotations plus a third rotation that nullifies the
cross-stream stress. Not suitable in situations where the cross-stream stress is
not expected to vanish, e.g., over water surfaces.
Planar fit: Aligns the anemometer coordinate system to local streamlines
assessed on a long time period (e.g., 2 weeks or more). Can be performed sec-
tor-wise, meaning that different rotation angles are calculated for different
wind sectors. Click on the Planar Fit Settings... to configure the procedure.
Planar fit with no velocity bias: Similar to classic planar fit, but assumes
that the any bias in the measurement of vertical wind is compensated, and
forces the fitting plane to pass through the origin (that is, such that if aver-
age u and v are zero, also average w is zero). Can be performed sector-wise,
meaning that different rotation angles are calculated for different wind sec-
tors. Click on the Planar Fit Settings... to configure the procedure.
2-23
Section 2. The Interface
Planar Fit Settings
Planar fit file available: If you got a satisfying planar fit assessment in a pre-
vious run with EddyPro, which applies to the current dataset, you can use
the same assessment by providing the path to the file "eddypro_planar_fit_
ID.txt". This file, which contains the results of the assessment, was generated
by EddyPro in the previous run. This will shorten program execution time
and assure full comparability between current and previous results.
Planar fit file not available: Choose this option and provide the following
information if you need to calculate (sector-wise) planar fit rotation matrices
for your dataset. The planar fit assessment will be completed first, and then
the raw data processing and flux computation procedures will automatically
be performed.
Start: Starting date of the time period to be used for planar fit assessment.
This time period cannot be longer than about 1 month. As a general recom-
mendation, select a time period during which the instrument setup and the
canopy height and structure did not undergo major modifications. Results
obtained using a given time period (e.g., 2 weeks) can be used for processing
a longer time period, in which major modifications did not occur at the site.
The higher the Number of wind sectors and the Minimum number of elements
per sector, the longer the period should be.
2-24
Section 2. The Interface
End: End date of the time period to be used for planar fit assessment. This
time period cannot be longer than about 1 month. As a general recom-
mendation, select a time period during which the instrument setup and the
canopy height and structure did not undergo major modifications. Results
obtained using a given time period (e.g., 2 weeks) can be used for processing
a longer time period, in which major modifications did not occur at the site.
The higher the Number of wind sectors and the Minimum number of elements
per sector, the longer the period should be.
Minimum number of elements per sector: Enter the minimum number of
mean wind vectors (calculated over each flux averaging interval), required to
calculate planar fit rotation matrices. A too small number may lead to inac-
curate regressions and rotation matrices. A too large number may lead to sec-
tors without planar fit rotation matrices. If for a certain averaging interval,
wind is blowing from a sector for which the rotation matrix could not be cal-
culated, the policy selected in If planar fit calculations fail for a sector apply.
Maximum mean vertical wind component: Set a maximum vertical wind
component to instruct EddyPro to ignore flux averaging periods with larger
mean vertical wind components, when calculating the rotation matrices.
Using elements with too large (unrealistic) vertical wind components would
corrupt the assessment of the fitting plane, and of the related rotation
matrices.
Minimum mean horizontal wind component: Set a minimum horizontal
wind component to instruct EddyPro to ignore flux averaging periods with
smaller mean horizontal wind components, when calculating the rotation
matrices. When the horizontal wind is very small, the attack angle may be
affected by large errors, and so would be the vertical wind component, res-
ulting in poor quality data that would degrade the planar fit assessment.
If planar fit calculations fail for a sector: Select how EddyPro should
behave when encountering data from a wind sector, for which the planar fit
rotation matrix could not be calculated for any reason. Either use the rota-
tion matrix for the closest sector (clockwise or counterclockwise), or switch
to double-rotations for that sector.
Set equally spaced: Clicking this button will cause the EddyPro to divide the
whole 360 circle in n equally-wide sectors, where n is the number of sectors cur-
rently entered.
2-25
Section 2. The Interface
Note: The operation will not modify the north offset.
North offset first sector: This parameter is meant to allow you to design a sector
that spans through the north. Entering an offset of degrees will cause all sectors to
rotate degrees clockwise.
Note: North is intended here as local, magnetic north (the one you assess with
the compass at the site).
Turbulent fluctuations:
Choose from the following detrending methods:
Block average: Simply removes the mean value from the time series. Obeys
Reynolds decomposition rule (the mean value of the fluctuations is zero).
Linear detrending: Calculates fluctuations as the deviations from a linear
trend. The linear trend can be evaluated on a time basis different from the
flux averaging interval. Specify this time basis using the time constant entry.
For classic linear detrending, with the trend evaluated on the whole flux aver-
aging interval, set time constant = 0, which will be automatically converted
into the text Same as Flux averaging interval.
Running mean: High-pass, finite impulse response filter. The current mean
is determined by the previous N data points, where N depends on the time
constant. The smaller the time constant, the more low-frequency content is
eliminated from the time series.
Exponential running mean: High-pass, infinite impulse response filter. Sim-
ilar to the simple running mean, but weighted in such a way that distant
samples have an exponentially decreasing weight in the current mean, never
reaching zero. The smaller the time constant, the more low-frequency con-
tent is eliminated from the time series.
Time constant: Applies to the linear detrending, running mean, and expo-
nential running mean methods. In general, the higher the time constant, the
more low-frequency content is retained in the turbulent fluctuations.
Note: For the linear detrending the unit is minutes, while for the running means
it is seconds.
2-26
Section 2. The Interface
Time lags compensation: Select the method to compensate for time lags between
anemometric measurements and any other high frequency measurements included
in the raw files. Time lags arise mainly due to physical distances between sensors
and the passage of air into/through sampling lines. Uncheck this box to instruct
EddyPro not to compensate time lags (not recommended).
Constant: EddyPro will apply constant time lags for all flux averaging inter-
vals, using the Nominal time lag stored inside the GHG files or in the
Alternative metadata file (for files other than GHG). While it can speed up
the computation somewhat, this method is not suggested for physically dis-
placed sensors or closed/enclosed path gas analyzers.
Covariance maximization: Calculates the most likely time lag within a
plausible window, based on the covariance maximization procedure. The win-
dow is defined by the Minimum time lags and Maximum time lags stored
inside the GHG files or in the Alternative metadata file (for files other
than GHG), for each variable. See "Detecting and Compensating for Time
Lags" on page7-28.
Covariance maximization with default: Similar to the Covariance max-
imization, calculates the most likely time lag based on the covariance max-
imization procedure. However, if a maximum of the covariance is not found
inside the window (but at one of its extremes), the time lag is set to the Nom-
inal time lag value stored inside the GHG files or in the alternative metadata
file.
Automatic time lag optimization: Select this option and configure it click-
ing on the Time lag optimization Settings... to instruct EddyPro to perform a
statistical optimization of time lags. It will calculate nominal time lags and
plausibility windows and apply them in the raw data processing step. For
water vapor, the assessment is performed as a function of relative humidity.
2-27
Section 2. The Interface
Time Lag Optimization Settings:
Time lag file available: If you have a satisfactory time lag assessment from a
previous run and these results apply to the current dataset, you can use the
time lag assessment by providing the path to the file named eddypro_
timelag_opt_ID.txt, which was generated by EddyPro in the previous
run. It contains the results of the assessment. This will shorten program exe-
cution time and assure full comparability between current and previous res-
ults.
Time lag file not available: Choose this option and provide the following
information if you need to optimize time lags for your dataset. Time lag
optimization will be completed first, and then the raw data processing and
flux computation procedures will automatically be performed.
Start: Starting date of the time period to be used for time lag optimization.
This time should not be shorter than about 1-2 months. As a general recom-
mendation, select a time period during which the instrumental setup did not
undergo major modifications. Results obtained using a given time period
(e.g., 2 months) can be used for processing a longer time period, in which
major modifications did not occur in the setup. The stricter the threshold
setup in this dialogue, the longer the period should be in order to get robust
results.
2-28
Section 2. The Interface
End: End date of the time period to be used for time lag optimization. This
time should not be shorter than about 1-2 months. As a general recom-
mendation, select a time period during which the instrumental setup did not
undergo major modifications. Results obtained using a given time period
(e.g. 2 months) can be used for processing a longer time period, in which
major modifications did not occur in the setup. The stricter the threshold
setup in this dialogue, the longer the period should be in order to get robust
results.
Plausibility range around median value: The plausibility range is defined
as the median time lag, n times the MAD (median of the absolute devi-
ations from the median time lag). Specify nhere. The value of 1.5 was heur-
istically found to be optimal.
Water vapor time lag as a function of relative humidity:
Number of RH classes: Select the number or relative humidity classes, to
assess water vapor time lag as a function of RH. The whole range or RH vari-
ation (0-100%) will be evenly divided according to the selected number of
classes. For example, selecting 10 classes causes EddyPro to assess water vapor
time lags for the classes 0-10%, 10-20%,, 90-100%. Selecting 1 class, the
label Do not sort in RH classes appears and will cause EddyPro to treat water
vapor exactly like other passive gases. This option is only suitable for open
path systems or closed path systems with short, heated sampling lines.
Minimum latent heat flux: H
2
O time lags corresponding to latent heat
fluxes smaller than this value will not be considered in the time lag optim-
ization. Selecting high-enough fluxes assures that well developed turbulent
conditions are met and the correlation function is well characterized.
Passive gasses:
Minimum (absolute) CO
2
flux: CO
2
time lags corresponding to fluxes smal-
ler than this value will not be considered in the time lag optimization. Select-
ing high-enough fluxes assures that well developed turbulent conditions are
met and the correlation function is well characterized.
Minimum (absolute) CH
4
flux: CH
4
time lags corresponding to fluxes smal-
ler than this value will not be considered in the time lag optimization. Select-
ing high-enough fluxes assures that well developed turbulent conditions are
met and the correlation function is well characterized.
2-29
Section 2. The Interface
Minimum (absolute) 4th gas flux: 4th gas time lags corresponding to fluxes
smaller than this value will not be considered in the time lag optimization.
Selecting high-enough fluxes assures that well developed turbulent con-
ditions are met and the correlation function is well characterized.
Time lag searching windows:
Minimum: Minimum time lag for each gas, for initializing the time lag
optimization procedure. The searching window defined by Minimum and
Maximum should be large enough to accommodate all possible time lags.
Leave as Detect automatically if in doubt, EddyPro will initialize it auto-
matically.
Maximum: Maximum time lag for each gas, for initializing the time lag
optimization procedure. The searching window defined by Minimum and
Maximum should be large enough to accommodate all possible time lags. In
particular, maximum time lags of water vapor in closed path systems can up
to ten times higher than its nominal value, or even higher. Leave as Detect
automatically if in doubt, EddyPro will initialize it automatically.
Compensation for density fluctuations (WPL terms)
Compensate density fluctuations: Choose whether to apply the compensation of
density fluctuations to raw concentrations available as mole densities or molar frac-
tions (moles gas per mole of wet air). The correction does not apply if raw con-
centrations are available as mixing ratios (mole gas per mole dry air). See
"Calculating Fluxes Level 1, 2, and 3 (Corrected Fluxes)" on page7-60.
Use mixing ratio or convert to mixing ratio (Burba et al., 2011): If raw
mixing ratios are available, the compensation is not needed. If raw gas data
are either mole densities or molar fractions, selecting this option EddyPro
will attempt to convert them into mixing ratios sample-by-sample, given that
the necessary data are available.
Webb et al., 1980 / Ibrom et al., 2007: The traditional WPL terms, imple-
mented as an a posteriori correction. For open path systems, it corrects density
fluctuations using measured sensible heat and evapotranspiration fluxes, cor-
rected for spectral losses and water vapor effects, as applicable. For closed/en-
closed path instruments EddyPro uses the formulation proposed by Ibrom et
al. (2007). However, in EddyPro all terms are used, including the tem-
2-30
Section 2. The Interface
perature-induced and pressure-induced expansion/contraction terms, neg-
lected in the original publications.
Add instrument sensible heat component (LI-7500 only): Only applies to the
LI-7500. It takes into account air density fluctuations due to temperature fluctuations
induced by heat exchange processes at the instrument surfaces, as from Burba et al.
(2008). This may be needed for data collected in very cold environments. See
"Accounting for Density Fluctuations Induced by Instrument-related Heat
Exchange (LI-7500 only)" on page7-48.
Simple linear regressions: Instrument surface temperatures are estimated
based on air temperature, using linear regressions as from Burba et al., 2008,
eqs. 3-8. Default regression parameters are from Table 3 in the same paper. If
you have experimental data for your LI-7500 unit, you may customize those
values. Otherwise we suggest using the default values.
Multiple regressions: Instrument surface temperatures are estimated based
on air temperature, global radiation, long-wave radiation and wind speed, as
from Burba et al., 2008, Table 2. Default regression parameters are from the
same table. If you have experimental data for your LI-7500 unit, you may cus-
tomize those values. Otherwise we suggest using the default value.
Fast Fourier Transform
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is used for the frequency domain analysis (spectra and
co-spectra) of the time series data. Configure the following:
Tapering window: Select the shape of the window used to taper the time series
before the Fast Fourier Transform. The tapering procedure is a sample-wise mul-
tiplication in the time domain between the time series and the window, performed
to reduce the discontinuities of the time series at the boundaries and avoid spectral
energy overestimation. Kaimal & Kristensen (1991) suggested the Hamming win-
dow. See "Calculating Spectra, Cospectra, and Ogives" on page7-33.
Frequency bins for spectra and cospectra reduction: Select the number of
exponentially-spaced frequency bins to reduce spectra and cospectra. All spectral
samples falling in a given bin are averaged, so that smoother curves result, greatly
reduced in length. In EddyPro binned spectra are used for in-situ spectral assess-
ments. See "Calculating Spectra, Cospectra, and Ogives" on page7-33.
2-31
Section 2. The Interface
Use power-of-two samples to speed up FFT: Check this box to instruct EddyPro
to use a number of samples equal to the power-of-two closest to the currently avail-
able samples, for calculating spectra. This option greatly speeds up the FFT pro-
cedure and is therefore recommended. See "Calculating Spectra, Cospectra, and
Ogives" on page7-33.
Other Options
Quality check: Select the quality flagging policy. Flux quality flags are obtained
from the combination of two partial flags that result from the application of the
steady-state and the developed turbulence tests. Select the flag combination policy.
Mauder and Foken 2004: Policy described in the documentation of the TK2
Eddy Covariance software that also constituted the standard of the Car-
boEurope IP project and is widely adopted. 0 means high quality fluxes,
1 means fluxes are ok for budget analysis, 2 fluxes should be discarded
from the result dataset.
Foken 2003: A system based on 9 quality grades. 0 is best, 9 is worst. The
system of Mauder and Foken (2004) and of Goeckede et al. (2006) are based
on a rearrangement of these system.
Goeckede et al., 2006: A system based on 5 quality grades. 0 is best, 5 is
worst.
Flagging Policy: Select the quality flagging policy. Flux quality flags are obtained
from the combination of two partial flags that result from the application of the
steady-state and the developed turbulence tests. Select the flag combination policy.
Mauder and Foken, 2004: Policy described in the documentation of the TK2
eddy covariance software that also constituted the standard of the Car-
boEurope IP project and is widely adopted. 0 means high quality fluxes,
1 means fluxes are acceptable for budget analysis, 2 fluxes should be dis-
carded from the result dataset.
Foken, 2003: A system based on 9 quality grades. 0 is best, 9 is worst.
The system of Mauder and Foken (2004) and of Gckede et al. (2006) are
based on a rearrangement of these system.
Gckede et al., 2006: A system based on 5 quality grades. 0 is best, 5 is
worst.
Footprint Estimation: Select whether to calculate flux footprint estimations and
which method should be used. Flux crosswind-integrated footprints are provided as
2-32
Section 2. The Interface
distances from the tower contributing 10%, 30%, 50%, 70% and 90% to measured
fluxes. Also, the location of the peak contribution is given. See "Estimating the
Flux Footprint" on page7-66.
Kljun et al. (2004): A crosswind integrated parameterization of footprint
estimations obtained with a 3D Lagrangian model by means of a scaling pro-
cedure.
Kormann and Meixner (2001): A crosswind integrated model based on the
solution of the two dimensional advection-diffusion equation given by van
Ulden (1978) and others for power-law profiles in wind velocity and eddy dif-
fusivity.
Hsieh et al. (2000): A crosswind integrated model based on the former
model of Gash (1986) and on simulations with a Lagrangian stochastic
model.
Spectral Corrections
Low frequency range
Analytic correction of high-pass filtering effects: Check this option to apply a
correction for flux spectral losses in the low frequency range, due to the finite
2-33
Section 2. The Interface
averaging time and dependent on the detrending method selected. The correction is
implemented after Moncrieff et al. (2004). See "Importing Data" on page7-3
High frequency range
Correction of low-pass filtering effects:
Method: Check this option to apply a correction for flux spectral losses in the high
frequency range, and select a method. For open path systems, any method is valid.
For closed path systems, we suggest the method of Horst (1997) or Ibrom et al.
(2007) for short and heated sampling lines. The method by Ibrom et al. (2007) is
the most appropriate for non-heated and/or long sampling lines. See "Low-pass Fil-
tering Correction" on page7-53.
Moncrieff et al. (1997): This method models all major sources of flux atten-
uation by means of a mathematical formulation. The use of this method is
suggested for open path EC systems or for closed path systems if the
sampling line is short and heated. This method may seriously underestimate
the attenuation (and hence the correction) - notably for water vapor - when
the sampling line is long and/or not heated, because of the dependency of
attenuation of H
2
O on relative humidity.
Massman (2000, 2001): This method provides a simple analytical expression
for the spectral correction factors. The use of this method is suggested for
open path EC systems or for closed path systems if the sampling line is short
and heated. This method may seriously underestimate the attenuation (and
hence the correction) for water vapor, when the sampling line is long and/or
not heated, because of the dependency of attenuation of H
2
O on relative
humidity. For closed path systems, this method is only applicable for CO
2
,
H
2
O, CH
4
, N
2
O and O
3
fluxes.
Horst (1997): Correction method based on an analytical formulation of the
spectral correction factor that requires an in-situ assessment of the systems
cut-off frequency. Provide the information below to specify how to perform
such assessment.
Ibrom et al., 2007: Correction method based on an analytical formulation of
the spectra correction factors, that requires an in-situ assessment of the sys-
tems cut-off frequencies, separately for each instrument and gas, and as a
function of relative humidity for water vapor. Provide the settings in the
Assessment of high-frequency attenuation to specify how to perform the
2-34
Section 2. The Interface
assessment. This method is recommended in most cases, notably for closed-
path systems placed high over rough canopies.
Fratini et al., 2012: Correction method based on the combination of a direct
approach (similar to Hollinger et al., 2009) and the analytical formulation of
Ibrom et al., 2007. It requires an in-situ assessment of the systems cut-off fre-
quencies, separately for each instrument and gas, and as a function of relative
humidity for water vapor. It also requires full length cospectra of measured
sensible heat. This method is recommendable in most cases, notably for
closed-path systems placed low over smooth surfaces.
Correction for instrument separation: The methods by Horst (1997) and
Ibrom et al. (2007) do not account for the separation between anemometer and gas
analyzer. Select one of the available options to add an extra correction accounting
for this source of flux underestimation. See "Northward, Eastward, and Vertical
Separation" on page6-17.
Horst and Lenschow (2009), along-wind, crosswind and vertical: Select
this option to account for sensor separations in any direction. Note that cor-
recting for along-wind separations may result in overcorrection, if any time
lag compensation method was also selected.
Horst and Lenschow (2009), only crosswind and vertical: Select this option
to account for sensor separations only in the crosswind and vertical dir-
ections. Recommended when a time lag compensation method is selected.
Spectral assessment file available: Toggle this option and provide the path of the
corresponding file, if you have already run EddyPro and have a spectral assess-
ment file that applies to the current dataset. This way, you can save execution time
and process a dataset of any length. See "Using Results from Previous Runs" on
page6-25.
Assessment of high-frequency attenuation
Binned spectra files not available:Select this option if you have not computed
Binned spectra and cospectra files for the current dataset in a previous run of
EddyPro. Note that the binned (co)spectra files do not need to correspond exactly to
the current dataset, rather they need to be representative of it. Binned spectra are
used to quantify spectral attenuations, thus they must have been collected in con-
ditions comparable to those of the current dataset (e.g., same EC system and similar
canopy heights, measurement height, instruments spatial separations, etc.). At least
one month of spectra files is needed for a robust spectral attenuation assessment. If
2-35
Section 2. The Interface
you select this option, the option All binned spectra and cospectra in the Output
Files page will be automatically selected and the check-box will be deactivated.
Binned spectra files available: Select this option if you already obtained Binned
spectra and cospectra files for the current dataset (in a previous run of EddyPro).
Note that such binned (co)spectra files do not need to correspond exactly to the cur-
rent dataset, rather they need to be representative of it. Binned spectra are used
here for quantification of spectral attenuations, thus they must have been collected
in conditions comparable to those of the current dataset (e.g., same EC system and
similar canopy heights, measurement height, instruments spatial separations, etc.).
At least one month worth of spectra files is needed for a robust spectral attenuation
assessment. If you select this option, the option All binned spectra and cospectra in
the Output Files page will be automatically deselected.
Starting date: Starting date of the time period to be used for assessment of
the cut-off frequencies. The longer the time span, the more accurate the
assessment will be.
Ending time: Ending date of the time period to be used for assessment of the
cut-off frequencies. The longer the time span, the more accurate the assess-
ment will be.
Minimum number of spectra for valid ensemble averages: Spectra are
ensemble-averaged before calculating cut-off frequencies, to avoid erroneous
results due to noise in individual spectra. Set here the minimum number of
spectra for the ensemble average to be valid. If for a given variable this num-
ber is not reached, cut-off frequencies are not calculated for that variable. The
higher this number, the more accurate the results, but the longer the time
span needs to be to get to a result.
Minimum (absolute) CO
2
gas flux: CO
2
spectra corresponding to CO
2
fluxes less than this threshold will not be used to for ensemble averages.
Minimum (absolute) CH
4
gas flux: CH
4
spectra corresponding to CH
4
fluxes less than this threshold will not be used to for ensemble averages.
Minimum (absolute) 4th gas flux: 4th gas spectra corresponding to 4th gas
fluxes less than this threshold will not be used to for ensemble averages.
Minimum latent heat flux: H
2
O spectra corresponding to latent heat fluxes
less than this threshold will not be used to for ensemble averages.
Minimum sensible heat flux: Temperature spectra corresponding to sensible
heat fluxes less than this threshold will not be used to for ensemble averages.
2-36
Section 2. The Interface
Lower frequency: An Infinite Impulse Response filter transfer function is fit-
ted to the ratio of gas to temperature spectra, assuming spectral similarity
and un-attenuated temperature spectra. However, at low frequencies, sim-
ilarity may be compromised. Set here the lower frequency for the fitting oper-
ation. You can specify one for each gas.
Higher frequency: An Infinite Impulse Response filter transfer function is fit-
ted to the ratio of gas to temperature spectra, assuming spectral similarity
and un-attenuated temperature spectra. However, at high frequency spectra
may be compromised by noise and/or aliasing. Here, set the higher fre-
quency for the fitting operation. You can specify one for each gas.
Lower noise frequency: EddyPro can eliminate high-frequency noise from
spectra, by linearly interpolating and subtracting the high frequency part of
the spectrum. Here, select the frequency that defines the beginning of the
noisy region.
Fratini et al. (2012) method settings
Full w/T cospectra files not available: Select this option if you do not have Full
cospectra of w/T for the current dataset (from a previous run of EddyPro). Note that
existing cospectra files need to correspond exactly to the current dataset. Full cospec-
tra of w/T (sensible heat) are used for definition of the spectral correction factor for
each flux with the method by Fratini et al. (2012). If you select this option, the
option Full length cospectra w/T
s
in the Output Files page will be automatically
selected and deactivated.
Full w/T cospectra files available: Select this option if you already obtained Full
cospectra of w/T for the current dataset (from a previous run of EddyPro). Note that
the cospectra files need to correspond exactly to the current dataset. Full cospectra
of w/T (sensible heat) are used for definition of the spectral correction factor for
each flux with the method by Fratini et al. (2012). If you select this option, the
option Full length cospectra w/T
s
in the Output Files page will be automatically
deselected and activated.
Include anemometer losses for path averaging and time response: Select
this option to instruct EddyPro to correct sensible heat cospectra for those
losses, before using them as a model to calculate correction factors according
to Fratini et al. (2012).
Threshold fluxes for using model and direct method: Select threshold flux
values: for fluxes smaller than the thresholds, EddyPro will use the
2-37
Section 2. The Interface
correction factor model of Ibrom et al. (2007). For fluxes larger than the
threshold, EddyPro will use the direct method as from Fratini et al. (2012).
Statistical Analysis
Select (on the left side) and configure (on the right side) up to 9 tests for assessing
statistical quality of raw time series. Use the results of these tests to filter out results,
for which flags are turned on. All tests are implemented after Vickers and Mahrt
(1997). See the original publication for more details and how to interpret results.
See "Despiking and Raw Data Statistical Screening" on page7-9.
Spike count/removal
Detects the number of spikes in each time series. Use the checkbox Replace spikes
with linear interpolation to replace detected spikes with linear interpolation of
neighboring values. Configure the definition of spikes and the flagging policy in the
corresponding section of the right-side panel. See "Spike Removal and Spike Test"
on page7-9.
Amplitude resolution
Detects situations in which the signal variance is too low with respect to instru-
mental resolution. Configure the assessment procedure and the flagging policy in
2-38
Section 2. The Interface
the corresponding section of the right-side panel. See "Amplitude Resolution Test"
on page7-11.
Drop-outs
Detects relatively short periods in which time series stick to some value which is stat-
istically different from the average value calculated over the whole period. Con-
figure the assessment procedure and the flagging policy in the corresponding section
of the right-side panel. See "Drop-outs Test" on page7-12.
Absolute limits
Assesses whether each variable attains, at least once in the current time series, a
value that is outside a user-defined plausible range. In this case, the variable is
flagged. The test is performed after the despiking procedure. Thus, each outranged
value found here is not a spike. It will remain in the time series and affect cal-
culated statistics, including fluxes. Check the Filter outranged values to eliminate
such outliers. See "Absolute Limits" on page7-13.
Skewness & Kurtosis
Third and forth order moments are calculated on the whole time series and vari-
ables are flagged if their values exceed certain thresholds that you can customize in
the corresponding section of the right-side panel. See "Skewness and Kurtosis" on
page7-13.
Discontinuities
Detect discontinuities that lead to semi-permanent changes, as opposed to sharp
changes associated with smaller-scale fluctuations. Configure the assessment of dis-
continuities in the corresponding section of the right-side panel. See "Dis-
continuities" on page7-14.
Time lags
This test flags scalar time series if the maximal w-covariances, determined via the
covariance maximization procedure and evaluated over a predefined time-lag win-
dow, are too different from those calculated for the user-suggested time lags. Con-
figure the expected time lags and the accepted discrepancies in the corresponding
section of the right-side panel. See "Time Lags" on page7-15.
Angle of attack
Calculates sample-wise angle of attacks throughout the current flux averaging
period, and flags it if the percentage of angles of attack exceeding a user-defined
2-39
Section 2. The Interface
range is beyond a threshold that you can set on the right-side panel. See "Angle of
Attack" on page7-15.
Steadiness of horizontal wind
Assesses whether the along-wind and crosswind components of the wind vector
undergo a systematic reduction/increase throughout the file. If the quadratic com-
bination of such systematic variations is beyond the user-selected limit, the flux-aver-
aging period is hard-flagged for instationary horizontal wind. See "Steadiness of
Horizontal Wind" on page7-16.
Estimation of flux random uncertainty due to sampling errors
EddyPro 4 can calculate flux random uncertainty due to sampling errors according
to two different methods: Mann and Lenschow (1994) and Finkelstein and Sims
(2001). See "Random Uncertainty Estimation" on page7-17.
Output Files
Set Minimal: Click this button to select a minimal set of output files, providing
you with the essential results while speeding up the computation process. Suggested
for processing long datasets without a need for an in-depth analysis and validation
of the computations.
2-40
Section 2. The Interface
Set Typical: Click this button to select a balanced set of output files, providing you
with the essential results as well as diagnostic information. The computation time
increases with respect to the minimal output configuration.
Set Thorough: Click this button to select a complete set of output files, providing
you with all the results as well as complete diagnostic information. The com-
putation time increases considerably with this option.
Results files and options
Full Output: This is the primary EddyPro results file. It contains fluxes, quality
flags, micrometeorological variables, gas concentrations and densities, footprint
estimations and diagnostic information along with ancillary variables such as uncor-
rected fluxes, main statistics, etc.
Output format
Output only available results to write on the Full output file only the res-
ults which are actually available, eliminating error code columns that are
created when results are unavailable.
Use standard output format to write the Full output file in its predefined
standard format, regardless of the results currently available. This may come
in handy if you wish to import the file in a post-processing analysis tool.
Error label: Customize the error code into any string that you prefer (such
as NaN). You can choose from the drop-down list or enter any string you
want. The default is -9999.
AmeriFlux results: A selection of main results formatted so as to be easily com-
pleted with missing variables and submitted to the AmeriFlux database. See "Amer-
iFlux Output Format" on page5-18.
GHG-Europe results: A selection of main results formatted so as to be easily com-
pleted with missing variables and submitted to the GHG-Europe database. See
"GHG-Europe Database Format" on page5-18.
Biomet measurements: Average values of all available biomet measurements, cal-
culated over the same time period selected for fluxes. Biomet measurements that
are recognized by EddyPro (i.e., marked by recognized labels) are screened for phys-
ical plausibility before calculating the average value and they are converted to units
that coincide with other EddyPro results. All other variables are solely averaged and
provided on output.
2-41
Section 2. The Interface
Details of steady state and developed turbulence tests (Foken et al., 2004):
Partial results obtained from the steady state and the developed turbulence tests. It
reports the percentage of deviation from expectation and individual test flags.
Metadata: Summarizes metadata used for the processed data sets. If an alternative
metadata file is used without a dynamic metadata file, the contents of this file will
be identical to the alternative metadata. If you are processing GHG files and/or
using a dynamic metadata file, this results file will tell you which metadata were
used in processing.
Spectral outputs
Reduced spectra and ogives: If selected, a subfolder will be created that contains
one file for each flux averaging period. These files contain all relevant binned spec-
tra and cospectra and are necessary for in-situ spectral correction methods (Horst,
1997; Ibrom et al. (2007)).
Full length spectra: If selected, a subfolder will be created that contains one file
for each flux averaging period. These files contain full spectra and/or cospectra of
selected variables.
Full length cospectra: Cospectra with the vertical wind component, calculated for
each variable, for each flux averaging interval. Results files are stored in a separate
subfolder inside the output folder.
Processed raw data
Statistics: Files containing main statistics on the time series (mean values,
variances, covariances, Skewness, Kurtosis) for all sensitive variables, after the
selected processing step. These files are stored in a dedicated folder.
Time series: Files containing time series for the selected variables, after the
selected processing step. One file for each selection is created for each flux
averaging interval (up to 7 files for each flux averaging interval). Files are
stored in a dedicated folder.
Variables: When you select Time series, EddyPro enables options to select
variables from the time series.
2-42
Section 2. The Interface
3 SMARTFlux Configuration
The SMARTFlux system is an add-on component for LI-COR eddy covariance sys-
tems that are based upon the LI-7500A and LI-7200 gas analyzers running embedded
software known as GHG v7. It includes an all-weather processor and GPS antenna. It
installs in the LI-7550 Analyzer Interface Unit.
SMARTFlux system uses EddyPro software to process LI-COR GHG files.
SMARTFlux system provides:
Fully corrected eddy covariance results processed by EddyPro in Express or
Advanced mode in real-time with a 30-minute averaging interval.
GPS location and time keeping for populating metadata location information
and synchronizing system clocks with GPS satellite clocks.
Input voltage readout for diagnostic purposes.
SMARTFlux Configuration mode is used to create a custom configuration file for
the SMARTFlux system.
3-1
To use this mode, check the box, and proceed through EddyPro as you normally
would. The steps are summarized below:
1. Click the SMARTFlux Configuration box.
2. Select NewProject or Open Project.
If you are creating a NewProject and you do not intend to use planar-fit,
automatic time-lag optimizations, or in situ spectral corrections:
Set the Raw Data Directory (one .ghg file is necessary, see "Creating an
Advanced SMARTFlux Configuration File" on page3-33).
Select Variables, if applicable.
Set Flags.
Configure Advanced Settings (see "Overview of Advanced Mode" on
page3-29).
If you are creating the SMARTFlux configuration file from an existing pro-
ject:
Click Open Project and select the project.
Alter any settings that need to be changed.
Configure Advanced Settings (see "Overview of Advanced Mode" on
page3-29).
If you are using planar-fit, automatic time-lag optimization, or in situ spec-
tral corrections (see "Using Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and
Timelag Optimization in SMARTFlux " on page3-33 for details):
l Begin with a new project or existing project, as described above.
l Select a planar-fit file that was generated by EddyPro using data
from your site.
l Select the automatic time-lag optimization file that was generated
by EddyPro using data from your site.
l Select the in-situ spectral corretions file that was generated by
EddyPro using data from your site.
3. Click Create Package in the upper right of EddyPro.
3-2
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
When prompted, name the package, select a directory and click Create.
The configuration file has a .smartflux extension.
Upload the file to the SMARTFlux system. See "Loading a SMARTFlux
Configuration File" on page3-27 to load the file into the SMARTFlux sys-
tem.
3-3
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Initial Configuration
Follow these steps for LI-7550s that have SMARTFlux pre-installed, or retrofit
units. If you want to process fluxes with EddyPro Advanced settings, you must cre-
ate a SMARTFlux configuration file in EddyPro version 5 (see "Overview of
Advanced Mode" on page3-29).
1
Connect a Computer to the GHG System
Power up the gas analyzer and connect the Ethernet cables to
your computer. See "Configuring Systems with Additional Net-
worked Sensors" on page3-6 if you have an LI-7700, a 7900
Biomet system, or a wireless communication system at your site.
2
Connect with SMARTFlux system
Launch the GHG v7 (LI-7500A/LI-7200)PC software and connect
to the gas analyzer. Click the SMARTFlux button. Select the
SMARTFlux Module and click Connect.
3-4
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
3
Configure the GHG Eddy Covariance Sys-
tem
Be sure that the eddy covariance system is configured properly by
entering the required information in the GHG v7 (LI-7500A/
LI-7200) software. See "Site Setup" on page3-9 and the sub-
sequent sections for more information.
IMPORTANT: Some entries in GHG software are mandatory in
order for EddyPro to proceed with the calculations. If you do not
enter this information or enter it incorrectly, EddyPro will not cal-
culate correct fluxes. Take special care to complete the fields
marked as mandatory.
4
Select the Processing Mode
SMARTFlux system uses EddyPro Express settings by default.
Under the Processing Options tab, click either Use Express Mode
or Upload Advanced File and then select the file created by
EddyPro 5. See "Loading a SMARTFlux Configuration File" on
page3-27.
3-5
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Configuring Systems with Additional Networked Sensors
If your eddy covariance system has additional networked devices, such as an LI-7700
Open Path CH4 Analyzer, 7900 Biomet system, and/or a cellular communication sys-
tem, it is likely that all the Ethernet ports will be occupied by the additional com-
ponents. How do you connect over Ethernet when all the Ethernet ports are taken?
Keep reading to find out.
Note: This simplest solution is to connect to the LI-7550 with the RS-232 cable
and configure the networked connections.
Another solution is to acquire a 5-port Ethernet switch (LI-COR part # 616-12721)
and install it in the 7900 Biomet enclosure or a small weather-proof enclosure.
If you cannot connect with RS-232 and you do not have an Ethernet switch, you can
still connect two networked devices and the SMARTFlux system. Here is how:
1. Unplug the Ethernet cable for one of your devices (e.g., the Biomet sys-
tem) and install an Ethernet cable between your computer and the vacated
Ethernet port.
2. In the GHG software, Connect with the device that is still attached to the
other Ethernet port (e.g., the LI-7700).
3. Then, you can unplug the Ethernet cable for that device (e.g., the LI-7700)
and install the Ethernet cable between your computer to the newly-vacated
port.
4. Reconnect the Ethernet cable for the device that was disconnected in step
1. Now, Connect with that device (e.g., the Biomet system) in the GHG
software.
5. Unplug the computer's Ethernet cable from the LI-7550 and reinstall the
Ethernet cables for the networked sensors.
When you've configured the connection for a device in the software, you can unplug
and plug in the Ethernet cable without risk. The devices will automatically resume
communication shortly after the cable is reinstalled.
Eddy Covariance Checklist
Table 3-1 on the next page is a checklist of settings that either must be set or that
we recommend setting before you can record valid eddy covariance data that can be
3-6
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
processed by the SMARTFlux system or EddyPro software. Go through this
checklist to be sure that everything is set properly.
Field Setting
Settings > Time
Clock Sync (PTP): Automatic
Time Zone: Your time zone
Site Setup > USBLog File
Update Rate (Hz): 10 Hz (recommended; 5 Hz min)
File Duration: 30 Minutes
Compress files (.ghg)
(check this box)
When out of space: Delete oldest files from Archive and then from Data
Site Setup > Site Description
Station name: Name of the station
Canopy height (m): Measured at site
Use SMARTFlux Coordinates
(check this box)
Site Setup > Anemometer
Manufacturer: Make of anemometer
Model: Model of anemometer
Head correction applied intern-
ally:
For the CSAT3,

if true
North Alignment: For Gill models, select the setting set in the anem-
ometer
Wind data format: Select the setting set in the anemometer
North Offset (): Measured at site
Height (m): Measured at site
Anemometer > Input Settings
1
Aux1 Type: U; Units: m/s; m: 6; b: 0
Table 3-1. Checklist of mandatory and recommended EC system settings. Note: Some of the set-
tings below are required in order to log valid EC datasets.
1
The Auxiliary input settings given here correspond with anemometer analog output settings of U, V:
5V, 30 m/s; W: 5V, 5 m/s; Ts: 5V, -40 to +70 C.
3-7
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Field Setting
Aux2 Type: V; Units: m/s; m: 6; b: 0
Aux3 Type: W; Units: m/s; m: 1 b: 0
Aux4 Type: Ts; Units: C; m: 11; b: 15
Site Setup > CO
2
/H
2
O Analyzer
Northward separation (cm): Measured at site
Eastward separation (cm): Measured at site
Vertical separation (cm): Measured at site
CO
2
/H
2
O Log Values Select All or Default
Flow Module (if using the LI-7200)
Tube length (cm): Length of intake tube
Tube diameter (mm): Inside diameter of intake tube
Flow Rate (lpm): Set to "On"
Site Setup > CH
4
Analyzer (if using an LI-7700)
Connect to LI-7700 Select if using LI-7700
Northward separation (cm): Measured at site
Eastward separation (cm): Measured at site
Vertical separation (cm): Measured at site
CH
4
Log Values Select All or Default
Site Setup > Biomet (if using a Biomet system)
Connect to Biomet Select if using Biomet system
Sync clock to 7550
(check this box)
SMARTFlux
Connect to SMARTFlux system Click the SMARTFlux button and select the unit
Table 3-1. Checklist of mandatory and recommended EC system settings. Note: Some of the set-
tings below are required in order to log valid EC datasets. (...continued)
GHG System Clock
In order to synchronize instrument clocks with GPS satellites, PTPtime keeping
must be enabled in the LI-7550.
3-8
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Click Settings, under the Time tab, set Clock sync (PTP) to Preferred and the
time/location will be updated when the data is received from satellites. When using
PTP time keeping, the other fields (Date, Time, and Time Zone) are populated
automatically.
NOTE: SMARTFlux system PTP time keeping will override any settings you
enter because GPS satellite clocks are considered the most precise clocks in
the system.
If you do not want to use GPS time, simply unplug the GPS antenna cable from the
SMARTFlux system. This will also disable the GPSlocation, however, and is not
recommended.
Site Setup
Site information is entered in the GHG v7 (LI-7500A/LI-7200) software and recorded
in the GHG files that are logged by the gas analyzer. To enter site information,
install the PC software on your computer and connect with the gas analyzer.
The Site Setup window allows you to enter the site information that is required to
compute flux results. This information is logged in a metadata file. You are not
required to consider the metadata file explicitly, as it is created and modified in the
3-9
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
gas analyzer configuration software and used unobtrusively by EddyPro and the
SMARTFlux system. Nevertheless, all information is stored as plain text and can be
retrieved and edited at any time.
The Site Setup window provides the following tabs:
USB Data Collection: See "USB Data Collection" on the next page.
Site Description: See "Enter the Site Description" on page3-12.
Sonic Anemometer: See "Enter Anemometer Information" on page3-14.
CO
2
/H
2
O Analyzer: See "Enter CO2/H2O Analyzer Information" on
page3-20.
CH
4
Analyzer: See "CH4 Analyzer Data" on page3-23.
Biomet: See "Enter Biomet System Information" on page3-26.
3-10
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
USB Data Collection
Data are logged to a USB flash drive inside the LI-7550 Analyzer Interface
Unit.Datalogging will begin when the USB flash drive is inserted into the port.
The USB Log File tab allows you to configure the Update Rate, File Duration, and
the action to take should the USB flash drive run out of space. The values to be
logged to the USB flash drive from the CO2/H2O analyzer, the optional LI-7700
CH4 Analyzer, and the 7900 Biomet system, are chosen under the CO2 Analyzer,
CH4 Analyzer, and Biomet tabs, respectively.
IMPORTANT: For eddy covariance applications, we recommend collecting
data at a rate of 10 Hz or higher. 5 Hz is the minimum for tall canopies; 20 Hz
may be necessary in some situations.
The files are split based on the instrument clock; thus, with the 30-minute interval,
start logging at 10:22, the file will be split at 10:30, 11:00, 11:30, etc.
All raw files are assigned a timestamp with the format YYYY-MM-DDTHHMMSS_
InstrumentName.ext where date and time are year, month, day, and HHMMSS is
24-hour time (e.g. hour 15 = 3:00 p.m.). The file extension appended is either .data,
.metadata, or .status.
3-11
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Enter the Site Description
The Site Description tab is used to enter information about the site. This inform-
ation configures the metadata file that is used for flux processing.
IMPORTANT: Some entries in GHG software are mandatory in order for
EddyPro to proceed with the calculations. If you do not enter this information or
enter it incorrectly, EddyPro will not calculate correct fluxes. Take special care to
complete the fields marked as mandatory.
Site name: Name of the research site (e.g., LI-COR Experimental Site).
Station Name: Optional, name of the flux station within the site.
Canopy Height (mandatory): Canopy height, in meters.
Displacement Height: Also referred to as zero plane displacement height, the dis-
placement height of a vegetated surface (usually designated d) is the height at which
the wind speed would go to zero if the logarithmic wind profile was maintained
from the outer flow all the way down to the surface (that is, in the absence of veget-
ation). In other words, it is the distance over the ground at which a non-vegetated
surface should be placed to provide a logarithmic wind field equal to the observed
one. For forest canopies, the displacement height is estimated to vary between 0.6
3-12
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
and 0.8 times the height of the canopy. If not entered explicitly, EddyPro

computes
displacement height as:
3-1 d = 0.67 x canopy height
Roughness Length: In the logarithmic wind profile, the roughness length is the
height at which wind speed is zero (indicated by z0). It provides an estimate of the
average roughness elements of the surface. With vegetated surfaces, because the
vegetation itself provides a certain roughness, the logarithmic wind profile goes to
zero at a height equal to the displacement height plus the roughness length. If not
entered explicitly, EddyPro

computes roughness length as:

3-2 z
0
= 0.15 x canopy height
Use SMARTFlux system GPS Coordinates (mandatory): Uses GPSlocation from
the SMARTFlux system for the station location.
GPS format (WGS84): Latitude and longitude coordinates are automatically detec-
ted by the SMARTFlux system unit or can be entered manually.
Format Description Example
DDD MM SS.SSS Degrees, minutes and seconds with North, South,
East, or West suffix
122044 N,
984555 W
DDD MM.MMM Degrees and decimal minutes with North, South,
East, or West suffix
1220.736 N,
9845.924 W
Decimal Degrees Decimal degrees with negative numbers for South
and West
12. 3456, -98.7654
Latitude (mandatory, if "Use GPS Coordinates is not selected"): Site latitude
coordinates, entered in format chosen above at GPS format.
Longitude (mandatory, if "Use GPS Coordinates is not selected"): Site longitude
coordinates, entered in format chosen above at GPS format.
Altitude (mandatory, if "Use GPS Coordinates is not selected"): Altitude (in
meters) of the research site of interest.
3-13
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Enter Anemometer Information
The Anemometer page allows you to enter information about the sonic anem-
ometer, including the manufacturer and model, data output format, offset from
true north, and height. Some of the available options (e.g. North Alignment) will
change, depending on the chosen model.
Choose the sonic anemometer manufacturer and model in the pull-down menus.
LI-COR supports the following sonic anemometer models:
Manufacturer Model(s)
Campbell
Scientific

CSAT3
Gill Instruments HS-50 HS-100 R2 R3-50
R3-100 WindMaster WindMaster Pro
Metek uSonic-3 Class A uSonic-3 Scientific
R.M. Young 81000
Wind Data Format: From the three axis velocities, the wind speed is calculated, and
output as either signed U, V, and W, as Polar and W, or as raw velocity values. The
type of output is set during the anemometer configuration.
Choose the wind data format from the pull-down menu:
U, V, W (some Gill anemometers): U is defined as toward the direction in
line with the north spar, as shown in the diagram below. V is defined as
toward the direction of 90 counter-clockwise from the N/Reference spar. W
3-14
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
is defined as vertically up the mounting shaft.
U
W
V
1
2
3
N
Top View
Polar, W - The wind speed in the UV plane, with direction in degrees from 0
to 359, with respect to the Reference spar (normally aligned to North).
Axis velocities - Raw velocity values for U, V, W.
North Offset (): Offset, in degrees (0-359) from which the Reference spar varies
from true north.
Important note on North Offset:
EddyPro requires the offset with respect to true north as two pieces of inform-
ation: The offset with respect to true north, and the magnetic declination. Cur-
rently the GHG v7 software does not provide an entry for magnetic declination.
For the best results, enter the North Offset to magnetic North. This will create
small differences in the wind direction between EddyPro and the SMARTFlux
results (a constant offset equal to the magnetic declination), but the flux results
will be the same, if all other settings are the same.
Height (m) (mandatory): Sonic anemometer height above the ground, in meters,
measured to center of the anemometer sample volume.
Input Settings (mandatory): The button opens the Auxiliary Inputs
window, where you configure the measurement type, units, label, and calibration
coefficients.
About Sonic Anemometer Inputs
The LI-7500A or LI-7200 menu presents options to configure the sonic anemometer
inputs.
3-15
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
You can also open this dialog from the Input Settings... button under
Site Setup > Anemometer tab.
IMPORTANT: It is mandatory to specify the scaling of the anemometric meas-
urements under the Inputs dialog, to allow EddyPro to correctly read this data
and calculate fluxes.
The four Auxiliary Inputs (Aux1...Aux4) correspond with U, V, W, and T
s
(or
SOS) output from the anemometer.
Type specifies the variable.
Units are the units that will be logged with the variable.
Label is logged in the data and metadata. It identifies the variable.
Slope and offset values relate the measured variable with the voltage.
3-16
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Configuring the Anemometer Inputs
1. Choose the Type of Input
The Type field allows you to choose from:
U Horizontal wind speed (m/s) as measured toward the direction in line
with the north spar (see diagram below)
V Horizontal wind speed (m/s) as measured toward the direction of 90
counterclockwise from the north spar
W Vertical wind speed (m/s) as measured up the mounting shaft
T
s
Sonic temperature (C)
SOS Speed of sound (m/s)
U
W
V
1
2
3
N
Top View
2. Choose the appropriate Units
The units available are typical anemometric units. The software provides
some controls over the units that are available with each variable:
Type Units
Other Other, m/s, cm/s, volts, K, and C
U m/s, cm/s, volts
V m/s, cm/s, volts
W m/s, cm/s, volts
Ts K, C, volts
SOS m/s, cm/s, volts
3-17
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
3. Enter the Label (optional).
The label is automatically set and cannot be changed for U, V, W, T
s
, or
SOS unless Other is selected. The Label will appear in the file header in
both the data and/or metadata files and is required for EddyPro and
SMARTFlux system.
Slope Offset Examples
The units selected for each auxiliary input determine the label in the data file
header, as well as the file header in the metadata file used with the SMARTFlux sys-
tem. Enter the slope and offset values that convert the sonic anemometer outputs
into scaled units.
The following table gives the appropriate values for m (multiplier) and b (offset) to
be used when converting raw voltages into units of m/s, using the default sonic
anemometer output ranges of -30 to +30 m/s for U and V, and -5 to +5 m/s for W.
U, V
(-30 to +30 m/s
W
(-5 to +5 m/s)
Sonic Temp.
(-40 to 70 C)
Speed of Sound
(300 to 370 m/s)
Sonic output (V)
m b m b m b m b
0-5V 12 -30 2 -5 22 -40 14 300
5V 6 0 1 0 11 15 7 335
2.5V 12 0 2 0 22 15 14 335
Example: You have configured the Gill WindMaster to output raw voltages for
auxiliary input U over the range of 0-5V, and over a full scale wind speed of -30 to
+30 m/s. You want to convert the raw voltages to wind speed and output the values
in units of m/s. What is the wind speed when the sonic anemometer outputs a raw
voltage value of 0.5V?
1. Set the Type field to U.
2. Set the Units field to m/s. The Label is set automatically.
3. Enter 12 for the Multiplier (m)
4. Enter -30 for the Offset (b)
Using the slope-intercept formula:
3-3 y = m*x + b
the wind speed is calculated as
3-4 y = 12(0.5) + (-30) = -24 m/s
3-18
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Example 2: You have configured the Gill WindMaster to output raw voltages for
auxiliary input U over the range of 5V, and over a full scale wind speed of -30 to
+30 m/s. You want to convert the raw voltages to wind speed and output the values
in units of m/s. What is the wind speed when the sonic anemometer outputs a raw
voltage value of 1.5V?
1. Set the Type field to U.
2. Set the Units field to m/s. The Label is set automatically.
3. Enter 6 for the Multiplier (m).
4. Enter 0 for the Offset (b).
Using the slope-intercept formula (3-3 on the previous page), the wind speed is cal-
culated as:
3-5 y = 6(1.5) + 0 = 9 m/s
3-19
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Enter CO
2
/H
2
O Analyzer Information
Measurement of the separation between the CO2/H2O gas analyzer(s) and the sonic
anemometer is necessary to estimate the high-frequency flux losses due to the dis-
tance between the instruments that measured the vertical wind component and the
gas concentration(s). In order to allow EddyPro

to determine the distance from a

gas analyzer and the anemometer, distances are provided in a Cartesian coordinate
system.
The CO2/H2O Analyzer tab displays the type of CO2/H2O analyzer used (LI-7500A,
LI-7200), the values to log to the USB drive, and the gas analyzer position relative
to the sonic anemometer.
NOTES:
Units must be provided in centimeters (cm) or meters (m).
The reference anemometer described in the metadata file serves as the cen-
ter (0, 0) of the coordinate system.
For all gas analyzers and other anemometers (if any), the distances from
the reference anemometer are provided along the north-south axis and
the east-west axis.
Distances are positive if the second instrument is to the north, east, or
above the reference anemometer.
3-20
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Northward Separation (cm): North/south distance between the CO2/H2O Analyzer
and the reference anemometer. Positive values if north and negative values if south
of the anemometer.
Eastward Separation (cm): East/west distance between the CO2/H2O Analyzer and
the reference anemometer. Positive values if east and negative values if west of the
anemometer.
1
N
Eastward Separation
Open path gas analyzer sample volume,
or
Closed path gas analyzer sample inlet
Northward
Separation
(0, 0)
Figure 3-1. Eastward and Northward separations.
Vertical Separation (cm): Vertical distance between the CO2/H2 Analyzer and the
reference anemometer. This value is negative if the center of the analyzer sample
volume (LI-7500A, LI-7700) or intake tube inlet (LI-7200) is below the center of the
reference anemometer sample volume and positive if the gas sample is above.
NOTE: At least one separation must be different from 0.
3-21
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Figure 3-2. Vertical separation.
CO
2
/H
2
OLog Values: Click to select data records recommended for use
with the SMARTFlux system and EddyPro

software. Or select variables of your

choice.
3-22
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
CH
4
Analyzer Data
The LI-7550 Analyzer Interface Unit can be connected to any LI-7700 Open Path
CH4 Analyzer on the network to integrate LI-7700 data into the same data set col-
lected by the LI-7500A/LI-7200 for greenhouse gas flux calculations.
Connect to an LI-7700
Click the button next to LI-7700 or the LI-7700 button from the main window
to open the Settings dialog, where you can connect to an LI-7700 CH4 analyzer.
The LI-7700 tab displays a list of LI-7700 instruments available on the network
(same subnet as computer). Select an LI-7700 from the list, or enter an IP address in
the LI-7700 Hostname field (networked device on different subnet mask as com-
puter) and click Connect. Click Apply or OK. When you start logging data with the
LI-7550 via USB, the selected variables for the LI-7700 will be logged and used in
flux calculations.
3-23
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Note: In some scenarios you may connect to an LI-7700 by typing in a known IP
address or instrument name into the LI-7700 Hostname field.
Enter Analyzer Information
Here you specify the separation between the sonic anemometer and the LI-7700
sample volume.
NOTE: At least one separation must be different from 0.
Northward Separation (cm): North/south distance between the LI-7700 Analyzer
and the reference anemometer. Positive values if north and negative values if south
of the anemometer (see Figure 3-1 on page3-21).
Eastward Separation (cm): East/west distance between the LI-7700 Analyzer and
the reference anemometer. Positive values if east and negative values if west of the
anemometer (see Figure 3-1 on page3-21).
3-24
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Vertical Separation (cm): Vertical distance between the LI-7700 Analyzer and the
reference anemometer. This value is negative if the center of the LI-7700 sample
volume is below the center of the reference anemometer sample volume and pos-
itive if the gas sample is above (see Figure 3-2 on page3-22).
Select Variables
In the Site Setup dialog, click to select the recommended variables for
processing in EddyPro and the SMARTFlux system or click Select All to log all vari-
ables.
You can enable the Log LI-7700 status records (.status) check box to collect LI-7700
STATUS records. Refer to the LI-7700 Instruction Manual for more information.
3-25
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Enter Biomet System Information
The LI-7550 Analyzer Interface Unit can be connected to any 9210 Sutron data log-
ger on the network, to log biomet data with data collected by the LI-7500A/LI-7200
for greenhouse gas flux calculations.
Click on the button next to Sutron 9210 to open the Settings window, where
you can connect to a Sutron data logger. After connection, the software will display
a list of biomet sensors configured for use with the selected Sutron datalogger
(under Sensors). Click on any sensor in the list to display the Sensor Properties
(e.g. Type and Units) for the selected sensor. Note that the Sensors and Sensor Prop-
erties are configured through the 9210; these lists are for reference only.
NOTE: Enable the Sync clock to 7550 to synchronize the Sutron 9210 and
LI-7550 clocks.
Refer to the 7900 Biomet Station Instruction Manual for more information.
3-26
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Loading a SMARTFlux Configuration File
The SMARTFlux system is supported by GHG v7 (LI-7500A/ LI-7200 software) and
above.
Note: EddyPro Express settings are loaded by default so you only need to load a
configuration file if you use EddyPro Advanced settings.
To load an EddyPro Advanced configuration file:
1. Open the SMARTFlux system dialog.
2. Select the Processing Options tab, and click the Upload Advanced File but-
ton. Read the warning dialog.
3. Browse to the file created in EddyPro v5 (extension *.smartflux) and select
it.
After loading the file, the SMARTFlux system will compute flux results based upon
the defined Advanced settings (be sure to turn on datalogging first (see "Begin Log-
ging Data" on the next page).
3-27
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Begin Logging Data
Under the Site Setup menu, each tab has Start, Stop, and Eject buttons.
You can open the logging controls by clicking the log button.
Click Start to begin logging data. Press Stop to quit logging, and Eject to unmount
the USB drive.
Note: If you unmount the drive you will have to physically remove and reinsert
the USB drive in order for the LI-7550 to recognize it again.
Verify Flux Computations
In this version of the SMARTFlux system, the best way to verify that fluxes are cal-
culated is to review the data after 30 minutes of collection. To allow time for com-
putation, let the system run for about 35 minutes and then select the Results tab.
Computed flux results will be visible.
Express Mode
EddyPro Express mode is the default configuration for the flux computation in the
SMARTFlux system. Express settings are loaded automatically unless you specify an
EddyPro Advanced configuration file. In most cases, EddyPro Express provides final,
fully corrected and valid fluxes that can be directly used for further analysis. In a
few special cases, however, Express fluxes may not be fully accurate and only serve a
diagnostic purpose.
Automatic Variable Selection
In standard EddyPro, even when running in Express mode, you still can select the
variables to be used in flux computation, in the Basic Settings > Select Items for
3-28
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
flux computation section. More precisely, EddyPro provides default choices based
on the variables described in the metadata file (either embedded in GHG files, or
created in Project Creation > Metadata file editor), and you can keep these choices
or pick other variables. For example, CO2 fluxes from the LI-7200 can be calculated
from CO2 measurements available as either mixing ratio, mole fraction or number
density. If all of these measurements are available in the metadata file, then
EddyPro defaults to the mixing ratio, and you are allowed to either keep this choice
or pick one of the other two.
EddyPro defaults, and the order in which other viable variables are listed in the
drop-down menus, reflect best practices suggested by LI-COR and depend on the
deployed instrument(s). The exact same logic is used in SMARTFlux to select the
variables to be used when multiple choices are available. In particular:
CO
2
/H
2
Omeasured by an LI-7200: The order of preference is (1) mixing ratio,
(2) mole fraction and (3) number density
CO
2
/H
2
Omeasured by an LI-7500A: Only number density can be used for flux
computation
CH
4
measured by an LI-7700: Only number density can be used for flux com-
putation
Air temperature and pressure: Precedence is given to measurements from an
LI-7700 if available.
Diagnostics flags: If available for the deployed instruments, diagnostic flags
are used to filter out individual raw data based on diagnostic information.
Overview of Advanced Mode
Advanced Mode provides you with the high-level capabilities of the EddyPro
Advanced, computing fully corrected flux results in real-time with the processing
options of your choice.
The SMARTFlux configuration file, needed to run EddyPro in Advanced mode
inside the SMARTFlux module, is created in EddyPro 5 or higher. This, and sub-
sequent versions of EddyPro provide the capability to export a SMARTFlux con-
figuration file, that can then be uploaded via the GHG v7 (LI-7200/LI-7500A)
Windows application.
There are additional considerations if you use EddyPro Advanced in SMARTFlux.
For many scenarios, you will simply need to configure the advanced settings as you
see best, and load the SMARTFlux configuration file into SMARTFlux following
the instruction provided hereafter.
3-29
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
However, if you wish to use a Planar-fit method for Axis Rotation, the Automatic
Time Lag Optimization option, or one of the in-situ spectral correction methods
(Horst, 1997; Ibrom et al., 2007), you will need to process an existing data set from the
site in order to configure the parameters for these settings, as explained in "Using
Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and Timelag Optimization in
SMARTFlux " on page3-33.
Important: In order for the parameters to be valid, the site must not have
undergone any significant changes between the time when the existing data set
was collected and when the SMARTFlux system is deployed. The instrument con-
figuration should remain unchanged during the sampling period if the settings
are to apply to the SMARTFlux system configuration file as well. For closed-path
systems, the dataset used to optimize time lags and for the spectral assessment
must refer to a period in which the sampling line did not undergo major modi-
fications, such as replacement of tube or filters, change of the flow rate, etc.
When you create the configuration file, only the controls that can be configured for
the SMARTFlux system are enabled, and the other controls are disabled. Similarly
to EddyPro Advanced and Express, some controls must be configured, while others
are optional.
Advanced Mode Options
Similarly to EddyPro Advanced and Express, some controls must be configured,
while others are optional. When you create the SMARTFlux system configuration
file, only the controls that can be configured for SMARTFlux are enabled, and the
other controls are disabled. In particular, you will find that:
1. The Project Creation page is not available. This is because inside
SMARTFlux, EddyPro does not need any of the information that is entered
in the Project Creation page. The file type (LI-COR GHG), the use of
metadata (embedded) and the use of biomet data (embedded) are all
predefined settings in SMARTFlux.
2. In Basic Settings:
a. The selection of Dataset dates is deactivated because SMARTFlux pro-
cesses GHG files one by one, as they are created by the GHG v7 LI-
7550 embedded software.
b. The Previous results directory is deactivated because this option is not
applicable to SMARTFlux.
3-30
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
c. The Flux averaging interval is deactivated because SMARTFlux operates
on a predefined interval of 30 minutes. In SMARTFlux there is no
option to calculate fluxes on any other time interval.
d. The Master Anemometer is deactivated because LI-COR GHG systems
are designed around one only anemometer, which is detected auto-
matically in SMARTFlux as the master.
3. In Advanced Settings > Processing Options, all processing options are act-
ive, and you can select them as you would do in EddyPro. The only excep-
tion are:
a. The Planar Fit Settings... dialogue, which activates when the Planar fit
or the Planar fit with no velocity bias option is chosen as the Axis rota-
tion for tilt correction method, presents only the Planar fit file available
option. If you want to use the planar fit method in SMARTFlux, you
will have to load a previously created planar fit file at this time. Refer
to "Using Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and Timelag Optim-
ization in SMARTFlux " on page3-33 for instruction how to create the
planar fit file and more details on how to use it in SMARTFlux.
b. The Time lag Optimization Settings..., which activates when the Auto-
matic time lag optimization option is chosen as a Time lag com-
pensation method, only gives the Time lag file available option. If you
want to use the automatic timelag optimization option in SMARTFlux,
you will have to load a previously created timelag optimization file at
this time. Refer to "Using Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and
3-31
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Timelag Optimization in SMARTFlux " on page3-33 for instruction
how to create the timelag optimization file and more details on how to
use it in SMARTFlux.
4. In Advanced Settings > Spectral Corrections both low frequency and high
frequency corrections are available. However:
a. In the Correction for low-pass filtering effects, the method by Fratini et
al. (2012) is deactivated, because this method requires an auxiliary file
that is currently not available in SMARTFlux.
b. If an in-situ method is selected (Horst 1997 or Ibrom et al., 2007), only
the option Spectral assessment file available is active, similar to the
planar fit and timelag optimization options discussed above. If you
want to use one of these in-situ methods in SMARTFlux, you will have
to load a previously created spectral assessment file at this time. Refer
to "Using Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and Timelag Optim-
ization in SMARTFlux " on the next page for instruction how to create
the spectral assessment file and more details on how to use it in
SMARTFlux.
5. In Advanced Settings > Statistical Analysis, all processing options are act-
ive, and you can select them as you would do in EddyPro with no excep-
tions.
6. In Advanced Settings > Output Files, most options are active, with the fol-
lowing exceptions:
a. The Set Minimal, Set Typical and Set Thorough pre-selection buttons
are deactivated, because those pre-selections do not apply completely to
SMARTFlux.
3-32
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
b. The Full output file and related settings are deactivated because this file
shall always be created, and in a predefined format, in SMARTFlux.
c. The Ensemble averaged cospectra and models is unchecked and deac-
tivated, because this output cannot be created in SMARTFlux, were
GHG files are processed one at a time. For creating those outputs, use
standard EddyPro instead.
d. All full length (co)spectra outputs are deactivated. These files occupy
large amounts of disk space and are thus not allowed in SMARTFlux.
For obtaining full length (co)spectra files, use standard EddyPro
instead.
e. Processed raw data outputs are deactivated. These files occupy large
amounts of disk space and are thus not allowed in SMARTFlux. For
obtaining those outputs, use standard EddyPro instead.
Creating an Advanced SMARTFlux Configuration File
If you have at least one GHG file from the EC system for which you are going to
use SMARTFlux, you can customize the Advanced processing options, and select the
variables you prefer for computing fluxes on-the-fly. In this case, in Basic Settings
simply select the Rawdata directory where your raw data are stored, and EddyPro
will automatically populate the section Select Items for flux computation, as it usu-
ally does when used in the standard mode.
At this point, select the variables, configure the flags, and set the processing options
of your preference and simply click the Create File button visible on the right side
of the blue SMARTFlux ribbon. This will create a bundle with extension .smart-
flux and save it in the selected output directory.
Using Planar Fit, In-situ Spectral Corrections and Timelag Optim-
ization in SMARTFlux
In order to use planar-fit, in-situ spectral corrections or timelag optimization in the
SMARTFlux system, EddyPro needs to access the respective planar_fit, spectral_
assessment and timelag_optimization files, referred to as additional con-
figuration files hereafter. These files contain summaries of calculations performed
on relatively large datasets (Table 3-2 on the next page) and that apply also to data
to be collected in the future.
For example, you can use three-months of data to calculate a spectral assessment,
and then use this spectral assessment that is summarized in a short text file, to cor-
rect fluxes calculated from data collected after those three months, if the system
3-33
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
configuration didnt change to such an extent, that the spectral assessment is no
longer representative. Similar considerations apply to the planar fit and the timelag
optimization procedures. Refer to EddyPro documentation for more details on
when and how to use these three advanced procedures.
The additional configuration files are created by EddyPro (3.0 and above), when
used in the standard desktop mode. If you have been running your EC system for
which you intend to user SMARTFlux - for some time, you may already have cre-
ated one or more of these files, or you may have a GHG dataset suitable for cre-
ating them, if the corresponding implementation is deemed necessary to calculate
accurate fluxes (again, refer to EddyPro documentation to learn more about when it
is suggested to use these options). If you do not have previously collected GHG files,
then you will need to run the system for a suitable amount of time (for example
using SMARTFlux in Express mode), then use EddyPro in desktop mode to create
the additional configuration files of your interest, and then provide them to
SMARTFlux as explained below.
EddyPro Advanced Setting Recommended Dataset
Planar Fit Settings 2 weeks minimum; < 2
months
Time Lag Optimization 1 to 2 months or more
Spectral Corrections, Assessment of high frequency atten-
uation
1 month or more
Table 3-2. Recommended dataset durations for Advanced settings.
Thus, assuming that you have a sufficiently long GHG dataset (Table 3-2 above), the
procedure to correctly configure SMARTFlux to use planar-fit, in-situ spectral cor-
rections or timelag optimization is illustrated here, using the in-situ spectral cor-
rections as an example. Analogous procedures shall be followed for the planar-fit or
the timelag optimization.
1. Open EddyPro (5.0 or above recommended) in normal desktop mode and
complete the Project Creation and Basic Settings pages as usual (refer to
EddyPro documentation if needed). In the Advanced Settings > Spectral
Corrections, configure Corrections for low-pass filtering effects to use one
of the in-situ methods, i.e. Horst (1997), Ibrom et al. (2007) or Fratini et
al. (2012). In the same page, customize the settings to instruct EddyPro to
use the dataset of your choice and to filter data appropriately, so as to
obtain a sound assessment of spectral attenuations. Click Run and when
3-34
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
this is completed, locate the spectral assessment file (it contains the string
spectral_assessment in the file name) in the subdirectory \spectral_ana-
lysis that you will find inside the selected Output folder. This is the file
that you will use for SMARTFlux.
2. Open EddyPro (5.0 or above) in SMARTFlux Setup Mode. Configure
everything as explained in the previous sections. In the Advanced Settings
> Spectral Corrections, configure Corrections for low-pass filtering effects
to use one of the in-situ methods among Horst (1997) and Ibrom et al.
(2007) (the method of Fratini et al. (2012) is currently not usable in
SMARTFlux). In the Spectral assessment file available entry, select the
spectral assessment file created earlier. Then proceed normally and when
done, click on the Create File button to create the .smartflux bundle, as
explained above.
An analogous procedure can be used to create and use the planar fit and the
timelag optimization configuration files.
3-35
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Results Files
The SMARTFlux system writes EddyPro results files to the USB flash drive in the
LI-7550.
In addition to the raw LI-COR GHG files (including any .data and .metadata
files), you can retrieve flux results files, daily summary files, and archived files.
Flux Results
These are the output files from EddyPro. They follow a format typical of EddyPro
outputs, as described in detail in the EddyPro help
(envsupport.licor.com/help/EddyPro5/index.htm#Output_Files_Overview.htm).
Daily Summaries
These logged data summaries, typically named something like YYYY-MM-DD_AIU-
xxxx_Summary, include the high-speed data logged in the LI-7550 analyzer interface
unit. These are the variables selected in "Enter CO2/H2O Analyzer Information"
on page3-20.
The EddyPro summaries, typically named somethings like YYYY-MM-DD_EP-Sum-
mary, include the Half-hour eddy covariance flux results. This file is created at the
end of each day by collecting the results of each 30-minute file and placing them in
a row. The variables included in this file are specified in EddyPro automatically if
you select Basic processing or manually if you select Advanced processing (see
"Advanced Mode Options" on page3-30).
3-36
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
SMARTFlux Software Update
Periodically LI-COR will release updated software for SMARTFlux system. Soft-
ware updates will include bug fixes, new features, or performance improvements.
We recommend that you keep the software on your instruments up-to-date.
Check the Software Version
The SMARTFlux system software version and IP Address are displayed in the Con-
nect window in the gas analyzer software.
3-37
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
Update the Software
You will be notified by email if and when we release a critical software update.
Download updated software from the technical support website:
http://www.licor.com/env/support/
On the support web site, select your instrument, then select "Software," and save the
update package to your computer.
To update the software:
1. Unzip the compressed update package and double click the file called
"flux updater.exe".
2. Each SMARTFlux system module that is on your network will be visible
in the Flux Updater window. Select the module you want to update and
click Update Firmware.
3. The updater will load the new system files. This process takes about 30
seconds to a minute to complete. Do not power off the device while it is
updating.
4. After the update is complete, you can verify the software version in the
updater or in the gas analyzer software (see "Check the Software Version"
on the previous page).
3-38
Section 3. SMARTFlux Configuration
4 Using EddyPro 5
Processing GHG Data with Correct Site Parameters
If you logged the eddy covariance data to an LI-7550 in the LI-COR

GHG format
and entered the correct site information, the GHG file will contain an embedded
METADATA file with information needed for processing the accompanying DATA
file.
If, during the acquisition period, you changed settings in the gas analyzer data log-
ging interface in order to account for changes in the site parameters, these changes
will be stored in the metadata. EddyPro allows you to account for the time
dependency by processing each DATA file using meta-information retrieved from
the paired METADATA file embedded in the GHG archive.
Note: If there were no changes in the project metadata for the eddy covariance
dataset under consideration, you can speed up processing by using a single
metadata file for the entire project, as described in the following section.
To process the dataset, launch EddyPro:
1. Start a New Project.
2. Enter a Project name (optional).
3. Click the Basic Settings button to enter the Basic Settings page. See "Basic
Settings" on page 4-10
4-1
Processing GHG Data with Incorrect or No Site Parameters
If you collected eddy covariance data using LI-COR

data logging software, your

dataset will be comprised of raw files in GHG format. Each GHG file contains a
METADATA file with information needed for processing the paired DATA file. If,
during the acquisition period, you changed settings in the data logging interface in
order to account for modification of critical meta-information, the obtained dataset
will contain dynamic, time-dependent metadata. EddyPro

allows you to account

for this time dependency, processing each DATA file using meta-information
retrieved from the paired METADATA file embedded in the GHG archive.
However, there are two situations, in which you might want or need to by-pass
embedded METADATA files:
When embedded METADATA files have incorrect information (e.g., because
they contain errors in critical meta-information);
When all embedded METADATA files, correct or incorrect, are identical
because no changes were made during data acquisition.
In these cases EddyPro

provides a way to by-pass embedded METADATA files and

use an alternative file.
Important: Using an alternative METADATA file means that all GHG files are
processed with the same meta-information (unless you provide a Time-varying
metadata file). It also implies that all DATA files must have the exact same
format, which must be correctly described in the alternative METADATA file.
To use an alternative metadata file for your dataset:
1. Start a New Project and select LI-COR GHG as the file type.
2. Enter a Project name (optional).
3. In the Basic Settings page, enter the Raw data directory, where your raw
data are stored.
4. Return to the Project Creation page and select the option Metadata file:
Use alternative file. The Metadata File Editor will activate with the
metadata from the first GHG file in your project.
Make changes to the metadata file as needed.
5. Click Save metadata as... and save the file with a new file name. This file
is the Alternative metadata file. You can modify it here or use it as it is.
4-2
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
6. When all mandatory meta-information is entered with plausible values,
the Basic Settings button activates.
Click it to enter the Basic Settings Page. See "Basic Settings" on page4-10.
Processing ASCII, Binary, TOB1, or SLT Files
EddyPro can process raw data in a variety of formats, including virtually all sorts
of Generic ASCII, Binary, TOB1 (Campbell Scientific, Inc.), and SLT (EddySoft
and EdiSol) formats.
For interpreting and processing those files, EddyPro needs the same meta-inform-
ation needed for GHG files, but for these file types, the meta-information is not
available directly in the data files. Therefore, you must create and use an alternative
METADATA file. Selecting any Raw file format other than LI-COR GHG will
cause the Metadata file entry to automatically toggle to the Use alternative file
option and the Metadata File Editor to activate.
Note: The Use embedded files option deactivates, because in this case there is no
embedded METADATA file available.
1. Launch EddyPro and start a New Project.
2. Enter a Project name (optional).
3. Select either ASCII plain text, Generic binary, TOB1, SLT (EddySoft), or
SLT (EdiSol) as the Raw file format.
4. Enter all the required information in the Metadata File Editor. The graph-
ical interface will help you prepare a valid METADATA file by preventing
you from entering unphysical or implausible values and by activating the
Basic Settings button only when all mandatory fields hold valid entries.
Fill out the mandatory entries in the Station, Instruments and Raw file
description tabs, in this order. Also configure the Raw File Settings dia-
log. The Metadata file will be saved automatically when it is edited. The
path of the saved file will appear in the text field adjacent to the Use altern-
ative file option of the Metadata file entry. See "Using the Metadata File
Editor" on page 4-4
4-3
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
5. Click the Basic Settings button to advance to the Basic Settings page. See
"Basic Settings" on page4-10.
Using the Metadata File Editor
The Metadata File Editor is used to enter site information, instrument information,
and a description of the data file structure. This information is required for any
dataset processed in EddyPro. You will use the Metadata File Editor under two cir-
cumstances:
when incorrect site information is included in an existing metadata file, or
when you are processing ASCII plain text, Generic binary, TOB1, SLT
(EddySoft), or SLT (EdiSol) files.
The Metadata File Editor will activate when you select a raw file format other than
LI-COR GHG or if you select Use Alternative File. It has three tabs: Station,
Instruments, and Raw File Description, as well as a dialog box called Raw File
Settings.
When you begin editing the Metadata File Editor, EddyPro will prompt you to save
the metadata file. After you save it, all subsequent edits are saved automatically.
1. Configuring the Station Tab:
4-4
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l Time Stamp Refers to: Specify whether the time stamp in the file
name refers to the beginning or end of the time series contained
within the file. See "Beginning of Dataset" on page6-14.
l File duration: Set the duration of input files.
l Acquisition frequency: This refers to the number of samples per
second in the data files.
l Canopy height: Distance between the soil surface and the top of the
canopy.
l Displacement height: See "Displacement Height" on page6-15.
l Roughness length: See "Roughness Length" on page6-15.
l Altitude: Elevation above sea level of the flux site.
l Latitude and Longitude: WGS84 coordinates in decimal degrees.
2. Configure the Instruments Tab. It has fields for anemometers and gas ana-
lyzers:
For Anemometer Info, enter:
l Manufacturer: The make of your anemometer.
l Model: The model of the anemometer.
l Instrument ID: This is for your records.
l Height: Distance between the ground and the anemometer.
l Wind data format: Output format for the anemometer. Choose from
U, V, W: Polar and W; or axis velocities.
l North alignment: Set to Axis or Spar, if applicable.
4-5
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l North offset: See "North Offset" on page6-16.
l Northward, Eastward, or Vertical separation: Used to specify the dis-
tance between sensors. For the anemometer you only need to use this
field if the data file includes records from two anemometers. See
Sensor Separation.
l Longitudinal path length: Path length in the direction of a pair of
transducers.
l Transversal path length: Path length in the direction orthogonal to
the longitudinal path length.
l Time response: Time response of the anemometer. Its inverse defines
the maximum frequency of the atmospheric turbulence that the instru-
ment is able to resolve. Consult the anemometers specifications or
user manual.
For Gas Analyzers Info:
l Manufacturer: The make of your gas analyzer.
l Model: The model of your gas analyzer. See Gas Analyzer Model.
l Instrument ID: This is for your records, to distinguish instruments.
l Height: The distance between the ground and the anemometer.
l Tube length: For closed path analyzers only, enter the length of the
intake tube. Ignore for open path analyzers.
l Tube inner diameter: For closed path analyzers only, the inside dia-
meter of the intake tube.
l Nominal tube flow rate: For closed path analyzers only, the flow rate
setting. Ignore for open path analyzers.
l Northward, Eastward, or Vertical separation: Used to specify the dis-
tance between anemometer and gas analyzer. See "Northward, East-
ward, and Vertical Separation" on page6-17.
l Longitudinal path length: Path length between the optical source
and detector of the analyzer.
l Transversal path length: Path length in the direction orthogonal to
the longitudinal path length.
l Time response: Time response of the gas analyzer. Its inverse defines
the maximum frequency of the atmospheric turbulent concentration
fluctuations that the instrument is able to resolve. Consult the ana-
lyzers specifications or user manual.
4-6
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l Extinction coefficient in water, K
w
: In Krypton or Lyman-a hygro-
meters, the extinction coefficients for water vapor of the hygrometers,
associated with the third-order Taylor expansion of the LambertBeer
law around reference conditions (van Dijk et al. 2003).
l Extinction coefficient in water, K
o
: In Krypton or Lyman-a hygro-
meters, the extinction coefficients for oxygen of the hygrometers, asso-
ciated with the third-order Taylor expansion of the LambertBeer law
around reference conditions (van Dijk et al. 2003).
3. Enter information in the Raw File Description tab:
The Raw File Description tab is where you tell EddyPro how data are
arranged in the raw data files. Click the plus button (+) to add columns.
In each column specify the following:
l Ignore: Select yes to instruct EddyPro to ignore a column. Columns
to be ignored include time stamps, line counters, etc.
l Numeric: Select no to tell EddyPro that a column is not purely
numeric. Purely numeric variables are strings included within two
consecutive field separators and containing only digits from 0 to 9
and, at most, the decimal dot. Any other character makes a variable
not numeric. For example, time stamps in the form of 2011-09-26 or
times as 23:20:562 are not numeric variables. If a variable is not
numeric, this must be specified even if you set yes in the ignore field.
4-7
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l Variable: Specify the variable that is contained in the current column
of the raw files or enter a custom variable of your choice. Custom vari-
ables are saved to the computer registry so they are available to you
when you start a new project.
l Instrument: Select the instrument that measured the current variable.
Instruments listed here are those you entered under the Instruments
tab.
l Measurement type: Only applicable to gas concentrations, enter the
units used to describe the gas concentration measurement. For other
variables, leave the field blank or select Other.
l Input unit: Specify the units for the variable, as it is stored in the raw
data file.
l Linear scaling: Specify a linear conversion type to rescale available
data, if needed. Variables that are already in any of the supported phys-
ical units do not need to be rescaled.
l Output unit: Enter the output units (physical units after conversion).
The following A and B values must be such that the input variable is
converted into the selected output unit.
l Gain value: Enter the gain for the Gain-Offset conversion.
l Offset value: Enter the offset for the Gain-Offset conversion.
l Nominal time lag: Enter the expected (nominal) time lag of non-
anemometric variables, with respect to the reference anemometer,
where applicable. Time lags should be specified at least for gas con-
centrations and can be estimated based on instrument separation
(open path) or the intake tube and flow rate (closed path).
l Minimum time lag: Enter the minimum plausible time lag for the
current variable, with respect to the sonic anemometer.
l Maximum time lag: Enter the minimum plausible time lag for the
current variable, with respect to the sonic anemometer.
More information on the metadata may be required in the Raw File Set-
tings dialog:
4-8
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l Field separator character: Specify the character that separates indi-
vidual values within the same sample in the raw files (for ASCII
formats only).
l Number of header rows: Enter the number of rows in the header of
the file, if present. In most cases, the software will be able to filter
away individual text lines that do not comply with the description
provided here. Therefore, most files with a variable number of header
lines are supported.
The Metadata file will be saved automatically. After completing it, the Basic Set-
tings tab will become active, and you can proceed with the project.
Metadata Retriever Tool
Under the Run menu in the main menu bar, the Metadata retriever tool is access-
ible.
This tool is only available when the selected file type is LI-COR GHG. The tool is
intended to extract information from all .metadata files included in the GHG data-
set, and collect them into a unique file that can:
Be provided to EddyPro as a Dynamic metadata file, possibly after making
changes to account for information that was not updated during data col-
lection;
Be used to analyze evolution of site (canopy height, roughness length, etc.)
and setup (anemometer height, sensors separation, etc.) parameters.
The Metadata retriever is by all means a run mode. If you click on the
Metadata retriever button, EddyPro will start processing the selected dataset.
However, all settings entered in the GUI will be ignored (except for those that are
needed to identify the dataset, i.e., the raw data directory and the start/end dates)
4-9
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
and EddyPro will simply unzip all GHG archives, retrieve the metadata contained
in them and output them in a corresponding metadata file.
When to Use This Tool?
The Metadata retriever tool is useful, for example, if you are aware that the
metadata files in the GHG dataset contain errors or were not updated at the proper
time. In this scenario, using GHG files with embedded metadata is not a viable
option, because (some) embedded files are corrupted or include incorrect data.
Thus, you need to bypass them using the alternative metadata file. However, if
you still need to account for time-dependent site/setup parameters, you need to use
a dynamic metadata file: the latter file can be created by first running the Metadata
retriever and then manually (e.g., in a text editor or spreadsheet program) adjusting
the wrong parameters, paying attention to only modify the numbers, and not the
format of the timestamp or the spellings in the header lines.
How to Use This Tool
Use a retrieved metadata file in the same way you would use an Dynamic
metadata file. See "Time-varying (Dynamic) Metadata" on page6-6.
Basic Settings
During a data processing session, you will use the Basic Settings page to specify
preferences for your project. For all projects, you enter the Basic Settings page
after completing all required fields in the Project Creation page and clicking on
the button.
Note: Can't get to the Basic Settings page? EddyPro will only let you advance
from one page to the next if all required fields have been completed. View
EddyPro Messages (View > EddyPro Messages) for more guidance.
To use the Basic Settings page:
1. Enter the Raw data directory that includes the raw data files. If files are
in subfolders, select the Search in subfolders check box.
4-10
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
2. (optional) If you wish to process a subset of the data, check the "Select a
subperiod" box, specify the Starting date of dataset, and Ending date of
dataset. These fields are optional and only need to be manipulated if you
do not want to process all the data in the raw data directory. If in doubt,
ensure that the date range encompasses your entire dataset.
3. For ASCII, Binary, TOB1, or SLT files only, EddyPro requires you to enter
the raw file name format. Follow the steps in the software to enter the raw
file name correctly.
4. In the Output directory field, enter the directory where you want your
output files to be placed.
5. Enter an Output ID. This will be appended to the file name of each out-
put file.
6. Set the Missing samples allowance. If the number of missing samples in
a file exceeds the threshold, the file will be ignored by EddyPro.
7. Select variables that you want to include in the flux computation project
in the Select Items for Flux Computation section. If your raw files con-
tain multiple columns for a variable (e.g., CO
2
), specify which column to
use.
8. Configure the Flags settings.
9. Save the project.
10. To process the data immediately, click . To process the
data with advanced settings, click and configure the
Advanced Settings. See "Using Advanced Settings: Processing Options" on
page 4-29
The Select Items for Flux Computation section is used to choose which variables
are used to calculate fluxes, from those available in the raw files. Raw files may con-
tain redundant measurements, such as two or more readings for the same gas con-
centration, temperatures or pressure, as well as wind data from more than one
anemometer. However, EddyPro only uses one reading of each sensitive variable for
each processing project. For example, only one CO2 concentration reading can be
used to calculate CO2 fluxes.
4-11
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
The Flags section is used to configure flags. Each column of the raw data file that
was not tagged as to be ignored can be used as a mask to filter out individual high
frequency records. Up to ten flags can be specified.
Note: An entire record (that is, all variables measured at a certain time instant,
one line of raw data) is eliminated any time a flag variable does not comply its
quality criterion.
Using Biomet Data
EddyPro allows you to import and use biomet measurements for improved flux
computation and other purposes. Biomet measurements include meteorological as
well as ecological (e.g., soil and vegetation) measurements. These data are typically
sampled at lower rates than the eddy covariance data (e.g., once per second) and
averaged over longer time periods (e.g., 1 to 30 minutes). Traditionally, biomet data
collected by means of a datalogger - are stored in one or more files, distinct from
high-frequency eddy data. However, the new LI-COR eddy covariance solution
allows you to collect GHG files, the improved raw file format that bundles eddy
data (and the corresponding metadata) together with biomet data (and, again, the
corresponding metadata). The advantages are evident:
Eddy covariance and biomet data (high-frequency and low-frequency
data) corresponding to the same time span are stored together;
Both eddy covariance and biomet data are documented in the paired metadata
files, so the whole GHG bundle is a self-descriptive file that can be inter-
preted and processed also by someone who did not collect those data and
does not have any information regarding the site where they were collected
and the instruments deployed;
Biomet data embedded in GHG files are automatically extracted, interpreted,
filtered and used by EddyPro, along with the paired eddy data.
While processing eddy covariance data for each given time period (for example
from 8:00 to 8:45, no matter the flux averaging interval), EddyPro retrieves all bio-
met data available, whose time stamp falls in that time slot. Biomet data are then
used for two main purposes:
Improve flux computation by using slow, accurate measurements of absolute
meteorological quantities such as air temperature, pressure, relative humid-
ity, etc.;
4-12
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Screen values and calculate averages of all available biomet measurements,
on the same time scale as the flux averaging interval.
Use of Biomet Data for Improved Flux Computation and Correction
EddyPro uses biomet data for the following purposes:
Ambient temperature, pressure and relative humidity, if available, are used to
replace the mean values of the same quantities as estimated from eddy cov-
ariance data or from site characteristics. For example, in the absence of a reli-
able ambient temperature reading in the eddy covariance data (as that
provided, for example, by the LI-7700), mean ambient temperature is estim-
ated using sonic temperature, corrected for crosswind and humidity effects.
However, absolute sonic temperature may be inaccurate (while its fluc-
tuations, used for calculating sensible heat fluxes, are typically accurately cap-
tured), thereby biasing all results that make use of mean ambient
temperature (e.g., the WPL correction). If ambient temperature is available
in the biomet data file, this can be averaged over the selected flux averaging
interval and used directly for improved flux computations/corrections. Sim-
ilar considerations can be done for the absolute water content of ambient air
as derived from eddy covariance data, or for ambient pressure as assumed
from site altitude;
Data of global radiation and long-wave incoming radiation can be used in the
multiple regression version of the off-season uptake correction (Burba et
al., 2008);
Data of photosynthetically active radiation (PAR, also called PPFD, pho-
tosynthetic photon flux density) can be used to assess day and night-time radi-
ation loading on the surface of the instrument, to apply the appropriate
coefficients and modelization of the instrument surface temperature in the
off-season uptake correction.
Note: Before using biomet data, EddyPro screens them for quality (checks that
values are within physically plausible ranges) and calculates averages over the
appropriate time scale. If the resulting average values are physically implausible,
EddyPro automatically switches to classic eddy covariance data-based calculations.
4-13
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Averaging Biomet Data for Further Analysis
Besides using some biomet variables for flux computation and refinement, EddyPro
processes all available biomet measurements by doing the following:
Screening individual measurements and excluding outranged values;
Automatically converting units to conform with EddyPro standard units;
Averaging all good measurements over the time range defined by the current
time averaging period;
Outputting average biomet values in a separate file, using the same con-
ventions and formats as all other EddyPro output files, so as to be readily pro-
cessed and merged, for example, with the full output file for further
analysis.
Supported Biomet File Formats
EddyPro supports biomet data in two main formats: embedded in compressed
GHG eddy covariance data files and as external text files. These are described in
some detail:
Biomet Data Files Embedded in GHG Files
The preferred, easiest, and most robust system to store and process biomet data is to
collect them with LI-COR biomet station. When collected through the LI-7550 inter-
face box, biomet data are stored in an ASCII, tab-separated file in a format that
closely resembles that of the EddyPro data files, featuring a preamble and a header
with variable names and units. This biomet file, identified by the suffix -bio-
met.data, comes with a paired -biomet.metadata file, which describes the
format and, more importantly, the content of the file, with identification of the vari-
ables, their units, the sampling and averaging rates, etc. This structure closely rep-
licates that of the EddyPro .data and .metadata. If the LI-7550 is collecting
both eddy and biomet data, all four files are bundled together in a unique GHG
file containing all data corresponding to every time period of the specified length,
and the corresponding metadata.
You can download a sample GHG file including eddy and biomet files from the
LI-COR web site. We suggest taking a few minutes to explore its content. Unzip the
GHG file using, for example, 7-zip (after installation, right-click 7zip Extract
here..) and open any of the files with a text editor. You will quickly figure out the
format of both the .data and .metadata files and the organization of the content.
4-14
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
External Biomet File(s)
If you dont have biomet data collected in the GHG format, or if you want to pro-
cess data collected as text files, you can still do so by formatting your biomet file(s)
as described below.
Important: EddyPro accepts biomet data stored in one or more (as many as you
have) external files. The files are read in alphanumeric order and the file name
order must match the chronological order (see Table 4-1 below).
Correct Naming Incorrect Naming
01biomet.data
02biomet.data
03biomet.data
04biomet.data
05biomet.data
06biomet.data
07biomet.data
08biomet.data
09biomet.data
10biomet.data
10biomet.data
1biomet.data
2biomet.data
3biomet.data
4biomet.data
5biomet.data
6biomet.data
7biomet.data
8biomet.data
9biomet.data
In this case, the files will be pro-
cesses from 01biomet to 10biomet.
In this case, file 10biomet will be pro-
cessed first, followed by 1biomet, even
if 10biomet is the 10th in the dataset.
Table 4-1. Examples of file names. Biomet files are read in alphanumeric order.
External biomet files must be formatted (outside EddyPro, for example using MS
Excel) in such a way that EddyPro can interpret them without the need to specify
anything in the EddyPro GUI. This means that extreme care must be given in cor-
rectly labeling variables, writing units, defining timestamps, etc.
Hereafter you can find detailed guidelines that should allow you to correctly format
your biomet file(s):
Files are formatted as ASCII, comma-separated files;
Each line (terminated by an CR/LF control pair, the usual Windows line ter-
minator) is a record of biomet measurements, identified by a timestamp;
The file starts with a 2-line header:
l In the first line, a label is associated to each data column (including the
timestamp) to identify the variable. Please refer to this table for the nam-
ing convention;
4-15
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
l In the second line, a label is associated to each data column (including
the timestamp) to identify the unit of each measurement. Please refer to
this table for the unit convention;
l Capitalization in the header is irrelevant;
l Each label in the first line of the header is composed of a variable iden-
tifier and a series of 3 numbers separated by underscores such as (for air
temperature):
TA_1_1_1
Where, TA is the variable identifier. If you have multiple readings of the same
variable, increase the first number first, until you get to 10:
TA_1_1_1, TA_2_1_1, ..., TA_10_1_1
If you have more than 10 readings of the same variable, increase the second num-
ber:
TA_10_1_1, TA_1_2_1, TA_2_2_1 ..., TA_10_2_1, ...
Note: This naming convention is similar to that used by the GHG-Europe pro-
ject. However, the policy specified in the GHG-Europe labeling system is not
fully implemented here. In the GHG-Europe specification the three indices have
specific meanings and are designed to unequivocally identify data coming from a
specific sensor (a metadata file will be developed to assign meanings to the three
numbers). We require you to stick to our labeling convention, which is designed
to meet the GHG-Europe specification in the long term.
Timestamps: Timestamps can occupy up to 7 (comma-separated) fields, that
can appear anywhere in the file (i.e., not necessarily in the first columns). In
the first header line, timestamp columns are identified by the labels:
TIMESTAMP_1, TIMESTAMP_2, ..., TIMESTAMP_7
In the second header line, the format of the timestamp is specified according to the
following conventions:
Variable EddyPro Label Description of corresponding data
yyyy year 4-digit integer number
mm month of year 1- or 2-digit integer number, between 1 and 366
Table 4-2. Timestamp formats for biomet data in EddyPro.
4-16
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Variable EddyPro Label Description of corresponding data
ddd day of year 1-, 2- or 3-digit integer number, between 1 and 366
dd day of month 1- or 2-digit integer number, between 1 and 12
HH hour of the day 1- or 2-digit number between 0 and 23
MM minute of the hour 1- or 2-digit integer number between 0 and 59
Table 4-2. Timestamp formats for biomet data in EddyPro. (...continued)
The following examples are of valid timestamp headers and data:
TIMESTAMP_1, ...
yyyy-mm-dd HHMM, ...
2012-04-05 0800, ...
TIMESTAMP_1, TiMeStAmP_2, ...
yyyy-mm-dd, HHMM, ...
2012-04-05, 0800, ...
TIMESTAMP_1, TIMESTAMP_2, Timestamp_3, ...
yyyy, ddd, HHMM, ...
2012, 96, 0800, ...
TIMESTAMP_1, Timestamp_2, TIMESTAMP_3, Timestamp_4, ...
yyyy, ddd, HH, MM, ...
2012, 096, 8, 00, ...
Labeling and units conventions for formatting external biomet files:
Variable EddyPro
Label
EddyPro
Units
How to Write
Units
Other Supported Units
Air Temperature Ta K K C, cC, F, cF, cK
Atmospheric pressure Pa Pa Pa hPa, kPa, PSI, Torr,
mmHg, Atm, Bar
Relative humidity RH % % #
Canopy temperature Tc K K C, cC, F, cF, cK
Air temperature below
canopy
Tbc K K C, cC, F, cF, cK
Diffuse radiation Rd W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Reflected radiation Rr W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Global radiation Rg W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Table 4-3. Biomet variables supported by EddyPro.
4-17
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Variable EddyPro
Label
EddyPro
Units
How to Write
Units
Other Supported Units
Net radiation Rn W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
UVA radiation R_uva W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
UVB radiation R_uvb W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Longwave incoming radi-
ation
LWin W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Longwave outgoing radi-
ation
LWout W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Shortwave incoming radi-
ation
SWin W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Shortwave outgoing radi-
ation
SWout W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Shortwave below canopy SWbc W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Shortwave incoming dif-
fuse
SWdif W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Photosynthetic photon
flux density
PPFD mol m
-2
s
-1
umol+1m-2s-
1
E m
-2
s
-1
Diffuse PPFD PPFDd mol m
-2
s
-1
umol+1m-2s-
1
E m
-2
s
-1
Reflected PPFD PPFDr mol m
-2
s
-1
umol+1m-2s-
1
E m
-2
s
-1
Below Canopy PPFD PPFDbc mol m
-2
s
-1
umol+1m-2s-
1
E m
-2
s
-1
Total precipitation P m m um, m, mm, cm, km
Rain precipitation P_rain m m um, m, mm, cm, km
Snow precipitation P_snow m m um, m, mm, cm, km
Snow depth SNOWd m m um, m, mm, cm, km
Maximum wind speed MWS m s
-1
m+1m-1 cm s
-1
, km h
-1
Wind direction WD deg. from
N
degrees -
Bole temperature Tbole K K C, cC, F, cF, cK
Table 4-3. Biomet variables supported by EddyPro. (...continued)
4-18
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Variable EddyPro
Label
EddyPro
Units
How to Write
Units
Other Supported Units
SapFlow SapFlow g h
-1
g+1h-1 -
StemFlow StemFlow g h
-1
g+1h-1 -
Soil temperature Ts K K C, cC, F, cF, cK
Soil heat flux SHF W m
-2
W+1m-2 J s
-1
m
-2
Soil water content SWC m
3
m
-3
m+3m-3 -
Table 4-3. Biomet variables supported by EddyPro. (...continued)
4-19
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Using Advanced Settings
The Advanced Settings page provides a variety of options that make it possible to
process the eddy covariance data with customized parameters.
Note: The default settings in the Advanced Settings section correspond with the
settings used by Express Mode, meaning that you can process a dataset in
Advanced Mode without altering these settings and still compute reasonable res-
ults for most datasets.
Advanced settings are listed under four tabs, including:
See "Using Advanced Settings: Processing Options" on page4-29
See "Advanced Settings: Statistical Analysis" on page4-34
See "Advanced Settings: Spectral Corrections" on page4-31
See "Advanced Settings: Output Files" on page4-35
Selecting Advanced Processing Options
In the Advanced Mode, EddyPro provides several options for many processing
steps. It also provides many optional output files. Here we provide suggestions
about which processing options are suitable under certain circumstances. While we
want to stress that there is no general consensus on the best choice for any given situ-
ation, and that often alternative options bring similar results, there are situations in
which a better choice can be identified unambiguously. We warmly invite you to
use the forum to comment on these recommendations and to discuss new ones.
Wind speed measurement offsets
This information is specific to each anemometer. You may find it in your anem-
ometer calibration certificate (note that this is unit-specific information), or you
may assess the offsets on your own, e.g., by placing the anemometer in a closed box
(zero wind conditions) and taking an average of the recorded wind speeds over an
extended period of time. If you do have this information, just enter it and EddyPro
will subtract these offsets from the wind components prior of any other operation.
Angle of attack correction for wind components (Gill anemometers
only)
The angle of attack correction, also known as head correction or flow distortion cor-
rection, is currently available in EddyPro only for post-mounted Gill Instruments
sonic anemometers with the same geometry as the R3 (including the R2,
4-20
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
WindMaster and WindMaster Pro). The application of this correction is vir-
tually independent (Taro Nakai, personal communication) from the firmware cor-
rection applied to calibrate out the affects of the transducers and head framework
(cited from the R3/R3A User Manual, Gill Instruments Ltd.). Thus, the application
of this correction is always recommended for R3-style Gill Instruments sonic anem-
ometers. If you are aware of similar corrections available for other sonic mod-
els/manufacturers supported by EddyPro, please use the forum to point us to a
bibliographic reference or even to source code for the correction!
Axis rotation for tilt correction
Traditionally, anemometer tilt correction was compensated using either the double-
rotation or triple-rotation schemes. Nowadays, the triple-rotation scheme is no longer
recommended (e.g., Marc Aubinet, personal communication), but it is available in
EddyPro for back-compatibility purposes.
The double-rotation method is recommended when the site is characterized by sub-
stantial homogeneity, flatness and isotropy. Under these conditions, often found on
grassland sites, for example, it is safe to assume that local wind streamlines are par-
allel to the surface, and the double rotation scheme is a robust method to com-
pensate the vertical misalignment of the anemometer.
Also, the double-rotation method is suggested when canopy height and roughness
changes quickly, such as during the growing season in a crop field. In situations char-
acterized by a complex or sloping topography or strong canopy dishomogeneity, the
planar fit method is the preferred choice. EddyPro provides two implementations of
the planar fit method. The one labeled Planar fit is the traditional one (e.g., Wiczak
et al. 2001).
The second one, labeled Planar Fit with no velocity bias is a different imple-
mentation proposed by van Dijk et al. (2003). The latter method is based on the
observation that the coefficient b
0
that is included in the first one is not a good
estimator of the anemometer bias on the measurement of the vertical wind com-
ponent. Thus, the authors propose a modified version, in which any bias of the
anemometer is intended as preliminary compensated, from which it follows the con-
straint that coefficient b
0
must be zero (implying that if average u and v are zero,
also average w is zero). Choosing either implementation is up to you. We recom-
mend reading the relevant literature to make an informed decision. Also, the num-
ber of wind sectors to use depends on the topography at the site and on the wind
regimes.
In summary, here are our recommendations:
4-21
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
1. For flat, horizontal and uniform/isotropic and extended fetches, or for sites
with fast changing canopy structure, use the double rotation method.
2. In all other conditions use either implementation of the planar fit method.
3. When the planar fit is used, adjust the number of wind sectors according
to the topography of the site, the structure of the canopy, and the wind
regimes.
Turbulent fluctuations
No obvious recommendation can be made here. As a general observation, using a
detrending method (either linear detrending or one of the running mean imple-
mentations) becomes more important with increasing length of the flux averaging
interval, to prevent long-term trends not related to turbulence (e.g., at sunrise and
sunset) from turning into artificial flux contributions. The block average method,
while retaining the largest amount of low frequency content (thus including possible
spurious effects of trends), is the only method that obeys the Reynolds decom-
position rule, on which the eddy covariance formulation is based. If you select a
long flux averaging interval (1 hour, 2 hours, etc), selecting a detrending method
with the proper time constant is probably the best choice, to avoid strong over-
estimation of fluxes induced by relevant non-turbulent trends turning into flux con-
tributions.
Note: Selecting the option to perform low frequency range spectral corrections
will partially compensate the differences induced by different detrending meth-
ods.
Time lag compensation
Time lags should be always compensated, the only exception being the case of an
open path analyzer located very close to an anemometer or overlapping with it
(however, this configuration is not recommended due to the important flow dis-
tortion effects that result). Constant time lags means that the software always uses
the same value, which is the nominal one entered for each variable and stored in
the metadata file, or the one automatically calculated by EddyPro if the nominal is
left to zero. A constant time lag could be used when measuring with a closed path
gas analyzer, using a flow controller to impose a constant flow rate in the tube and
when measuring only passive gases (e.g., no water vapor), or also water vapor if the
humidity in the sampling line is constantly kept very low, e.g., by means of an act-
ive heating system. For open path systems with detectable (>10-20 cm) distance
between the sampling volume of the gas analyzer and of the anemometer, a
4-22
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
constant time lag is not recommended, because the actual time lag will depend on
the wind direction. Using a constant time lag results in a faster program execution.
With the Covariance Maximization option, the circular correlation technique is used
to detect the time lag within a plausible window defined by the minimum and max-
imum time lags selected for each variable. With the Covariance maximization with
default option, the same procedure is applied, however, if a maximum is not
attained within the window (i.e., the covariance maximum is found at either end-
point of the time lag window), then the nominal value is used. If the time lag win-
dow (min-max) is well defined, the method Covariance maximization with default is
probably the best option. However, if the time lag window is not properly defined
(i.e., it is too narrow), the consequence of using this method can be flux under-
estimation. The simple Covariance Maximization is safer in these conditions, but in
turn it may lead to flux overestimations when the time lag window is too broad
and fluxes are small.
Both options, however, are unsuitable for water vapor in typical closed path set ups.
In this case, the Automatic time lag optimization option is by far the most appro-
priate, as default time lags as well as plausibility windows are optimized as a func-
tion of relative humidity. Selecting this option, time lags for all other gases will
also be optimized (with no consideration of relative humidity) by EddyPro. The
downside of using this option is a longer program execution time.
Compensation of density fluctuations
Native measurement of most gas analyzers is gas density, i.e., absolute number of
molecules in a known volume of air, that needs to be transformed into a mixing
ratio measurement (i.e., mass of gas per mass of air). The air density is used in this
transformation. However, air density fluctuates on account of temperature and pres-
sure fluctuations and depending on fluctuations in content of trace gases, notably
water vapor. Such fluctuations need to be compensated in order to get a proper mix-
ing ratio measurement, no matter if you are using an open or a closed path instru-
ment.
However, the compensation strategy differs for the two different kinds of instru-
ments. For open path systems, Webb et al. (1980, henceforth WPL) defined an a pos-
teriori formulation to correct preliminary flux estimates. This formulation has been
proven through theoretical and experimental validations. Thus, whenever open path
analyzers are used, we recommend selecting Webb et al. 1980 (open-path) / Ibrom et
al. 2007 (closed-path). For closed path systems, instead, the correction can be
applied a posteriori, using a revision of the WPL formulation specified by Ibrom et
4-23
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
al. (2007b) (select the same option suggested for open path in this case), or a priori,
by converting raw, high-frequency measurements from molar densities to mixing
ratios (select the option Use/convert to mixing ratio if possible (Burba et al. 2012).
For closed path systems the two methods attain identical results, as demonstrated by
Ibrom et al. (2007b) and Burba et al. (2012).
The main difference between the two options for closed path systems is that the a
priori solution can only be applied if (a) raw data are already expressed as mixing
ratios (e.g., LI-7200) or (b) raw data are expressed as molar densities and all neces-
sary high frequency measurements are available to perform the point-by-point con-
version (i.e., temperature, pressure and water vapor concentration inside the
instrument cell). If any of these measurements are missing, the a priori method can-
not be applied. On the other hand, the a posteriori method can be applied even if
some data are missing, although in this case the density fluctuations will not be fully
compensated.
Note: The a posteriori formulation implemented in EddyPro differs from the
one provided in Ibrom et al. (2007b) because it also includes the temperature
and pressure terms neglected in that paper. This allows the method to be applied
for closed path systems featuring a short sampling line, where it is not safe to
assume effective attenuation of ambient temperature and pressure fluctuations.
Note: If the a priori method is selected but any necessary raw data are missing
for any given flux averaging period, EddyPro automatically switches to the a pos-
teriori method.
In summary, here are our recommendations:
1. For open path eddy covariance systems, always select the option Webb et al.
1980 (open-path) / Ibrom et al. 2007 (closed-path).
2. For closed path eddy covariance systems where raw data are available as
accurate fast mixing ratios (e.g. LI-7200), always select the option Use/-
convert to mixing ratio, if possible (Burba et al. 2012).
3. For closed path eddy covariance systems where raw data are available as
accurate fast mole fractions and water vapor mole fractions are also avail-
able in the raw files, always select the option Use/convert to mixing ratio, if
possible (Burba et al. 2012).
4. For closed path eddy covariance systems where raw data are available as
molar densities and water vapor mole fractions, and fast cell temperature
4-24
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
and pressure are also available in the raw files, select either Use/convert to
mixing ratio, if possible (Burba et al. 2012) or Webb et al. 1980 (open-path) /
Ibrom et al. 2007 (closed-path).
5. For closed path eddy covariance systems where raw data are available as
molar densities, but either water vapor mole fractions or fast cell tem-
perature or fast cell pressure is missing in the raw files, select Webb et al.
1980 (open-path) / Ibrom et al. 2007 (closed-path).
Add instrument sensible heat components (LI-7500)
Select this option if your concentration measurements were performed with an
open path LI-7500 instrument, or with an LI-7500A used in the summer con-
figuration and your data were collected in a very cold environment. This correction
becomes increasingly important as the typical temperature at a site gets lower. You
can customize the regression parameters if specific experiments have been con-
ducted to optimize the correction for your instrument unit and system con-
figuration. Otherwise, we suggest using default parameters as retrievable with the
Restore values as from Burba et al. (2008).
Tapering window
Tapering is a data conditioning procedure necessary before the Fourier transform of
a finite, non-periodic time series can be taken. Several tampering windows are avail-
able. Kaimal and Kristensen (1991) suggested the selection of the Hamming window
in the context of environmental turbulence.
Note: The differences introduced by different windows are minor in the cal-
culated spectra, while there is no effect on fluxes, which are calculated before
applying the tapering procedure.
Quality check
The different flagging systems available are based on the results of the same quality
tests, namely the steady state test and the well-developed turbulence test (e.g., Foken
et al., 2004). The two tests provide individual flags (that can be output separately by
selecting the option Details of steady state and developed turbulence tests in the Out-
put Files page), which can be combined in different ways. The option Mauder and
Foken (2004) (0-1-2 system) provides the flag 0 for high quality fluxes, 1 for
intermediate quality fluxes and 2 for poor quality fluxes. This system is suitable
for selecting flux results complying with international practices (e.g., FLUXNET).
4-25
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
The other 2 systems provide finer flux flagging for more in depth analysis. Thus, the
choice depends on your intentions.
Note: This option has no impact on calculated fluxes.
Footprint estimation
Three one dimensional (crosswind-integrated) footprint estimation methods are
available, which can provide rather different results. The methods of Kormann and
Meixner (2001) and Hsieh et al. (2000) provide closer results to each other, com-
pared to the method of Kljun et al. (2004). However, this is partially a consequence
of the similarities in the formulation and starting assumptions of the two methods
compared to the third one. We do not endorse either method. Read the cor-
responding literature to select the most appropriate method according to your site
conditions.
Note: The method of Kljun et al. (2004) is not defined for certain atmospheric
(stability, turbulence) conditions. In such situations, EddyPro switches to the
method of Kormann and Meixner (2001) and duly informs you about it in the
results files.
Low frequency spectral correction
We suggest applying this correction in all cases.
High frequency spectral correction
We suggest applying one of the high frequency correction methods in any case. Here
we summarize our recommendations on which method to select in different con-
ditions:
1. Open path systems: any method is valid, however, the methods of Moncrieff
et al. (1997) Fully analytic and Massman (2000, 2001) - Fully analytic
allow faster data processing and can be applied to datasets of any length
(even just 1 raw file), because the corrections do not rely on the in situ
assessment of the EC system filtering properties.
2. Closed path systems with very short (e.g., 50 cm) and/or heated and insu-
lated sampling line (to keep relative humidity very low) and without fine-
mesh inlet filters (e.g., 1 m mesh): in these conditions any method is
valid. Similar to case (1), the methods of Moncrieff et al. (1997) Fully ana-
lytic and Massman (2000, 2001) - Fully analytic provide faster data
4-26
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
processing and can be applied to datasets of any length. The other three
methods potentially provide a better representation of attenuations induced
by the EC system and are thus more suited, but they require a dataset large
enough (e.g., 1 month) for the assessment of the system cut-off frequency.
3. Closed path systems with longer sampling lines (> 1m) or featuring fine
mesh inlet filters, but still heated and insulated (to keep relative humidity
very low). In these cases, the methods Horst (1997) Analytic with in situ
parameterization, Ibrom et al. (2007) in situ/analytic and Fratini et al.
(2012) in situ/analytic are more suitable because the other two methods
do not account for the effects of inlet filters and potentially underestimate
attenuations induced by the passage in the sampling line.
4. Closed path systems with non-heated/insulated sampling lines of any
length, with or without inlet filters: if water vapor is of interest, in these
conditions we suggest applying a correction of Fratini et al. (2012) in
situ/analytic or Ibrom et al. (2007) in situ/analytic because these are
designed to account for effects of relative humidity on water vapor in the
sampling line. If water vapor is not of interest, the method Horst (1997)
Analytic with in situ parameterization is also appropriate.
Correction for instrument separations
This additional spectra correction component is only available when the method of
Ibrom et al. (2007) is selected. The reason is that the other two high frequency cor-
rection methods available intrinsically account for the instrument separation. The
method of Ibrom et al. (2007) is mostly aimed at correcting for the attenuation of
power spectra in closed path systems. Normally, the inlet of the sampling line of a
closed path instrument is placed so close to the sampling volume of the anem-
ometer, that one may consider the instrument separation not influential.
However, for the sake of generality and because in EddyPro the method can be used
also for open path systems, the option is provided to correct also for the instrument
separations, according to the method proposed by Horst and Lenschow (2009). This
method is available in two configurations:
1. If you compensate time lags through a method that uses the covariance
maximization procedure, this implicitly takes care of the along-wind instru-
ments separation, so you may select the option Horst and Lenschow (2009),
only crosswind and vertical.
4-27
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
2. In all other cases or in any case if the instruments are separated by a rel-
evant distance (depending on the height above the ground) select the
option Horst and Lenschow (2009), along-wind, crosswind and vertical.
4-28
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Using Advanced Settings: Processing Options
Note: The default settings in this section correspond with the settings used by
Express Mode, meaning that you can process a dataset in Advanced Mode
without altering these settings, and still compute reasonable results for most data-
sets.
The Processing Options tab includes the following settings.
Raw Data Processing
Wind speed measurement offsets
Angle of attack correction
Axis rotation for tilt correction
Detrending method
Time lag compensation
Compensation for Density Fluctuations
WPL
Mixing ratio
Instrument related heat components
Fast Fourier Transform
4-29
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Other Options
Quality check
Footprint estimation
4-30
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Advanced Settings: Spectral Corrections
Note: The default settings in this section correspond with the settings used by
Express Mode, meaning that you can process a dataset in Advanced Mode
without altering these settings, and still compute reasonable results for most data-
sets.
Spectral corrections are needed to correct flux estimates for low and high frequency
losses due to the instrumental setup, intrinsic sampling limits of the instruments,
and some data processing choices. An overview and some details about the spectral
correction methods available in EddyPro are provided here. This tutorial focuses
on the items available to you, to select and tune the correction procedure.
The first choice is whether to correct for the high-pass filtering losses implied by the
fact that fluxes are calculated on a finite time period, and possibly by the detrend-
ing operation (e.g., linear detrending, running mean). Select Analytic correction for
high-pass filtering effects (Moncrieff et al., 2004) to instruct EddyPro to apply this cor-
rection, which affects the low frequency range of the flux cospectra.
The second choice regards the application of a correction for the low-pass filtering
losses, mainly related to intrinsic instrumental limits (finite path lengths and time
4-31
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
responses) and to the actual instruments deployment, such as the separation between
anemometer and gas analyzer, the height above the underlying canopy or surface,
the deployment of a sampling line for closed path analyzer and the way this is con-
ditioned (e.g., insulated or heated).
Five methods are available:
The analytic method of Moncrieff et al. (1997),
The analytic method of Massman (2000, 2001),
The semi-analytic method of Horst (1997)
The in situ method of Ibrom et al. (2007a), and
The in situ method of Fratini et al. (2012).
The methods by Moncrieff et al. (1997) and by Massman (2000, 2001) model all
major sources of flux attenuation by means of a mathematical formulation. When
using these methods, no further information is needed, so all of the fields in this
page are deactivated. These methods are suggested for open path EC systems or for
closed path systems if the sampling line is short and heated. The reason is that this
method may seriously underestimate the attenuation (and hence the correction) -
notably for water vapor - when the sampling line is long (and the attenuation is
strong) and not heated because of the dependency of attenuation of H2O on relative
humidity, which has been clearly recognized in recent research.
If the methods by Horst (1997), Ibrom et al. (2007), or Fratini et al. (2012) are selec-
ted, the Assessment of high-frequency attenuation section activates. In fact, all
three methods require the preliminary, in situ assessment of the attenuation of
scalar spectra. Such attenuation is quantified by determining the system low-pass
transfer function. The procedure makes use of the temperature spectrum as a proxy
for the unattenuated gas spectra (thereby assuming similarity of turbulent spectra
among all gases and the air temperature) and fits a prescribed transfer function to
the ratio of the gas to the temperature spectra. The assumed transfer function is that
of the so-called Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) filter (Ibrom et al., 2007a). However,
this procedure cannot be applied on individual spectra, which may be affected by
noise or characteristics of the local turbulence. Instead, ensemble spectra are cal-
culated for all variables involved (temperature and gas concentrations) using all
available high-quality spectra and a least squared minimization is then used to fit
the transfer function to the ratio of ensemble gas spectra to ensemble temperature
spectra. This is what we call the spectral assessment. In this phase you need to
instruct EddyPro on how to select the spectra to be used in this procedure.
4-32
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
To start with, select the starting and ending dates of the period to be used for the
spectral assessment. The larger the time periods, the longer the procedure will take,
but the more accurate the results will be. However, pay attention to select a period
in which your instrumental setup did not undergo major modifications. You are
going to average all spectra for this period to assess to what extent your instru-
mental configuration attenuated them compared to atmospheric conditions, thus
you need to make sure that all spectra are representative of the same configuration.
The minimum number of spectra for valid ensemble averages is set to make sure
that a sufficient amount of spectra are averaged, to level out noise and local tur-
bulence characteristics, and highlight the main spectra features. Again, a large num-
ber here will ensure a more accurate assessment, but it will also require a longer
period of time, because not all spectra are going to be valid and take part in the
averaging procedure.
In fact, minimum flux values must also be set, to discriminate good spectra. A suf-
ficient flux ensures that developed turbulent conditions are met and that spectra are
well characterized in the inertial and dissipation ranges. Minimum water vapor min-
imum are indirectly set by specifying a lower limit for the latent heat flux. Sim-
ilarly, good quality temperature spectra will be achieved when sensible heat flux
will be above a certain threshold that you can specify.
The Spectral Corrections tab includes the following options:
See "Low frequency range" on page 2-33
See "High frequency range" on page 2-34
See "Assessment of high-frequency attenuation" on page 2-35
4-33
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Advanced Settings: Statistical Analysis
Statistical Analysis
Note: The default settings in this section correspond with the settings used by
Express Mode, meaning that you can process a dataset in Advanced Mode
without altering these settings, and still compute reasonable results for most data-
sets.
The Statistical Tests tab includes all tests recommended by Vickers and Mahrt
(1997).
See "Spike Removal and Spike Test" on page 7-9
See "Amplitude Resolution Test" on page 7-11
See "Drop-outs Test" on page 7-12
See "Absolute Limits" on page 7-13
See "Skewness and Kurtosis" on page 7-13
See "Discontinuities" on page 7-14
See "Time Lags" on page 7-15
See "Angle of Attack" on page 7-15
See "Steadiness of Horizontal Wind" on page 7-16
4-34
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Advanced Settings: Output Files
Note: To keep processing time to a minimum, select only the output files that
are needed. Selecting full spectra and cospectra will increase processing time sig-
nificantly. Therefore, we recommend that you limit the number of these outputs
to less than two.
The Output Files tab is used to tell EddyPro which files to write upon com-
pleting the project. Here, there is a great deal of flexibility, depending on your
research needs. Settings include:
See "Results files and options" on page 2-41
See "Spectral outputs" on page 2-42
See "Processed raw data" on page 2-42
4-35
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Assessment Tests
Assessment tests evaluate ancillary files to ensure that they meet certain require-
ments before processing. The purpose of assessment tests is to reduce processing
errors when using EddyPro in for desktop processing, and to ensure the validity of
ancillary files prior to uploading them to the SMARTFlux system. The Format Test
evaluates the file format by comparing it to a standard, and the Scientific Test eval-
uates data by comparing values in the file with known acceptable values.
If the test fails for any reason, you will be notified and provided with information
that will help you solve the problem, either by choosing another file or correcting
the file that you selected.
Spectral Assessment File
Format Test
This file has a strictly fixed format: the number of lines and all textual (i.e., not
numeric) content is strictly fixed, with the only exception of the first word at line 46
(none in the sample file), which can change if EddyPro processed a 4th gas. Thus,
any textual information can be used to make sure the file is well formatted. Note
that also the RH classes (lines 8-16) are predefined, including their percentage indic-
ations (5 15%, etc.).
Scientific Test
Water Vapor
1. Column fc shall have at least 1 value in the range 0.001 10.
2. Column fc shall not have all values set to -9999.
3. Column numerosity shall have at least 1 value > 0.
4. Column Fc shall be in the range 0.01 10 for good values of column fc
5. The three values shall be -9999.
CO2
1. In the normal case, column fc must contain always the same value,
which shall be within the range 0.001 10.
2. The user may edit the file manually. In this case, all values shall be in the
range 0.001 10.
3. Column Fc shall be in the range 0.01 10 for good values of column fc.
4-36
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
CH4
1. In the normal case, column fc must contain always the same value,
which shall be within the range 0.001 10.
2. The user may edit the file manually. In this case, all values shall be in the
range 0.001 10.
3. Column Fc shall be in the range 0.01 10 for good values of column fc.
Figure 4-1. If the Spectral Assessment file fails a test you will need to correct the file or
select a different file.
Planar Fit File
Format Test
This file does not have a strictly predefined structure. However, the number of lines
can be calculated based on the value at line 2, Number of wind sectors. Let this
number be N in the following example:
1. Lines 1 thru 10 shall always contain the same textual information.
2. There shall be N lines formally identical to lines 11-14 in the sample file.
3. Line 10 + N + 2 shall always be Rotation matrices.
4. There shall be N groups of 4 lines starting at line 10 + N + 3, composed as
in the sample file:
i. 1 textual line starting with Sector number.
ii. 3 numbers composed of 3 numbers each.
iii. The first number of the second line of each group (lines 19, 23, 27, 31
in the sample file) shall always be identically zero.
5. The total number of lines of the file shall be 10 + N + 2 + 4*N = 5*N + 12
(N = 4 and total number of lines = 32 in the sample file).
4-37
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Scientific Test
1. At least one wind sector (lines 10 + 1 thru 10+N) should have all three
coefficients (B0, B1, B2) -9999.
2. For each wind sector having valid coefficients, the corresponding 4-lines
group shall contain only numbers -9999. and at least one number 0.
Figure 4-2. If the planar fit file fails the test you will either need to select a different file or
correct the file and reload it.
Timelag Optimization File
Format Test
This file does not have a strictly predefined structure and the amount of lines to be
expected cannot be univocally calculated. Below some criteria that can be tested:
1. The first 4 lines shall always have the same textual content.
2. Starting at line 6, there could be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 groups of 5 lines (4 with
text and 1 empty).
i. If present, each group shall have fixed textual content, except for the
label of the gas (either co2, h2o, ch4 or 4th_gas).
3. If H
2
O was processed in RH classes, a group shall exist similar to the one
at lines 16-28 in the sample file.
i. The group starts with 3 lines of fixed textual content.
ii. The number of following numeric lines may change. Look at the
column RH-range: The first of these lines shall start with 0 ,
while the last one shall end with 100%.
4-38
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Scientific Test
1. In the first small groups, the median timelag shall always be > max-
imum and < minimum time lags.
2. All time lags in the small groups shall not be larger than 60 seconds.
3. In the RH-sorted h2o classes:
i. The class index shall be continuous, starting from 1 and up to a
maximum of 20 (but the could be less than 20).
ii. In each line it shall be true that; min _h2o < med_h2o < max_
h2o (note the header: the med is the left one, not the central one!).
iii. There shall be at least 3 classes with class_num > 30.
Figure 4-3. If the Timelag Optimization file fails the test you will either need to select a
different file or correct the file and reload it.
4-39
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Running EddyPro from Command Prompt
The EddyPro engine can be run from a command line interface. This section briefly
describes the calls.
To run the EddyPro engine, launch a command line interface, enter the directory of
the binary, and then enter a command. The available commands are given below.
*******************
Executing EddyPro
*******************
Help for EddyPro-RP
--------------------
EddyPro-RP, version 5.1.1, build 2014-06-06, 12:34.
USAGE: eddypro_rp [OPTION [ARG]] [PROJ_FILE]
OPTIONS:
[-s | --system [win | linux | mac]] Operating system; if not
provided assumes "win"
[-m | --mode [embedded | desktop]] Running mode; if not
provided assumes "desktop"
[-c | --caller [gui | console]] Caller; if not provided
assumes "console"
[-e | --environment [DIRECTORY]] Working directory, to be
provided in embedded mode; if not provided assumes \.
[-h | --help] Display this help and exit
[-v | --version] Output version information and exit
PROJ_FILE Path of project (*.eddypro) file; if not provided,
assumes ..\ini\processing.eddypro
4-40
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Error Codes
In spite of our and your best efforts, sometimes things go awry. When things go
awry in EddyPro, there are a number of notifications that will indicate a problem
has occurred. These are indicated in the output console and by error dialog boxes.
There are a few scenarios in which an error message is likely.
An improperly entered Raw File Name Format will result in one of the fol-
lowing error message in the output console:
fatal error(8): temporary file "flist.tmp" is empty.
no files with selected extension were found in the data folder.
*Program execution aborted*
fatal error(16): no file matches file name prototype.
*Program execution aborted*
fatal error(20): incorrect prototype for raw file names. please check "Raw
file name format" entry
*Program execution aborted*
To correct this problem, go to the Project Page and correct the Raw File Name
Format entry.
The following error indicates that the alternative metadata file could not be
found in the specified directory:
error(7): error while opening INI-format file.
fatal error(22): bypass metadata file not found.
*Program execution aborted*
Check the metadata file directory and file name. Correct them and try again.
The following indicate that a problem occurred while opening file:
Fortran runtime error: Index '80001' of dimension 1 of array 'filebody'
above upper bound of 80000
Total No. of samples in file(s): 11461
Number of samples for current period: 11461
warning(10008): left samples (if any) not enough for an averaging period.
Skipping to next file(s).
Either of these errors may occur if the Metadata file information has
errors.
4-41
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
Under the Raw File Description, check the Number of header rows and the
Label of data records entries to be sure they are correct. Delete the Label of data
records entry and try again.
4-42
Section 4. Using EddyPro 5
5 Output Files Overview
After clicking Run, EddyPro will generate some temporary intermediate files
and compute fluxes based on the information provided in the data and metadata.
These files are stored in folders and subfolders in the "Output Directory" you
assigned in the Project Page.
In these folders and files, you will find summary results. Each line in these files
refers to a flux averaging period and starts with the corresponding raw file name
and the timestamp of the end of the averaging period. File names are created with
the Output ID that you entered in the Project Page.
Note: Each run produces output files in the assigned directory. The output files
are marked with the date and time of the run in the file name.
Time Structure of Output Files
A fundamental concept behind the implementation of EddyPro is that you are
attempting to obtain a dataset with a regular time step, which is the flux averaging
period. To this aim, once EddyPro has read the names of all raw files to be pro-
cessed, it will detect the first and the last one (in a chronological sense) and create a
time structure (a timeline) where the beginning is given by the timestamp of the
first file and the time step is given by the flux averaging period. Results of EddyPro
calculations for each flux averaging period will be associated to the closest time step
in the time structure, with the condition that the difference between the actual
timestamp of the current averaging period and the closest timestamp in the time
structure is less than half the averaging period.
Figure 5-1. Timelines representing the handling of averaging periods by EddyPro.
5-1
Consider the figure above. Two timelines are represented in the bottom part of the
figure. They represent two different time structures, both of which have the same
time step (40 minutes) but with an offset of 10 minutes between the two. For
example, they might have been established with EddyPro by setting a flux averaging
period of 40 minutes (in both cases) but having found a first chronological raw file
with a timestamp such as 04:00 (upper case) and 4:10 (bottom case). In EddyPro,
both time series would be filled with results for the averaging periods sketched on
the upper part of the figure: results would be the same for the 08:00/08:10,
08:40/08:50 and 09:20/09:30 pairs. Some trials with the software will help you gain a
better understanding of this feature of EddyPro. Currently, there is no option to
force EddyPro to consider files timestamp as the actual timeline.
Common Features of EddyPro Output Files
EddyPro output results are provided in comma separated ASCII data files. Based on
certain processing options, EddyPro may force you to output certain files. This is the
case, for instance, with the high-frequency spectral corrections. If any of the avail-
able in-situ methods are selected, EddyPro will automatically select certain spectral
outputs and deactivate the corresponding entry, so that you cannot unselect them.
This is because those outputs are essential to the spectral assessment and correction
procedure.
All text is written without spaces, except where not applicable; spaces are replaced
by _ (underscores). Files may have a header that briefly describes the content of
the file. Then the data columns begin, with a first line providing the labels and, in
some cases, a second line providing units.
The names of output files produced by EddyPro follow the convention:
eddypro_projID_filecontent_date_time.csv
where EddyProis a constant string, projID is the Output ID entered in the Project
Page, filecontent gives a short description of the content of the file, and date
and time are refer to the date and time that the data were processed.
All EddyPro results begin with the same three fields: the name of the raw file for
which results are provided (or the name of the first file in case results come from
several adjacent raw files), and the date and time of the end of the averaging period
for the current result record. For example:
2011-01-29T130000_mysite.ghg,2011-01-29,13:30,
5-2
Section 5. Output Files Overview
is the beginning of an output record referring to a dataset that ends at 13:30 of
29/01/2011, and is contained in the raw file 2011-01-29T130000_mysite.ghg (or
a set of files of which this is the first one).
An exception to this structure is necessary for output files in third-parties formats,
such as FLUXNET and AmeriFlux, that require a different specification of results
timestamps.
5-3
Section 5. Output Files Overview
List of Outputs
This section provides a summary of the output files generated by EddyPro. Some of
the files described below may not be included in your output folder, depending
upon the files specified in the Output Files tab (see "Output Files" on page2-40).
A full set of output files is shown in Figure 5-2 below.
Figure 5-2. Output folder created by EddyPro when all outputs are selected. In this
example, the Output IDwas EddyPro_Help.
Table 5-1 below describes the files created by EddyPro.
File/Folder Name Description
eddypro_binned_cospectra Folder containing binned cospectra files (see
"Binned Cospectra Outputs" on page5-6).
eddypro_binned_ogives Folder containing binned ogives files (see "Binned
Ogives" on page5-6).
eddypro_full_cospectra Folder containing full cospectra files (see "Full
Cospectra" on page5-7).
Table 5-1. Typical outputs from an EddyPro run.
5-4
Section 5. Output Files Overview
File/Folder Name Description
eddypro_raw_datasets Folder containing raw datasets (see "Raw Datasets"
on page5-7).
eddypro_spectral_analysis Folder containing spectral analysis files (see "Spec-
tral Analysis" on page5-8).
eddypro_stats Folder containing statical output files (see "Stats" on
page5-8).
eddypro_user_stats Folder containing user statistics files.
eddypro_OutputID_ameriflux_yyyy-mm-
ddThhmmss.csv
1
Output formatted for submission to the Ameriflux
database.
eddypro_OutputID_essentials_yyyy-mm-
ddThhmmss.csv
Intermediate flux results that have not been cor-
rected. EddyPro uses this file when you want to
quickly reprocess data. See "Using Results from Pre-
vious Runs" on page6-25 for more information.
eddypro_OutputID_full_output_yyyy-
mm-ddThhmmss.csv
Final flux results.
eddypro_OutputID_ghg-europe_yyyy-
mm-ddThhmmss.csv
Output formatted for submission to the GHG
Europe database.
eddypro_OutputID_metadata_yyyy-mm-
ddThhmmss.csv
A summary of information stored in each of the
metadata files for the project.
eddypro_OutputID_planar_fit_yyyy-mm-
ddThhmmss.txt
Planar fit file computed for the dataset.
eddypro_OutputID_qc_details_yyyy-mm-
ddThhmmss.csv
A summary of errors and tests for each 30 minute
data set.
eddypro-fcc_OutputID_yyyy-mm-ddTh-
hmmss.log
Flux Computation and Correction (FCC) summary
file. Flux computation and correction errors are
recorded in this file.
eddypro-rp_OutputID_yyyy-mm-ddTh-
hmmss.log
Raw Processing (RP) summary file. Raw processing
errors are recorded in this file.
processing_yyyy-mm-ddTh-
hmmss.eddypro
EddyPro project file.
Table 5-1. Typical outputs from an EddyPro run. (...continued)
1
CSV stands for comma-separated values, which is a comma delimited text file that can be opened in
most spreadsheet applications.
5-5
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Binned Cospectra Outputs
This folder includes one .csv file for each 30 minute dataset. See "Calculating Spec-
tra, Cospectra, and Ogives" on page7-33 for more information.
Binned Ogives
This folder includes one .csv file for each 30 minute dataset. See "Calculating Spec-
tra, Cospectra, and Ogives" on page7-33 for more information.
5-6
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Full Cospectra
This folder includes one .csv file for each 30 minute dataset. See "Calculating Spec-
tra, Cospectra, and Ogives" on page7-33 for more information.
Raw Datasets
This folder includes one folder for each of iteration of processing (up to seven).
Each folder includes a text file with the preliminary fluxes computed during that
iteration. The calculations are described in "Calculating Turbulent Fluxes Level 0
(Uncorrected Fluxes)" on page7-45, "Calculating Fluxes Level 1, 2, and 3 (Cor-
rected Fluxes)" on page7-60, "Calculating Turbulent Fluxes for a System Com-
posed of an LI-7200 and LI-7700" on page7-64, and "Calculating Turbulent
Fluxes for a System Composed of an LI-7500 and LI-7700" on page7-61.
5-7
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Spectral Analysis
This folder includes spectra and cospectra data files in .csv format. It also includes a
spectral assessment file that can be used to reprocess a data set if the spectral assess-
ment file applies. See "Calculating Spectral Correction Factors" on page7-50 for
more information.
Stats
The stats folder includes a .csv file for each level of processing.
5-8
Section 5. Output Files Overview
User Stats
The user stats folder includes a .csv file for each level of processing.
5-9
Section 5. Output Files Overview
The Full Output File
This is the most comprehensive output file produced by EddyPro. It contains
many of the intermediate and final variables calculated during data processing. Res-
ults values are grouped by the first line of the header to facilitate interpretation.
Here we provide an overview of available outputs. For more specific description of
each variable refer to the Variables Table.
Headings
The first row in the file (when opened in a spreadsheet) gives the top-level headings
below. The second row includes subheadings for variables and values included in
the results.
File info
Raw file name
Date and time of the end of the averaging period
Number of valid records found in the raw file
Number of valid records used for the current averaging period
Corrected fluxes
Net vertical turbulent fluxes of momentum, sensible heat, latent heat and all
available gases, calculated from uncorrected fluxes, by correcting for spectral
attenuations, air density fluctuations and instrument-specific effects, as applic-
able. Quality flags and random uncertainty estimates are provided for all
fluxes.
Storage fluxes
Storage fluxes of sensible and latent heat and for all available gases, estimated
from concentrations and based on a 1-point profile.
Vertical advection fluxes
Vertical advection gas fluxes obtained by multiplication of the mean vertical
wind speed and mean gas concentration. These are zero if the mean vertical
velocity is forced to zero, as is the case with the double rotations schemas for
tilt correction.
5-10
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Gas densities, concentrations, and time lags
Average molar density, mole fraction (moles of gas per mole of wet air) and
mixing ratio (moles of gas per mole of dry air) for available gases. Quantities
are either calculated or estimated from raw data, depending on the available
measurements. In particular, calculation of densities to concentrations (and
vice-versa) requires measured temperatures and pressures, while estimation is
done using barometric pressure and/or corrected sonic temperature, if meas-
ured values are not available. Toggling between mole fractions and mixing
ratios requires fast measurements of water vapor.
Time lags used for flux calculation and a flag indicating whether the time lag
used was calculated with the covariance maximization procedure (value F)
or was the nominal one (T).
Air properties
Evapotranspiration flux, expressed as millimeters or water per hour
Mean ambient pressure and temperature, either calculated or estimated,
depending on the content of raw files
Mean ambient air density and molar volume and heat capacity, calculated
Mean ambient water vapor density, partial pressure, partial pressure at sat-
uration
Mean ambient specific and relative humidity, water vapor pressure deficit and
dew point temperature
Unrotated and rotated wind
Mean wind components in the anemometer coordinate framework
Wind components after rotations for tilt correction
Mean wind speed, instantaneous maximum wind speed and mean wind dir-
ection
Rotation angles
Yaw, pitch, and roll angles used to correct anemometer tilting, according to
the selected method.
Turbulence
Turbulence parameters: friction velocity, Monin-Obukhov length, stability
parameter, turbulent kinetic energy, Bowen ratio, and scaling temperature.
5-11
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Footprint
Estimation of crosswind integrated footprints: model used, along wind dis-
tances providing peak, 10%, 30%, 50%, 70%, and 90% contributions to total
fluxes. Footprint offset is the distance from the tower providing less than 1%
contribution to total fluxes. See "Estimating the Flux Footprint" on page 7-66
Uncorrected fluxes
Net vertical turbulent fluxes of momentum, sensible heat, latent heat and all
available gases, calculated from corresponding covariances by conversion of
physical units, prior to application of corrections.
Spectral correction factors calculated according to the selected method.
Statistical flags
Results of selected statistical tests, applied to all time series.
Diagnostics
Number of spikes detected for each sensitive variable used for flux com-
putation.
Detailed summary of diagnostics for LI-7500A, LI-7200, and LI-7700. The val-
ues here are the sum of records in each flux averaging interval, for which
flags are set to "on" (bad data). Thus values here go from zero (best case) to
the number of available records (worst case).
Average AGC or Signal Strength (LI-7500A or LI-7200) and RSSI (LI-7700).
Variances
Variances of all sensitive variables, calculated at the end of the whole raw
data processing, including despiking, corrections, rotations and detrending.
Covariances
Covariances between w (vertical wind component) and all non-anemometric
sensitive variables calculated at the end of the whole raw data processing,
including despiking, corrections, rotations, detrending, and time lag com-
pensation.
5-12
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Custom variables
Mean values for all non-sensitive variables are reported at the end of the out-
put record.
Variables Table
The following table summarizes all output results available in the rich output file.
In the table, var stands for any available sensitive variable, gas stands for any avail-
able sensitive gas measurement and extravar stands for any non-sensitive variable.
Label Units, Format, or
Range
Description
filename - Name of the raw file (or the first of a set) from
which the dataset for the current averaging interval
was extracted
date yyyy-mm-dd Date of the end of the averaging period
time HH:MM Time of the end of the averaging period
file_records # Number of valid records found in the raw file (or
set of raw files)
used_records # Number of valid records used for current the aver-
aging period
Tau kg m
-1
s
-2
Corrected momentum flux
qc_Tau # Quality flag for momentum flux
rand_err_Tau kg m
-1
s
-2
Random error for momentum flux, if selected
H W m
-2
Corrected sensible heat flux
qc_H # Quality flag for sensible heat flux
rand_err_H W m
-2
Random error for momentum flux, if selected
LE W m
-2
Corrected latent heat flux
qc_LE # Quality flag latent heat flux
rand_err_LE W m
-2
Random error for latent heat flux, if selected
gas_flux mol m
-2
s
-1
() Corrected gas flux
qc_gas_flux # Quality flag for gas flux
rand_err_gas_flux mol s
-1
m
-2
() Random error for gas flux, if selected
H_strg W m
-2
Estimate of storage sensible heat flux
Table 5-2. Shorthand for variables in output files from EddyPro 4.
5-13
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Label Units, Format, or
Range
Description
LE_strg W m
-2
Estimate of storage latent heat flux
gas_strg mol s
-1
m
-2
() Estimate of storage gas flux
gas_v-adv mol s
-1
m
-2
() Estimate of vertical advection flux
gas_molar_density mmol m
-3
Measured or estimated molar density of gas
gas_mole_fraction mol mol
-1
() Measured or estimated mole fraction of gas
gas_mixing_ratio mol mol
-1
() Measured or estimated mixing ratio of gas
gas_time_lag s Time lag used to synchronize gas time series
gas_def_timelag T/F Flag: whether the reported time lag is the default
(T) or calculated (F)
sonic_temperature K Mean temperature of ambient air as measured by
the anemometer
air_temperature K Mean temperature of ambient air, either calculated
from high frequency air temperature readings, or
estimated from sonic temperature
air_pressure Pa Mean pressure of ambient air, either calculated
from high frequency air pressure readings, or estim-
ated based on site altitude (barometric pressure)
air_density kg m
-3
Density of ambient air
air_heat_capactiy J K
-1
kg
-1
Specific heat at constant pressure of ambient air
air_molar_volume m
3
mol
-1
Molar volume of ambient air
ET mm hour
-1
Evapotranspiration flux
water_vapor_dens-
ity
kg m
-3
Ambient mass density of water vapor
e Pa Ambient water vapor partial pressure
es Pa Ambient water vapor partial pressure at saturation
specific_humidity kg kg
-1
Ambient specific humidity on a mass basis
RH % Ambient relative humidity
VPD Pa Ambient water vapor pressure deficit
Tdew K Ambient dew point temperature
u_unrot m s
-1
Wind component along the u anemometer axis
Table 5-2. Shorthand for variables in output files from EddyPro 4. (...continued)
5-14
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Label Units, Format, or
Range
Description
v_unrot m s
-1
Wind component along the v anemometer axis
w_unrot m s
-1
Wind component along the w anemometer axis
u_rot m s
-1
Rotated u wind component (mean wind speed)
v_rot m s
-1
Rotated v wind component (should be zero)
w_rot m s
-1
Rotated w wind component (should be zero)
wind_speed m s
-1
mean wind speed
max_wind_speed m s
-1
Maximum instantaneous wind speed
wind_dir (degrees) Direction from which the wind blows, with respect
to Geographic or Magnetic north
yaw (degrees) First rotation angle
pitch (degrees) Second rotation angle
u* m s
-1
Friction velocity
TKE m
-2
s
-1
Turbulent kinetic energy
L M Monin-Obukov length
(z-d)/L # Monin-Obukhov stability parameter
bowen_ratio # Sensible heat flux to latent heat flux ratio
T* K Scaling temperature
(footprint) model - Model for footprint estimation
x_offset m Along-wind distance providing <1% contribution to
turbulent fluxes
x_peak m Along-wind distance providing the highest (peak)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
x_10% m Along-wind distance providing 10% (cumulative)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
x_30% m Along-wind distance providing 30% (cumulative)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
x_50% m Along-wind distance providing 50% (cumulative)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
x_70% m Along-wind distance providing 70% (cumulative)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
Table 5-2. Shorthand for variables in output files from EddyPro 4. (...continued)
5-15
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Label Units, Format, or
Range
Description
x_90% m Along-wind distance providing 90% (cumulative)
contribution to turbulent fluxes
un_Tau kg m
-1
s
-2
Uncorrected momentum flux
Tau_scf # Spectral correction factor for momentum flux
un_H W m
-2
Uncorrected sensible heat flux
H_scf # Spectral correction factor for sensible heat flux
un_LE W m
-2
Uncorrected latent heat flux
LE_scf # Spectral correction factor for latent heat flux
un_gas_flux mol s
-1
m
-2
() Uncorrected gas flux
gas_scf # Spectral correction factor for gas flux
spikes HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for spike test
amp_res HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for amplitude res-
olution
drop_out HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for drop-out test
abs_lim HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for absolute lim-
its
skw_kur HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for skewness and
kurtosis
skw_kur HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Soft flags for individual variables for skewness and
kurtosis test
discontinuities HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for individual variables for dis-
continuities test
discontinuities HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Soft flags for individual variables for discontinuities
test
time_lag HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flags for gas concentration for time lag test
time_lag HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Soft flags for gas concentration for time lag test
Table 5-2. Shorthand for variables in output files from EddyPro 4. (...continued)
5-16
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Label Units, Format, or
Range
Description
attack_angle HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flag for attack angle test
non_steady_wind HFu/v/w/ts/co2
/h2o/ch4/n2
Hard flag for non-steady horizontal test
var_spikes # Number of spikes detected and eliminated for vari-
able var
AGC # Mean value of AGC for LI-7500A and/or LI-7200, if
present
RSSI # Mean value of RSSI for LI-7700, if present
var_var -() Variance of variable var
w/var_cov -() Covariance between w and variable var
extravar_mean () Mean value of extravar
Table 5-2. Shorthand for variables in output files from EddyPro 4. (...continued)
Concentrations and fluxes for water vapor are provided as [mmol mol
-1
] and
[mmol m
-2
s
-1
] respectively.
Units depend on the nature of the variable.
Output format
The Output format option allows you to decide to Output only available res-
ults or Use standard output format.
The first option, Output only available results instructs EddyPro to reduce the
file only to results that are actually available. One advantage of this option is that it
results in smaller files that are easier to read in a spreadsheet. Files do not contain
columns filled with error codes for the variables that are not available.
The second option, Use standard output format instructs EddyPro to create a file
in a predefined standardized output format that includes columns form all possible
results. One advantage of this option is that the file format does not vary in time,
making it easier to import into post-processing analysis tools.
Build continuous dataset
Select this option to instruct EddyPro to create a continuous dataset. For periods
that have no results available (gaps), the software will introduce dummy records of
error codes in such a way that the result files will contain a continuous time line.
5-17
Section 5. Output Files Overview
This is convenient since data gaps need to be recognized (especially when time
series are plotted) and addressed (e.g., by means of a gap-filling procedure).
However, the procedure requires a non negligible amount of time especially for
long datasets - so it is provided as an option. The definition of the time line is based
on the time stamp of the first raw file and on the selected flux averaging period.
GHG-Europe Database Format
This file contains a selection of output variables and is designed to comply with the
flux data format of the European Database. Refer to the project database for a com-
plete description of the variables included in this file and for an explanation of the
header file.
AmeriFlux Output Format
This file, which contains a subset of variables, is in a format that can be submitted
directly to the AmeriFlux database. It has a 17-line precompiled header, which
includes some empty fields that must be completed prior to submission. These fields
cannot be calculated by EddyPro and are filled with the missing data code (-
69999). Refer to the AmeriFlux data submission guidelines for a description of the
content of this file.
Statistics Output
Along with the final results files (full output, FLUXNET and AmeriFlux files),
EddyPro creates at least one subfolder in the user-specified output folder:
..\eddypro_stats\: contains seven files of basic statistics calculated on all avail-
able sensitive variables, at 7 different levels of processing. These files have a
static format that includes statistical data for all sensitive variables, except the
analyzers cell in/out temperature. Statistics for variables that are not available
are replaced by the string n/a (not available).
The seven levels of statistics refer to those calculated on the following datasets:
1. Unprocessed (dataset as imported from the raw file)
2. After despiking
3. After crosswind correction
4. After angle-of attack correction
5. After double rotation for tilt correction
5-18
Section 5. Output Files Overview
6. After time lag compensation
7. After detrending
..\eddypro_user_stats\: contains seven files of basic statistics calculated on all
available non-sensitive variables (including user-defined variables and sens-
itive variables not used for flux computation). These files have a dynamic
format, including statistics only for available non-sensitive variables. This
folder and the seven files contained in it are created only if EddyPro detects
at least one non-sensitive variable.
Like the statistics calculated on sensitive variables, the seven levels of statistics refer
to those calculated on the following datasets:
1. Unprocessed (dataset as imported from the raw file)
2. After despiking
3. After crosswind correction
4. After angle-of-attack correction
5. After double rotation for tilt correction
6. After time lag compensation
7. After detrending
Note: Statistics on non-sensitive variables may result in seemingly wrong values
(such as zero or not-a-number). This may happen when, for example, a variable
has a constant value throughout the file, as with some instrument diagnostic vari-
ables. In these cases, however, high order statistics loose representativeness and
usefulness.
Statistics Files Content:
File information
Raw file name
Date and time of the end of the averaging period
Number of valid records used for the current averaging period
Statistics
Mean values
Variances
5-19
Section 5. Output Files Overview
Covariances of all variables with the three wind components
Standard deviations
Skewness
Kurtosis
Label Description
filename Name of the raw file (or first file of a set) from which the data in the cur-
rent averaging interval was extracted
date Date of the end of the averaging period
time Time of the end of the averaging period
n_samples Number of valid records found in the raw file (or set of raw files)
mean (var) Mean value of variable (var)
var (var) Variance of variable (var)
cov (u/var) Covariance between the u wind component and var
cov(v/var) Covariance between the v wind component and var
cov (w/var) Covariance between the w wind component and var
st_dev(var) standard deviation of variable var
skw(var) skewness of variable var
kur(var) kurtosis of variable var
Table 5-3. The following table summarizes all output results available in the statistics files. In
the table, var stands for any available sensitive or non-sensitive variable.
5-20
Section 5. Output Files Overview
6 Interface Feature Reference
The section describes topics in the interface that are marked with a help question
mark.
Raw File Name Format
For each file type discovered in the Raw data directory, EddyPro will provide
you a sample file name. The easiest way to enter the Raw file name format is to
substitute timestamp information in the sample file name with the following char-
acters:
yy for a 2-digit year;
yyyy for a 4-digit year;
dd for a 2-digit day-of-month;
mm for a 2-digit month-of-the-year;
ddd for a 3-digit day-of-year (DOY);
HH for a 2-digit hour;
MM for a 2-digit minute.
Note: All timestamp information must be present in raw file names. While day/-
month (or DOY) and hour information are virtually always available, years and
minutes are sometimes not documented on file names. However, they are neces-
sary to EddyPro. A tool is available on demand to automatically rename raw
files including missing timestamp information;
For example, if the sample raw file name is:
mysite_2009_001_0130.dat,
acceptable prototypes would be:
mysite_yyyy_ddd_HHMM.dat, or
xxxxxx_yyyy_ddd_HHMM.dat;
but if the filename is
mysite_0021200.R08,
6-1
then information about the year ('08' in the extension) cannot be retrieved because
EddyPro does not interpret the extension. In this case the file should first be
renamed to something like:
mysite_080021200.R08
Then, a valid prototype would be:
mysite_yydddHHMM.R08.
Note: EddyPro discriminates between files based upon the number of characters,
not the specific characters in the first string. The first string of characters (mysite
in the previous examples) must be the same length in order for EddyPro to filter
the files. If a file that you wish to exclude has the same number of characters, it
will be processed in the dataset. For example, the three files below will all be
considered in one dataset because they each have three characters at the begin-
ning.
AIU-0177-2011-05-26T153000.txt
AIU-0255-2011-05-26T153000.txt
TG1-0177-2011-05-26T153000.txt
LI-COR GHG File Type
The GHG format is LI-COR Biosciences' custom raw file type, consisting of an
archive containing the DATA file (extension .data) and a METADATA file (exten-
sion .metadata). If selected, the archive will also contain LI-7700 status records as a
separate file. This file format is based on ECO2S ENE format.
The DATA file is an ASCII table with a header, which has an unspecified number
of rows, and data columns, which are separated by the TAB character. The header
of the DATA file is ignored by EddyPro. To read the content of the file, EddyPro
uses the paired METADATA file to interpret the data columns and to retrieve
meta-information needed to calculate fluxes.
The introduction of the METADATA file inside the GHG archive, while adding a
negligible amount of bytes (it contributes for about 0.1% to the file size), allows you
to:
Avoid retrieving information needed for processing the file from any external
data source;
6-2
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Easily store raw data for future reprocessing;
Properly account for dynamic site parameters that change over the course of
the data collection period (e.g. the canopy height of a crop);
To a large extent, simultaneously process files acquired with different set-ups.
Ideally, you are not required to consider the METADATA file explicitly, as it is cre-
ated and modified in the LI-COR gas analyzer configuration software, and used
silently by EddyPro. Nevertheless, all information is stored as plain text and can be
retrieved and edited at any time.
EddyPro 4.0 also supports the inclusion of biomet data (with biomet metadata),
which can be used in flux computations. It is also summarized in the output files.
See "Supported Biomet File Formats" on page 4-14
Sensitive meta-information in the METADATA file includes (for a description of
each field, refer to the Metadata File Editor):
Site and setup information
Canopy height;
Canopy roughness length;
Boundary layer displacement height;
Site coordinates and altitude;
Acquisition frequency;
File duration.
Instruments
Anemometer(s) manufacturer and model;
Anemometer(s) height;
Anemometer settings:
Whether the built in head correction is applied;
Whether the wind components are given in AXIS or SPAR configuration
(Gill anemometers);
Yaw offset with respect to due north;
Displacement from the reference anemometer in a Cartesian
north/east/vertical system (only for anemometers other than the reference
one);
If applicable, the instrument time response and the paths length;
Gas analyzer(s) manufacturer and model;
6-3
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Gas analyzer settings:
Flow rate and intake tube length and inner diameter (for closed path gas
analyzers only);
Displacement of the reference anemometer in a Cartesian north/east/ver-
tical system;
If applicable, the instrument time response and path lengths;
If applicable, the relevant extinction coefficients (for Krypton and Lyman-
hygrometers)
Raw file columns
Name of the variable;
The instrument that measured the variable;
For gas concentrations, the type of measurement (molar density, mole frac-
tion or mixing ratio);
Physical units of the variable, as stored in the raw file;
If applicable, linear conversion information:
Type of conversion (Gain/Offset);
Units of the variable as stored in the raw file;
Gain/Offset;
Physical units of the variable, as expected after the linear conversion;
Nominal time-lag for the variable, based either on the displacement of the
instrument from the reference anemometer (open path analyzers), or on the
intake tube properties and flow rate (closed path analyzers).
Minimum and maximum plausible time lags, for automatic time lag determ-
ination by means of circular correlation.
TOB1 File Type
TOB1 is a binary format often used for storing raw data obtained from Campbell
Scientific dataloggers. These files are customizable, as one can select the format of
each individual variable (e.g. integer, single precision, etc.). EddyPro can process
TOB1 files with the following characteristics:
TOB1 files that contain only variables in the formats ULONG and IEEE4,
no matter how these are intercalated;
TOB1 files that contain only variables in the formats ULONG and FP2,
provided that the variables in the ULONG format precede those in the
FP2 format.
6-4
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Thus, files containing variables in the IEEE4 and FP2 formats are not supported.
Similarly, files in which FP2 variables precede ULONG variables are not sup-
ported.
Note: ULONG variables are not actually imported (they are skipped), which
implies that variables in this format must be described with the property of
Ignore. This is usually not a limitation, because the ULONG format is nor-
mally reserved to timestamp information that EddyPro does not use anyway.
When you select the TOB1 format, a further option activates to specify the IEEE4
or FP2 format. If you are unsure, select the option Detect automatically.
EddyPro will rely on the header of TOB1 files to determine the actual format.
When you describe TOB1 files in the Metadata File Editor, just consider each vari-
able as a column, (although the term column is not appropriate for unformatted
binary data), and proceed as you would do with any ASCII file.
Generic Binary File Type
If your raw data are stored in a custom binary format, chances are that EddyPro
can still import and process them. Click the Setting button to access a dialog
that allows you to describe the file format.
First, if your raw files have an ASCII header, specify the number of lines of such
header and their terminator character. Supported terminators are Cr+LF (typical
in Windows), LF (Linux and Mac OS X) and CR (Max OS up to version 9 and OS-
9). Then, provide the number of bytes reserved for each variable (typically 2 or 4)
and the binary words endianess (that is, the order of the bytes significance): in a
multi-bytes binary word, little endian means that the most significant byte is the last
byte (highest address) while big endian means that the most significant byte is the
first byte (lowest address).
6-5
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Note:EddyPro supports only binary files where all variables are stored as single
precision numbers in words of fixed length (fixed number of bytes). If files have
words of different lengths (e.g. 2 bytes and 4 bytes) most likely they cannot be
interpreted correctly, unless the longest words can be split into dummy variables
of the same length of shorter ones, which assumes you dont need to use those
variables and they can thus be labeled with "ignore" in the Raw File
Description. In our example, each of 4 byte word could be thought of as a two
byte word, and thus considered as 2 variables, to be ignored.
When you describe generic binary files in the Metadata File Editor, just consider
each variable as a "column" (although the term "column" is not appropriate for
unformatted binary data), and proceed as you would do with any ASCII file.
Time-varying (Dynamic) Metadata
Data processing and flux calculation with EddyPro is based not only on raw data,
but also on the metadata describing the site characteristics, the eddy covariance sta-
tion setup and the raw data file themselves.
Metadata may vary along the dataset. For example, think about the growing canopy
of an agricultural field, which may also imply an adjustment of the measurement
height of the instruments. Maintenance and movement of instruments may imply a
different relative positioning and orientation of the instruments. Also, instruments
can be added or changed during the data collection or parameters, such as the
acquisition frequency and the duration of the raw file, can change. All these pos-
sible changes must be taken into account for a proper data processing and flux com-
putation and correction. The ideal way to do that is to collect raw data in LI-CORs
GHG format. GHG files embed the metadata inside each raw file so, if the data log-
ging software is updated with the current meta-information during data acquisition
(and thats by far the most suitable moment for doing that!), all raw files will
embed the correct metadata, and EddyPro will be able to correctly process them
without any further intervention from you.
However, if you collected raw files in a format other than GHG, or if you didnt
update the data logging software with the proper meta-information during acquis-
ition of your GHG dataset, EddyPro provides you with the possibility of taking
time-varying metadata into account. This will require a little effort on your part, to
create a dynamic metadata file prior to using EddyPro. The dynamic metadata file
is a comma separated text file featuring a header with the names of the contained
6-6
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
variables, and a sequence of records starting with a timestamp, followed by the
actual values.
Using the dynamic metadata does not imply that the .metadata file must not be
created. Indeed, the .metadata file is used to initialize all the necessary metadata.
On the contrary, the dynamic metadata file needs to contain only the parameters
that undergo at least one modification along the dataset. Table 1 lists all metadata
that can be provided in a dynamic metadata file, including the standardized vari-
ables names - indispensable for correctly interpreting the file content and a short
description of the variable meaning.
The associations between the data in the metadata file and the corresponding flux
averaging periods is based on matching time stamps. The timestamp can be
provided as date and time, only date or only the time. EddyPro will attempt to
match all available timestamp information. If, for the current flux averaging period,
there is no matching dynamic metadata contained in the file, EddyPro will use the
closest preceding one. This means that you dont need to create a file that contains
metadata for all flux averaging periods. Basically, you need to create a new
metadata line each time a modification occurs for any metadata parameter.
As an example, imagine a dataset that starts on the 1
st
of January, with the CO2 ana-
lyzer placed 20 cm at the North of the anemometer. On the 15
th
of February, at
10:30AM, the analyzer is moved and placed 30 cm eastward of the anemometer.
The acquisition ends at the end of February and this was the only notable modi-
fication occurred during the two months. A valid metadata in this situation would
read:
date,time,co2_irga_northward_separation,co2_irga_eastward_sep-
aration
2011-01-01,01:00,20.0,0.0
2011-02-15,10:30,0.0,30.0
where the first line is the header containing standardized labels (see Table). The
second line indicates that, starting January 1
st
, 2011 at 1:00AM, the CO2 analyzer is
placed 20 cm northward of the master anemometer, and 0 cm eastward. These set-
tings will bypass any different information provided in the alternative, master
(and static) metadata file.
The third line says that, staring February 15
th
, 2011 at 10:30AM, the CO2 analyzer
was moved, and is now aligned with the master anemometer in the South-North dir-
ection, but displaced 30 cm eastward.
6-7
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Variable Label Units/Format/values Description and notes
Date date yyyy-mm-dd Year, month, and day of the
current data.
Time time HH:MM Hour and minute of the cur-
rent data. The minute must
correspond to the end of the
period the metadata refer to.
File length file_length minutes The duration in minutes of
the raw files.
Acquisition frequency acquisition_
frequency
Hz Frequency of acquisition of
raw data from gas analyzer
(s) and anemometer(s)
Canopy height canopy_
height
m Height of the canopy
Displacement height displacement_
height
m Displacement height
Roughness length roughness_
length
m Roughness length
Manufacturer of the mas-
ter anemometer
master_sonic_
manufacturer
variable See list of supported man-
ufacturers.
Model of the master
anemometer
master_sonic_
model
variable See list of supported models
and how to compose the
name.
Height of the master
anemometer
master_sonic_
height
m This height also defines the
"measurement height" used
in calculations.
Format of wind data master_sonic_
wformat
'uvw'
'polar_w'
'axis'
The 'axis' option (wind com-
ponents alighed with paths
of the transducers pairs)
applies only to Gill anem-
ometers.
North alignment for
wind data
master_sonic_
wref
'spar''axis' Only applies to Gill anem-
ometers (learn more...).
6-8
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Variable Label Units/Format/values Description and notes
North misalignment for
wind data
master_sonic_
north_offset
deg from North Any misalignment between
"anemometer North" and
geographic North, in
degrees from North (positive
if measured eastward).
Manufacturer of gas ana-
lyzer for XXX
xxx_irga_man-
ufacturer
variable* See list of supported man-
ufacturers.
Model of gas analyzer for
XXX
xxx_irga_
model
variable** See list of supported man-
ufacturers.
Northward separation of
XXX analyzer from mas-
ter anemometer
xxx_irga_
northward_
separation
m Positive if gas analyzer is
placed North of anem-
ometer.
Eastward separation of
XXX analyzer from mas-
ter anemometer
xxx_irga_east-
ward_sep-
aration
m Positive if gas analyzer is
placed East of the master
anemometer.
Length of the tube of the
sampling line for XXX
analyzer
xxx_irga_
tube_length
cm Only applicable to closed/en-
closed path gas analyzers.
Diameter of the tube of
the sampling line for
XXX analyzer
xxx_irga_
tube_diameter
mm Only applicable to closed/en-
closed path gas analyzers.
Flow rate in the
sampling line of XXX
analyzer
xxx_irga_
flowrate
lit min
-1
Only applicable to closed/en-
closed path gas analyzers.
Extinction coefficient in
water
xxx_irga_kw m
3
g
-1
cm
-1
Only applicable to
Krypton/L:yman- hygro-
meters./
Extinction coefficient in
oxygen
xxx_irga_ko m
3
g
-1
cm
-1
Only applicable to
Krypton/L:yman- hygro-
meters.
6-9
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Variable Label Units/Format/values Description and notes
XXX analyzer lon-
gitudinal path length
xxx_irga_
vpath_length
m Path length of the gas ana-
lyzer in the main direction
(direction between source
and sensor).
XXX analyzer transversal
path length
xxx_irga_
hpath_length
m Path length of the gas ana-
lyzer in the cross direction.
XXX analyzer time
response
xxx_irga_tau m Analyzer's time response as
provided by the man-
ufacturer.
Supported Anemometer Manufacturers:
Manufacturer Label
Gill Instruments, Ltd. gill
Campbell Scientific, Inc. csi
Metek GmbH metek
R. M. Young young
Others other_sonic
Supported Anemometer Models:
Manufacturer Label
Gill R2 t2
Gill R3-50 r3_50
Gill R3-100 r3_100
Gill R3A-100 r3a_100
Gill HS-50 hs_50
Gill HS-100 hs_100
Gill WindMaster wm
Gill WindMaster Pro wmpro
Metek USA-1 usa1_standard
Metek USA-1 fast usa1_fast
Campbell Scientific CSAT3 csat3
R. M. Young 81000
Others generic_sonic
6-10
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
*Supported Gas Analyzer Manufacturers:
Manufacturer Label
LI-COR, Inc. licor
others other
**Supported Gas Analyzer Models:
Manufacturer Label
LI-COR LI-6262 li6262
LI-COR LI-7000 li7000
LI-COR LI-7500 li7500
LI-COR LI-7500A li7500a
LI-COR LI-7200 li7200
LI-COR LI-7700 li7700
Generic Open Path generic_open_
path
Generic Closed Path generic_
closed_path
Open Path Krypton Hygrometer open_path_
krypton
Close Path Krypton Hygrometer closed_path_
krypton
The model label must be created by adding an instrument order number to the
labels listed above. You must imagine creating two lists of instruments, one for
anemometers and one for gas analyzers. The first instrument of the list that you
describe, takes the number 1, and the label becomes instrumentlabel_1. The
second takes number 2, and so on. Note that in the dynamic metadata file (different
from the alternative metadata file) you can only describe 1 anemometer. This fea-
ture is needed to provide maximum flexibility. As an example, think about the fol-
lowing suite of measurements and corresponding instruments:
Wind and temperature from a Gill R3A-100
CO
2
concentration from an LI-7500A
H
2
O concentration from a different LI-7500A
CH
4
concentration from an LI-7700
6-11
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
In this case, you can provide dynamic metadata for 4 different instruments, and the
instrument model label will take the following values:
master_sonic_model = r3a_100_1
co2_irga _model = li7500_1
h2o_irga_model = li7500_2
ch4_irga_model = li7700_3
with the advantage the instruments for CO2 and H2O, although of the same model,
are differentiated by EddyPro thanks to the attached number.
6-12
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Use Alternative Metadata File
Metadata is simply information about the dataset - or data on the data. It includes
site information, instrument information, and a description of the raw file structure.
There are three scenarios in which you need to use an alternative METADATA file,
rather than those embedded inside the GHG files:
You need to process raw files others than GHG files;
You want to process GHG files but information in the embedded
METADATA files needs to be bypassed because it is incorrect, for example;
You want to process GHG files but information in the embedded
METADATA files can be bypassed, for example, because it is identical for all
GHG files. In this case, using an alternative METADATA file will result in a
faster processing.
In the first case, no METADATA file is available, so it must be created and saved
using the Metadata File Editor. Learn more about the Metadata File Editor.
In the latter two cases, a METADATA file is available, so the process of creating the
alternative METADATA file can be greatly simplified. Unzip any GHG file using
an archive manager (such as 7zip or ZipGenius). Locate the extracted METADATA
file and load it from the Use alternative metadata file Load button. Make
changes if needed and save the file.
Important: Using an alternative METADATA file means that all GHG files will
be interpreted and processed using identical meta-information. This implies that
DATA files must be all identical in structure and that dynamic variations of
meta-information cannot be taken into account unless you provide a dynamic
metadata file.
Model (Gas Analyzer)
EddyPro can correctly process data acquired with LI-COR gas analyzers, as well
data from instruments from other manufacturers. Gas analyzers others than LI-COR
are considered as generic analyzers. You can specify a Generic Open Path or
Generic Closed Path analyzer. The main difference between processing data from
a LI-COR instrument and a generic instrument is that for the latter ones, there are
no model-specific corrections implemented. This means that you can get robust flux
estimates from non-LI-COR instruments as long as your data do not need to
6-13
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
undergo a processing step that is specific to your instrument. Data from such ana-
lyzers are processed in a standard way and according to the selected processing
options, mainly depending on whether the instrument is open or closed path. Also,
for such unknown instruments you need to specify the path lengths and time
response, which are needed to estimated the associated high-frequency losses.
As a notable exception, EddyPro correctly processes data from open and closed path
Krypton or Lyman- hygrometers, by applying the required oxygen correction (Tan-
ner et al., 1993; Van Dijk et al., 2003).
In the case of a LI-COR instrument, the most suitable corrections are applied auto-
matically (and in the correct sequence) by EddyPro, ensuring the most accurate flux
estimates.
Longitudinal/Transversal Path Lengths and Time Response
If you selected a Generic Anemometer or a generic gas analyzer (which includes
Generic Open Path, Generic Closed Path, OP/CP Krypton hygrometer and
OP/CP Lyman- hygrometer), you need to specify the longitudinal (parallel to the
light path for gas analyzers, parallel to a transducer pair for anemometers) and
transversal path lengths and time response. Refer to the documentation provided by
the instrument manufacturer for this information.
Note: The information needed here in terms of path length is used to estimate
flux losses due to spatial averaging in the anemometer or gas analyzer's meas-
uring volume. For laser-based gas analyzers, most likely the path length required
here does not coincide with the optical path length, which can be meters or kilo-
meters long. The quantity needed here has more to do with the size of the meas-
uring cell. Refer to the instrument manufacturer for a quantification of the
instrument's longitudinal and transversal path lengths.
Beginning of Dataset
By convention, all output files of EddyPro report results for each averaging inter-
val, associating them with the timestamp of the ending minute of each interval,
regardless of the convention used in the file names.
For example, imagine a 30 minute raw file with a name such as:
2011-02-15-1230_mysite.raw
6-14
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
with the timestamp referring to the beginning of the averaging period. It means the
file contains data from 12:30 to 13:00 of 02/15/2010. Assume now that you select 15
minutes as a flux averaging period. From this file, you will get two result records
with the following headings:
2011-02-15-1230_mysite.raw, 2011-02-15, 12:45
2011-02-15-1230_mysite.raw, 2011-02-15, 13:00
where the time refers to the end of each 15 minute block.
On the contrary, if the timestamp in the raw file name referred to the end of the
averaging period, the file contained data from 12:00 to 12:30 and the corresponding
result records would read:
2011-02-15-1230_mysite.raw, 2011-02-15, 12:15
2011-02-15-1230_mysite.raw, 2011-02-15, 12:30.
Displacement Height
The displacement height (or zero plane displacement height) of a vegetated surface
usually indicated with d - is the height at which the wind speed would go to zero
if the logarithmic wind profile was maintained from the outer flow all the way
down to the surface (that is, in the absence of the vegetation). In other words, it is
the distance above the ground at which a non-vegetated surface should be placed to
provide a logarithmic wind field equal to observed one. By another point of view,
it should be regarded as the level at which the mean drag on the surface appears to
act (Jackson, 1981). For forest canopies, it is estimated to vary between 0.6 and 0.8
times the height of the canopy (Arya, 1998; Stull, 1988).
If not entered explicitly, EddyPro computes the displacement height as:
d Canopy Height = 0.67 .
Roughness Length
In the logarithmic wind profile, the roughness length is the height at which wind
speed is zero (indicated by z
0
). It provides an estimate of the average roughness ele-
ments of the surface. With vegetated surfaces, because the vegetation itself provides
a certain roughness, the logarithmic wind profile goes to zero at a height equal to
the displacement height plus the roughness length.
If not entered explicitly, EddyPro computes the roughness length as
z canopy height = 0.15
0
.
6-15
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Axes Alignment
Some Gill Instruments sonic anemometers allow you to output wind components in
two configurations: AXIS or SPAR. In the AXIS configuration, the u horizontal com-
ponent is aligned with one transducer pair, while in the SPAR configuration it is
aligned with the North spar, which is identified either by an N or a notch on the
instrument body. The difference between the two configurations is a 30 degree yaw
offset (refer to the anemometer manual for more details). If your sonic anemometer
does not have an AXIS/SPAR configuration option, just select "N/A" (not applic-
able).
See also: Adjusting the Anemometer Coordinate System.
North Offset
For post-mounted anemometers (e.g., Gill WindMaster and Metek USA-1), a tag is
normally provided to align the anemometer correctly with respect to the due north.
The anemometer, however, can be placed in any position. If it is positioned with
the north arrow aligned off of north, the yaw offset must be measured and provided
here. The offset angle should be provided in degrees past north, positive if the angle
that takes from geographic north to anemometer north spans clockwise (eastward).
Yoke-mounted anemometers (Gill HS and Campbell Scientific CSAT3) are nor-
mally oriented facing the prevailing wind direction and independently of due
north. In these cases, provide the angle between the main axis of the anemometer
(pointing away from the support arm) and due north, with the same sign con-
vention as with vertical mounted anemometers.
Head or Flow Distortion Correction
When the wind approaches with a considerable angle of attack (that is, from an
angle other than horizontal), the frame of a post-mounted anemometers (such as
Gill R2, R3, WindMaster, or Metek USA-1) distorts the flow, resulting in less accur-
ate wind measurements. Furthermore, the transducer poles create a self-sheltering
effect that also affects the measurement. This second effect also occurs with yoke-
style anemometer (Gill HS and Campbell Scientific CSAT3). Several anemometer
models use a firmware correction for these effects (referred to as head correction,
flow distortion correction, or "angle of attack correction") and in some cases it can
be turned on or off in the anemometer settings. Here you must specify whether the
correction was applied in your anemometer(s) at the time data was collected.
6-16
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Northward, Eastward, and Vertical Separation
Measurement of the separation between the gas analyzer(s) and the sonic anem-
ometer used is necessary to estimate the high-frequency flux losses due to the dis-
tance between the instruments that measured the vertical wind component and the
gas concentration(s). Raw files might contain data from more than one anem-
ometer. EddyPro, however, will calculate fluxes using data from only one anem-
ometer, which you select in the Processing Page.
In order to allow EddyPro to calculate the distance from a gas analyzer and the
anemometer, distances are provided in a Cartesian coordinate system.
6-17
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Units must be provided in centimeters (cm).
The first anemometer (reference anemometer) described in the METADATA
file serves as the center of the coordinate system.
Exact orientation of north-south and east-west axes are aligned with respect to
true north, corrected for the local declination.
For all gas analyzers and other anemometers (if any), the distances from the
reference anemometer are provided along the north-south axis and the east-
west axis.
Distances are positive if the second instrument is to the north, east, or above
the reference anemometer. This makes it possible for EddyPro to calculate
distances between any pair of instruments.
6-18
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Sensitive and Non-sensitive Variables
In the Metadata File Editor, you can choose to Ignore a variable, specify if it is
Numeric or not, and specify the Variable type. Ignore simply tells EddyPro to
ignore the field in processing. Select "yes" for variables that are not needed. This
will speed up processing. For numeric variables, select yes to instruct EddyPro to
treat it as a number. For Variable, choose the measurement type from the list.
Sensitive variables are recognized by the software and used for flux computation.
These variables can be selected from the drop-down list under Variables in Raw
File Description tab of the Metadata File Editor.
Name Symbol Description
u wind component u Wind component along the anemometer x axis
v wind component v Wind component along anemometer y axis
w wind component w Wind component along anemometer z axis
horizontal wind intensity Intensity of wind vector with respect to anemometer
horizontal plane
wind direction Wind direction with respect to anemometer North
sonic temperature T
s
Sonic temperature measured by the anemometer
speed of sound sos Speed of sound measured by the anemometer
CO
2
mole fraction
co2
Mole CO
2
per mole of wet air
CO
2
mixing ratio r
co2
Mole CO
2
per mole of dry air
CO
2
molar density d
co2
Mole CO
2
per cubic meter
H
2
O mole fraction
h2o
Mole H
2
O per mole of wet air
H
2
O mixing ratio r
h2o
Mole H
2
O per mole of dry air
H
2
O molar density d
h2o
Mole H
2
O per cubic meter
CH
4
mole fraction
ch4
Mole CH
4
per mole of wet air
CH
4
mixing ratio r
ch4
Mole CH
4
per mole of dry air
CH
4
molar density d
ch4
Mole CH
4
per cubic meter
4
th
gas mole fraction
pg
Mole gas per mole wet air
4
th
gas mixing ratio r
pg
Mole gas per mole of dry air
4
th
gas molar density d
pg
Mole gas per cubic meter
cell temperature in T
in
Temperature at the inlet of the LI-7200 cell
Table 6-1. Sensitive variables recognized by EddyPro and used in flux computations.
6-19
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Name Symbol Description
cell temperature out T
out
Temperature at the outlet of the LI-7200 cell
cell temperature T
cell
Average cell temperature of any closed/enclosed gas
analyzer (LI-7200, LI-7000, LI-6262)
ambient temperature T
a
Temperature of ambient air as measured, for
example, by an open-path analyzer (e.g., LI-7500,
LI-7500A
ambient pressure P
a
Pressure of ambient air as measured, for example, by
an open-path analyzer (e.g., LI-7500, LI-7500A)
LI-7500 diagnostic - Diagnostic flag output by the LI-7500 and LI-7500A.
It is an integer value obtained as a combination of
several binary flags.
LI-7200 diagnostic - Diagnostic flag output by the LI-7200. It is an integer
value obtained as a combination of several binary
flags.
LI-7700 diagnostic - Diagnostic flag output by the LI-7700. It is an integer
value obtained as a combination of several binary
flags.
Table 6-1. Sensitive variables recognized by EddyPro and used in flux computations. (...-
continued)
Note: Along with CO
2
, H
2
O, and CH
4
, EddyPro can process a 4th gas that can be
selected from among those listed in the drop-down list, or be completely cus-
tomized (see the section on processing a generic passive scalar variable).
Diagnostic flags output at high frequency from LI-COR instruments are integer val-
ues that represent the combination of several binary flags, each providing inform-
ation about the status of specific instrumental components (refer to the respective
instruction manuals for more information on these flags). If raw files contain such a
flag for one or more instruments, you can select them in the Basic Settings page.
EddyPro will decipher them and provide you with the sum of the flagged samples
in each raw file, which can help you to detect instrumental failures and filter results
for quality. The only exception is the AGC value, for which EddyPro provides you
the period-wise mean value, rather than the sum.
Non-sensitive variables are all those not used for flux computation. EddyPro pre-
serves these variables for a dedicated processing routine, which, includes despiking,
6-20
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
tilt correction, detrending, time lag compensation and calculation of main statistics
(mean values, variances, covariances, skewness and kurtosis). These variables include:
Variables with a name explicitly entered in the Variables text box;
All sensitive variables that are not selected for flux computation in the cur-
rent processing project. For example, in a raw file there can be more than
only CO
2
concentration measurements, from the same or from different
instruments. However, only one CO
2
can be used at a time to calculate
fluxes. The others are treated as non-sensitive variables.
Furthermore, as the data files can contain unused columns (to be ignored), EddyPro
provides two options to declare useless variables. Selecting ignore or not
numeric from the drop-down list will cause EddyPro to ignore the current column.
The not numeric variable name is used to instruct EddyPro to skip the column as
text. This is advisable because inherent limitations in file import capabilities of
FORTRAN require files containing text columns to be read differently than purely
numeric tables. This slows down the import process considerably. Selecting "not
numeric" for columns containing text will enable the software to import data more
quickly.
Linear Scaling
EddyPro allows a linear transformation to take each variable, either sensitive or
non sensitive, from an input range to a defined output range. This operation is nor-
mally used to convert raw voltages into physical units, but it can be used for any
other rescaling purpose. The linear transformation is performed by providing gain
and offset scaling factors.
Conversions are performed according to:
X X = Gain + Offset
out in

X
out
- output value
X
in
- input value
Gain - gain value
Offset - offset value
Nominal, Minimal, and Maximum Time Lag
The name time lag refers to the delay with which the gas analyzer measures ambi-
ent quantities (concentrations, temperatures, pressures, etc.), with respect to the
6-21
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
anemometer, taken as a reference. The anemometer provides measurements of an
air parcel virtually instantaneously. The gas analyzer provides readings for the same
parcel with a delay that can be due to: 1) the physical distance from the anem-
ometer; 2) the need to take the air sample to the measuring cell through an intake
tube (closed path analyzers).
The nominal time lag is the expected value of the delay time, which primarily
depends on the distance between the measuring volumes and, for closed-path sys-
tems, the sampling line geometry and the flow rate. However, due to changing wind
directions and possible instabilities of the flow rates, the actual time lag can deviate
from the nominal one. In addition, transit time of water vapor along the intake
tube of a closed path system can vary substantially with relative humidity, due to
absorption/desorption processes at the tube walls.
For these reasons, a range of plausible time lags can be specified by providing its
minimum and maximum values. Within this lag window EddyPro attempts to
determine the actual time lag for each averaging period, by means of the cov-
ariance maximization procedure. If not set explicitly, EddyPro will set nominal,
minimum, and maximum time lag values according to meta-information available.
Specifically, for closed path systems a nominal time lag (
nom
) is set by calculating
the nominal transit time of the airflow along the intake tube, based on tube
volume and the flow rate:
=
nom
tubelength tube cross section
flowrate

= 2
min nom nom

= + 2
max nom nom

The range is set asymmetrically because it is more likely that the time lag will
increase (due, for example, to lower flow rates caused by clogged filters), rather
than decrease. The constant 2 in the last equation is replaced by 10 for water vapor,
the reason being that the time lag of water vapor is observed to exhibit a strong
dependence on relative humidity (e.g., Ibrom et al., 2007b)
For open path systems, by contrast, the nominal time lag is set to zero as the most
likely value in sites that lack a prevailing wind direction. Minimum and maximum
values are calculated based on the separation between the gas analyzer and the
anemometer and a 0.5 m/s average wind speed:
= 0
nom

6-22
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
=
min
sensor separation
0.5

=
max
sensor separation
0.5

Planar Fit Configuration Dialog

Under: Advanced Settings > Raw data processing > Rotation Method
Selecting either Planar Fit option (Standard Planar Fit and Planar Fit with no velo-
city bias) will cause the Planar Fit Settings button to activate. Click on it and
access the planar fit configuration dialogue. Two options are available here: if you
already have a planar fit rotation matrices file created by a previous EddyPro run,
which also applies to your current dataset, select the option Planar Fit file avail-
able and locate the corresponding file by using the Load button. Otherwise, select
the option Planar Fit file not available and enter the following settings:
Planar fit subset
Start date: Starting date of the dataset to use for calculating planar fit rotation
matrices
End date: Ending date of the dataset to use for calculating planar fit rotation
matrices
Planar fit settings
Minimum number of elements per sector: Set the minimum number of
mean wind vectors (elements) to be used for each sector to assess the fit-
ting plane and calculate the rotation matrix. The higher the number of ele-
ments, the more accurate the results, but also the longer the required planar
fit subset.
Maximum mean vertical wind component: Setting a maximum vertical wind
component will cause EddyPro to ignore flux averaging periods with larger
mean vertical wind components when calculating the rotation matrices.
Using elements with too large (unrealistic) vertical wind components would
corrupt the assessment of the fitting plane and of the related rotation
matrices.
Minimum mean horizontal wind component: Setting a minimum horizontal
wind component will cause EddyPro to ignore flux averaging periods with
6-23
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
smaller mean horizontal wind components when calculating the rotation
matrices. When the horizontal wind is very small, the attack angle may be
affected by large errors, as would be the vertical wind component, resulting
in poor quality data that would degrade the planar fit assessment.
If planar fit calculations fail for a sector: Chose how EddyPro should behave
if, for any given wind sector, planar fit sectors cannot be calculated (either
because there are not enough wind data from that sector, because cal-
culations fail, or because the sector was explicitly excluded, see below). Three
options are available: use the planar fit rotation matrices calculated for the
neighboring sector (counted either clockwise or counter-clockwise) or use
double rotations.
Then use the visual tool to design the wind sectors. A few suggestions on the use of
the designer:
Use the + and buttons to add or remove sectors;
To remove a specific sector, click on it on the pie or on the table, and click
on the button;
To create one only wind sector of 360, click on the + button and click on
Set equally spaced or, simply, double-click on the pie.
To create N equally spaced wind sectors (of 360/N degrees), click N times on
the + button and then click on Set equally spaced;
To create a sector that spans through the North, use the North offset first
sector field. Offset can go from -180 to + 180;
After creating 1 or more sectors, if you want to create a last sector to close the
360 angle, just double-click on the remaining empty portion of the pie;
To instruct EddyPro to ignore any sector (i.e. not calculate the rotation mat-
rix for that sector), uncheck it on the table.
The proper rotation matrix will then be used for each flux averaging period, accord-
ing to the current mean wind direction.
Note: The higher the number of sectors, the longer the planar fit subset must be,
so as to assure that enough data are available for each sector to perform a robust
bi-linear fit.
6-24
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Wind Speed Measurement Offsets
See also "Wind speed measurement offsets" on page4-20.
Wind speed measurements by a sonic anemometer may be biased by systematic devi-
ation, which needs to be eliminated (e.g., for a proper assessment of tilt angles). You
can get such offsets from the calibration certificate of your units, or you can assess it
easily by recording the 3 wind components from the anemometer enclosed in a box
with still air (zero-wind test). Any systematic deviation from zero of a wind com-
ponent is a good estimate of such bias.
Magnetic Declination
The field identified as North Reference is used to tell EddyPro what to use as
North.
Use magnetic North simply instructs EddyPro to consider the reference North as
magnetic North.
Use geographic North instructs EddyPro to compute the declination based upon
the date and location (geographical coordinates). To accomplish this, EddyPro polls
the United States National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) web
site for the correct declination. By default, EddyPro uses the current date, but you
can specify the date in the drop-down menu.
Note: An Internet connection is required in order to retrieve the magnetic
declination from the NOAA web site. EddyPro uses the International Geo-
magnetic Reference Field (IGRF11) model, which is described here:
http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/geomag-web/calculators/declinationHelp. To com-
pute declination online, refer to the NOAA magnetic filed calculators at:
http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/geomag-web/#declination.
Using Results from Previous Runs
Internally, processing raw data to get to corrected fluxes with EddyPro happens in
either 1 single step or 2 separate steps. This is carried out automatically by the soft-
ware, so that you only need to click Run once and wait while EddyPro goes
through the whole procedure and computes corrected fluxes. The two steps can be
conveniently (though approximately) thought of as:
6-25
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
STEP1: raw data processing (RP hereafter)
STEP2: flux computation and correction (FCC)
However, in some cases (basically depending on the selected spectral correction
method) the flux computation and correction calculations are performed within
RP, so that the whole processing is performed using only STEP1. In all other cases,
EddyPro goes through RP first and then uses partial results created by RP to feed
the second step, FCC, and get to the final fluxes. In the first step (RP) raw data are
imported, filtered, corrected and processed according to your selections, to extract
all available information (mean values, covariances, uncorrected fluxes, turbulence
parameters, etc.). If you selected a purely analytical spectral correction method - or
no spectral correction at all - RP also corrects fluxes and provide final results. Other-
wise, if you selected an in situ spectral correction method, RP outputs an inter-
mediate results file (called essentials) containing all its results, that is passed on to
FCC, which starts from there to calculate spectral corrections and finally, corrected
fluxes. RP is by far the most time consuming processing step, reading in and pro-
cessing thousands of raw files, each containing large datasets. FCC, in contrast, works
on the calculated statistics, thus it is much faster (it takes roughly 10% of the overall
processing time).
In general, for each new run, EddyPro should use both RP and FCC (with the excep-
tions described above) to get you to the final fluxes. However, if you already per-
formed a run (lets call it RUN1) with EddyPro and are now processing again
(RUN2) the same data with different processing options, chances are that the RP
step can be skipped, and the processing can start from results of RUN1, which
would spare you a lot of execution time. The possibility of doing that depends on
whether the new settings that you prepared for RUN2 are such that the processing
steps performed in RP are identical between RUN1 and RUN2. In this case,
EddyPro can start from the essentials results of RUN1, and just perform the remain-
ing operations to compute a second set of results. All that you have to do here is to
provide the Previous Output Directory, where results from previous runs are
stored. If a directory is provided, EddyPro will search inside that folder for all pre-
vious runs (so, make sure you store all your results in the same root directory, pos-
sibly organized in subdirectories for the sake of order) and, if one is found that
matches the requirements (the control is performed on the older and the new
.eddypro files), it will start from the partial results (the essentials file) of that
run, and provide you with the final results of your new run.
In order for this mechanism to work, it is crucial that you do not alter or move
some of the results files. At the end of each run, EddyPro creates a copy of the
6-26
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
current .eddypro file in the output folder, where the essentials file is also stored.
The two files are conceptually linked by the timestamp that appears in the file
names. The .eddypro file is used to evaluate the previous run. As a good prac-
tice, you are invited not to eliminate the timestamp and the string essentials from
the essentials file name. Furthermore, the paired .eddypro and essentials files need
to be in the same folder. You are free to move and rename all other result files.
Flags
Diagnostic flags reporting the status of instrumentation or instrument-defined qual-
ity assessment of the measurements can be streamed at high frequency along with
actual measurements, so that they are found as a column (or a variable, in the case
of binary files) in the raw files. Flags can be used to eliminate individual records
(e.g., marked for poor quality) from further computations, thereby improving the
quality of flux estimates. However, other variables can also be used in a similar fash-
ion. For example, you may want to eliminate records, for which the vertical wind
component is too large, or gas concentrations take on implausible values due to
instrument failure. For this reason, in EddyPro any variable (except those marked
as ignore and/or not numeric) can be treated as a record flag, including variables
used in flux computation.
In EddyPro, records elimination through flag marking is obtained by setting a
threshold value for the selected flag variable and by defining whether records
should be eliminated when the variable value goes above or below the threshold.
For example, if you have a data column which is set to 0 for good quality and 1
for bad quality, you must: 1) select that variable as a flag; 2) set the threshold to
0.00; and 3) select Discard if above threshold. This way, all records for which the
variable takes the value 1 will be eliminated from the dataset. As a second
example, suppose you want to use the gas concentration as such a flag, instructing
EddyPro to eliminate all records for which a CO2 concentration falls below 300
ppm. In this case, select the CO2 variable as a flag, set the threshold to 300.00 and
set the policy to Discard if below threshold.
Make sure you enter the flag threshold in the units specified by EddyPro in the
label following the threshold column. If units do not appear, use the same units
used in the raw files.
6-27
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
Note: If you describe more than one flag, EddyPro will eliminate all records
flagged by at least one test. Note also that currently the same variable cannot be
used in two different flag definitions. The result of such an operation is unpre-
dictable; most likely, only the latest flag definition with the same variable will
have an effect.
6-28
Section 6. Interface Feature Reference
7 Calculation Reference
This section describes the steps executed by EddyPro when it processes a dataset.
Express Default Settings
The default settings in the Advanced Settings page correspond with the settings
applied in Express Mode. These settings are given in the table below. In Express
Mode, EddyPro ignores any altered settings in the Advanced Settings page and
it generates a predefined set of output files. Express Mode will not alter any user-spe-
cified settings in the Advanced Settings page.
Option Settings
Crosswind correction: Not applied in EddyPro; assuming the correction was applied by
the sonic anemometer.
Processing Options
Axis rotation for tilt cor-
rection:
Double rotation
Turbulent fluctuations: Block averaging
Time lag compensation: Covariance maximization
Statistical Tests
Spike count/removal: Maximum number of consecutive outliers: 3
Accepted spikes: 1.0%
Replace spikes with linear interpolation: Yes
Plausibility ranges:
W: 5.0 []
CO
2
: 3.5 []
H
2
O: 3.5 []
CH
4
: 8.0 []
4
th
Gas: 8.0 []
All other variables: 3.5 []
7-1
Option Settings
Amplitude resolution: Range of variation: 7.0 []
Number of bins: 100
Accepted empty bins: 70%
Drop-outs: Percentile defining extreme bins: 10
Accepted central drop-outs: 10.0 []
Accepted extreme drop-outs: 6.0%
Absolute limits: Minimum
U: -30.0 [m/s]
W: -5.0 [m/s]
T
s
: -20.0 [C]
CO
2
: 200 [mol/mol]
H
2
O: 0.0 [mmol/mol]
CH
4
: 0.170 [mol/mol]
4
th
Gas: 0.03 [mol/mol]
Maximum
U: 30.0 [m/s]
W: 5.0 [m/s]
T
s
: 50.0 [C]
CO
2
: 600 [mol/mol]
H
2
O: 40.0 [mmol/mol]
CH
4
: 1000 [mol/mol]
4
th
Gas: 1000 [mol/mol]
Skewness and kurtosis: Hard-flag threshold
Skewness lower limit: -2.0
Skewness upper limit: 2.0
Kurtosis lower limit: 1.0
Kurtosis upper limit: 8.0
Soft-flag threshold
Skewness lower limit: -1.0
Skewness upper limit: 1.0
Kurtosis lower limit: 2.0
Kurtosis upper limit: 5.0
Discontinuities: N/A
Time lags: N/A
Angle of attack: Nakai et al. (2006) for Gill R2 and Gill R3 anemometers
Nakai and Shimoyama (2012) for Gill WindMaster and Gill
WindMaster Pro
Not applied for all other anemometer models
Steadiness of horizontal
wind:
N/A
Spectral Corrections
Low frequency range: Analytic correction of high-pass filtering effects (Moncrieff et al.,
2004)
High frequency range: Fully analytic method of Moncrieff et al. (1997)
7-2
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Note: Detrending in EddyPro Express Mode is performed by a block-averaging
procedure, which calculates fluctuations around the average variable value, estim-
ated on the whole averaging period. This implies that statistics at levels 6 and 7
are identical. However, for consistency with EddyPro Advanced and the original
ECO2S, where detrending can be performed in other ways (such as linear
detrending or running mean), the distinction is maintained. Similarly, the angle
of attack correction may not be performed, depending on the processing choice
and on the anemometer model. Accordingly, statistics at levels 2, 3 and 4 may or
may not coincide.
Preliminary Processing
In the course of a processing a project, EddyPro carries out preliminary data pro-
cessing before computing fluxes. Preliminary steps are described in this section.
Importing Data
When you click the Run button in the EddyPro interface, the program launches
the processing module that, as a first step, reads the Processing Project file
(.eddypro) compiled by the program, and then reports the settings specified in the
graphical interface. Next, the processing module looks in the selected Raw data
folder (and its subfolders if instructed to do so) and detects the names of all avail-
able raw files. By interpreting timestamps in the file names, the software prepares a
chronological list of the files to be processed and creates a timeline, based on the
timestamp of the first file and on the flux averaging interval specified in the inter-
face. From this point forward, the timestamps in the filenames are no longer used
as a timeline, but only to correctly time-reference the data in each file. Of course, if
the flux averaging period is identical to the raw file duration, a perfect match of
files timestamps and the timeline timestamps can be expected.
At this point the software is ready to start iterative processing of all available files.
With each iteration, EddyPro reads files that are consecutive in time and loads the
corresponding data. If a lag is found (e.g., because a file is missing) EddyPro stops
the importation process and deals with the data that has been imported up to that
point. At the next iteration, it will start from the next file available. After com-
pleting importation, EddyPro has loaded the merged dataset, comprised of all data
contained in the raw files read for the current iteration.
Once the merged dataset is prepared, EddyPro extracts the data needed for the first
averaging period. In EddyPro this dataset is called the averaging dataset. If the
7-3
Section 7. Calculation Reference
merged dataset is longer than the one needed for the averaging dataset, EddyPro
will make another iteration within the same merged dataset, trying to build up a
second (and third, fourth and so on) averaging dataset.
Defining the EddyPro Dataset
The averaging dataset is comprised of all numeric data columns that were found in
the raw file(s), including sensitive and non-sensitive variables. From this dataset, the
EddyPro dataset (or EP dataset) is derived through the following operations:
If at least one column of the raw file is defined as a flag, EddyPro scans that column
and filters individual data records according to the flag policy and value of the flag
threshold. Recall that EddyPro supports up to two flag columns.
Variables of the averaging dataset are split into sensitive and non-sensitive vari-
ables. Sensitive variables are stored in the EP dataset, while non-sensitive variables
are stored in what we call the user dataset. Starting from here, the two datasets
undergo a different path of processing. In particular, the EPE dataset is used for the
flux computation.
Adjusting the Anemometer Coordinate System
Each anemometer model adopts a customized convention for providing wind com-
ponents in an orthogonal coordinate system, so that the user is able to retrieve the
actual wind direction with respect to geographic north. Anemometer north is shown
by:
On Gill post-mounted anemometers (e.g. R2, R3, WindMaster,
WindMaster Pro), by an N or a notch at the base;
On Young 8100, by an N, and by the junction box (facing south);
On Meteks USA-1, by a black arrow on the electronic box or by a north bar
on the sensor head;
On Campbell Scientific CSAT3 (yoke-styled), by the direction of the arm,
opposite to the arm with respect to the transducers set;
On Gill HS (yoke-styled), by the direction of the arm, opposite to the arm
with respect to the transducers set;
On Gill R3A by the direction of the symmetry axis, opposite to central spar.
7-4
Section 7. Calculation Reference
7-5
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-1. North for asymmetric anemometer models.
Any misalignment between anemometer north and geographic north is accounted
in EddyPro with the North offset, which is provided as part of the metadata (site
information).
In addition to the definition of north, each anemometer model features a specific
Cartesian coordinate system that can be right-hand (R3, HS, CSAT3, 8100) or left-
hand (R2 and USA-1) and where a positive wind component can be defined as blow-
ing away from or toward the positive axis orientation (see below).
EddyPro handles those differences by expressing wind components in a fixed right-
hand coordinate system, where wind components in x, y, and z directions are indic-
ated with u, v, and w respectively. Such a system coincides with the one used in the
SPAR configuration Gill HS, R3, and WindMaster (see below).
7-6
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-2. Top view of various anemometer models (except USA-1, perspective view).
Red arrows indicate the direction of positive u, green arrows indicate the direction of
positive v, and blue arrows indicate the positive w, as provided by the anemometer. For
Gill HS, R3, WindMaster, and R3A, solid arrows represent the coordinates in SPAR
configuration, while dashed arrows are those AXIS configuration.
To adjust coordinates, EddyPro changes the sign of one component of left-handed
anemometers, and introduces a north offset (in addition to the one provided by the
user) to rotate the original axis into the predefined system.
Note: This offset is actually added only when calculating wind direction, and
does not modify wind components. Thus, what one should expect is that EddyPro
does not modify wind components of right-handed anemometers (at least until
wind components are rotated for correcting anemometer tilting), while it inverts
the sign of one horizontal component of left-handed anemometers, either u or v.
For example, the coordinate system of an R2 (left-handed) is adjusted by inverting
the sign of the u components and by adding a North offset of -30, while coordinate
system of a CSAT3 (right-handed) is adjusted by solely adding a North offset of
180.
7-7
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Calculating Relative Instrument Separations
EddyPro can handle raw files containing data from multiple anemometers and
multiple gas analyzers, with a maximum of 5 different instruments. The separation
between any pair of instruments notably between any anemometer and any gas
analyzer is calculated by EddyPro by evaluating distances in a Cartesian coordin-
ate system. The first anemometer described in the METADATA file serves as the
origin of such system and absolute separations for all other instruments (including
other anemometers) are provided as a northward, eastward and vertical distances
from the reference anemometer.
If, at processing time, you select a master anemometer other than the reference one,
EddyPro will automatically calculate northward, eastward, and vertical relative sep-
arations of any gas analyzer from the selected anemometer, by means of simple dif-
ferences of absolute separations. Then, the horizontal relative separation is
evaluated from the northward and eastward separations. Horizontal and vertical sep-
arations are needed to estimate spectral losses according to Moncrieff at al. (1997).
In addition, the three northward, eastward, and vertical relative separations are
needed in a spectral correction method based on Horst and Lenschow, 2009.
Calculating Cell Temperature (Closed path systems only)
The LI-7200 Enclosed CO2/H2O Analyzer features two fast measurements of the cell
temperature: one at the inlet (T
in
) and one at the outlet (T
out
) of the cell. It com-
putes the average cell temperature (T
cell
) with a weighted average of these two fast
measurements as:
T T T = 0.8 + 0.2
cell out in

You can select either or all of the three temperatures as outputs, which are stored in
the raw files.
When the data are processed, however, T
in
and T
out
are used to compute T
cell
sample by sample, if the latter is not available. Thus, before any other processing
step, EddyPro does the following:
If T
cell
is available, does nothing. In this case, EddyPro will ignore columns of
T
in
and T
out
(if present in the raw files and selected for processing);
If T
cell
is not available:
If T
in
and T
out
are both available, calculate T
cell
sample-by-sample using the
weighted average equation above;
7-8
Section 7. Calculation Reference
If T
in
is available and T
out
is not, sets T
cell
=T
in
;
If T
out
is available and T
in
is not, sets T
cell
=T
out
;
If T
cell
, T
in
and T
out
are not available, T
cell
is not defined. In this case, average
cell temperature will be set equal to average sonic temperature (corrected for
humidity effects).
Despiking and Raw Data Statistical Screening
EddyPro allows you to perform up to 9 tests to assess the statistical quality of the
raw time series. Such tests, all derived from the paper of Vickers and Mahrt
(1997), can be individually selected and configured to fit your dataset. EddyPro
provides defaults for all configurable parameters, as derived from the original pub-
lication. For each test and for each concerned variable, EddyPro outputs a flag that
indicates that the test was passed (0) or failed (1). If a test is not selected, the output
value is 9. EddyPro does not filter results according to these flags. It is left up to the
user to decide whether to investigate the flagged time series and assess them for
physical plausibility.
Spike Removal and Spike Test
The so-called despiking procedure consists in detecting and eliminating short-term
outranged values in the time series.
Figure 7-3. Spikes in a typical data set.
Following Vickers and Mahrt (1997), for each variable a spike is detected as up to
3 (settable) consecutive outliers with respect to a plausibility range defined within a
certain time window, which moves throughout the time series. The rationale is that
if more consecutive values are found to exceed the plausibility threshold, they
7-9
Section 7. Calculation Reference
might be a sign of an unusual yet physical trend. The width of the moving window
is defined as one sixth of the current flux averaging period and the plausibility
range is quantified differently for different variables. The table below provides
EddyPro default values, that can be changed by the user. The window moves for-
ward half its length at a time. The procedure is repeated up to twenty times, or
until no more spikes are found for all variables. Detected spikes are counted and
replaced by linear interpolation of neighboring values.
Variable Plausibility Range
u, v window mean 3.5 st. dev.
w window mean 5.0 st. dev.
CO
2
, H
2
O window mean 3.5 st. dev.
CH
4
, N
2
O window mean 8.0 st. dev.
Temperatures, Pressures window mean 3.5 st. dev.
Table 7-1. Plausibility range for spike detection for each sensitive variable.
As an example, consider the time series in the figure below, where a time series is
shown along with its mean value (gray line) and the plausibility range (blue lines).
Here, the first 4 consecutive outliers on the left are considered as a local trend and
not counted as a spike. On the contrary, the single red outlier on the right is con-
sidered as a spike.
Figure 7-4. Example of outliers not detected as a spike (green points) and as a spike
(red data point) in EddyPro. The red line is the window mean, blue lines define the
plausibility range.
7-10
Section 7. Calculation Reference
While despiking, EddyPro counts the number of spikes found. If, for each variable
and for the flux averaging period, the number of spikes is larger than 1% (a user-set-
table value) of the number of data samples, the variable is hard-flagged for too
many spikes.
Note: 1, 2, or 3 consecutive outliers are counted as only one spike.
Note: At each of the 20 iterations of the procedure, a spike that was detected
(and replaced) at the previous repetition can appear again as a spike, due to the
changed plausibility range; it is replaced thus again by linear interpolation, how-
ever it is not counted again for the purpose of flagging.
Amplitude Resolution Test
For some records with weak variance (weak winds and stable conditions), the amp-
litude resolution of the recorded data may not be sufficient to capture the fluc-
tuations, leading to a step ladder appearance in the data. A resolution problem also
might result from a faulty instrument or data recording and processing systems
(Vickers and Mahrt, 1997). This test attempts to detect these situations by assessing
whether the number of different values each variable takes throughout the time
series covers its range of variation with sufficient homogeneity. In a window moving
throughout the time series, data for each variable are clustered into a user-specified
number of bins and the frequency distribution is calculated. When the number of
empty bins exceeds a critical threshold, the variable is flagged for a resolution prob-
lem. The range of variation for each variable is defined by the minimum among: 1)
the difference between the maximum and the minimum value attained by the vari-
able and 2) 3.5 (a user-settable value) times the standard deviation of the variable
in the current window.
7-11
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-5. Example of a time series affected by an instrument's poor resolution.
Drop-outs Test
The drop-outs test attempts to detect (relatively) short periods in which the time
series sticks to some value that is statistically different from the average value cal-
culated over the whole period. These values may well be within the measuring
range of the instruments and within physically plausible values, but the time series
stays for too long on a value that is far from the mean. This occurrence may be
the sign of a short term instrument malfunction, for example due to rain or to the
obstruction of the optical or sonic path or indicate an unresponsive instrument or
electronic recording problems.
Figure 7-6. Dropouts appear as short-lived periods in which the variable sticks to values
statistically different from the overall trend.
7-12
Section 7. Calculation Reference
The test attempts at detecting drop-outs as too many consecutive values falling
within bins too distant from the mean value of the time series. Extreme bins (as
opposed to central bins) are expected to have smaller numbers of consecutive data
points. Furthermore, fluxes are more sensitive to drop-outs in the extreme bins.
Thus, thresholds are defined differently for extreme and central bins.
Absolute Limits
This test simply assesses whether each variable attains, at least once in the current
time series, a value that is outside a user-defined plausible range. In this case, the
variable is flagged. The test is performed after the despiking procedure. Thus, each
outranged value found here is not a spike, it will remain in the time series and
affect calculated statistics, including fluxes. Therefore, it is mandatory to carefully
set the expected plausible ranges for all variables and to consider each flux aver-
aging period in which any variables are flagged for absolute limits.
Figure 7-7. Absolute limits set a bound on plausible data values.
Skewness and Kurtosis
Third and forth order moments are calculated on the whole time series and vari-
ables are flagged if their values exceed user-selected thresholds. Excessive skewness
and kurtosis may help detect periods of instrument malfunction.
7-13
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-8. Example of a time series flagged for excessive skewness and kurtosis.
Discontinuities
The goal of this test is to detect discontinuities that lead to semi-permanent changes,
as opposed to sharp changes associated with smaller-scale fluctuations (Vickers and
Mahrt, 1997). Discontinuities in the data are detected using the Haar transform,
which calculates the difference in some quantity over two half-window means. Large
values of the transform identify changes that are coherent on the scale of the win-
dow.
Figure 7-9. Example of a time series featuring a "permanent" change in the mean value.
7-14
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Time Lags
This test flags the scalar time series if the maximal w-covariances, determined via
the covariance maximization procedure and evaluated over a predefined time-lag
window, are too different from those calculated for the user-suggested time lags.
That is, the mismatch between fluxes calculated with the expected time lags and
with the actual time lags is too large.
Figure 7-10. Time lags are compensated by detecting the time difference in covariances
or other methods.
Angle of Attack
This test calculates sample-wise angle of attacks throughout the current flux aver-
aging period, and flags it if the percentage of angles of attack exceeding a user-
defined range is beyond a (user-defined) threshold.
7-15
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-11. The angle of attack test.
Steadiness of Horizontal Wind
This test assesses whether the along-wind and crosswind components of the wind vec-
tor undergo a systematic reduction (or increase) throughout the file. If the quadratic
combination of such systematic variations is beyond the user-selected limit, the flux
averaging period is hard-flagged for instationary horizontal wind (Vickers and
Mahrt, 1997, Par. 6g).
7-16
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-12. Steadiness of horizontal wind assesses systematic changes in wind meas-
urements in the time series.
Random Uncertainty Estimation
EddyPro 4 can calculate flux random uncertainty due to sampling errors according
to two different methods: Mann and Lenschow (1994) and Finkelstein and Sims
(2001). Both methods require the preliminary estimation of the Integral Tur-
bulence time-Scale (ITS), which for our purposes can be defined as the integral
of the cross-correlation function. The cross-correlation function is given by:
R w c t
( )
= ( ) ( + )
wc

where w is the vertical wind component, c is any scalar of interest (e.g., tem-
perature, gas concentration, etc.), t is time and is the lag-time between the two
time series. For =0 the cross-correlation function provides the covariance of w and
c; as attains values > 0 the cross-correlation function typically decreases towards val-
ues close to zero, representing an increasing un-correlation as increases (black line
in Figure 7-13 on the next page).
7-17
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Figure 7-13. Normalized cross correlation and integral time scale over time.
The following integral represents the ITS:
ITS R d = ( )
w c
wc
1
0
+


The red line in the figure above represents the integral for any given value of the
upper limit, which is theoretically set to infinite. In practical implementations, how-
ever, this integral must be stopped at a finite upper limit, which should be defined
in such a way that the ITS represents the maximum correlation time of the two
time series. EddyPro provides three possible ways of defining this upper limit:
Cross-correlation first crossing 1/e: The integral is stopped as soon as the cross-
correlation function (which always starts at 1 for =0) attains the value of 0.369. This
gives the shortest, least conservative definition of the ITS. However, it provides
the fastest execution and, more importantly, assures that a value of the ITS is vir-
tually always found based on this definition. Furthermore, it provides the most con-
sistent assessment of the ITS across different runs, because the shape of the cross-
correlation function tends to be pretty consistent and similar to the one shown in
the figure, for small values of .
Cross-correlation first crossing 0: The integral is stopped as soon as the cross-cor-
relation function (which always starts at 1 for =0) crosses the x-axis. This definition
provides a more conservative definition of ITS than the previous one, and is still
data-derived, i.e. it is not imposed by the user. The shortcoming with this defin-
ition is that the cross-correlation function may never cross the x-axis (in which case,
EddyPro switches to the next definition); also when it does, the point in which it
occurs may be somewhat random, as the cross-correlation function may vary errat-
ically for large values of .
7-18
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Integrate over the whole correlation period: The integral is stopped when
reaches the value defined in the field Maximum correlation period, set by the user.
This definition provides a conservative estimation but being imposed a priori, it
does not assure that the cross-correlation function is actually close to zero at the
upper integration limit. Also, the execution time may get longer with this choice,
because the upper integration limit may be set arbitrarily high.
Once the ITS is calculated, the random uncertainty can be estimated. The random
uncertainty of flux F, indicated with
F
, is expressed in EddyPro as absolute uncer-
tainty, and takes the same units of the flux it refers to. The approach of Mann and
Lenschow (1994) uses the following simple equation:
( )
=
F
ITS
T
r
r
2
1/ 2
1 +
1/ 2
F wc
wc
2
2

where r
wc
is correlation coefficient of w and c and T is the flux averaging interval.
The approach of Finkelstein and Sims (2001), instead, is based on the calculation
of the variance of covariance (their Eq. 8):
( ) ( )
p p p p = + ( ) ( )
F
n
p m
m
w w c c p m
m
c w
1
= , , = ,
1/ 2

with
w,w
(p),
c,c
(p),
w,c
, and
c,w
(p) and given by Eq. 9 and 10 in the referenced
paper, n is the number of samples in the flux averaging interval and m the discrete
counterpart of the ITS (m = ITS * acquisition frequency).
The following figures exemplify the random uncertainty calculated for sensible heat
fluxes:
7-19
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Crosswind Correction
In a 3-dimensional sonic anemometer, the sonic temperature (T
si
) is estimated on
each of the three measurement paths. The three estimates are then averaged into a
single value of sonic temperature (T
s
). The crosswind correction accounts for the
effect of a wind component normal to the measurement path on each estimation of
the sonic temperature:
T T = + + +
s s
V V V 1
3 403 403 403
n n n 1
2
2
2
3
2

where T
s

is the corrected sonic temperature and V

ni
is the wind component normal
to the i
th
axis. Components V
ni
can be derived from actual (instantaneous) wind
measurements in the anemometers coordinate system with a simple geometrical
transformation:
V A u B v C u v
V A u B v C u v
V A u B v C u v
= + +
= + +
= + +
n m m m m
n m m m m
n m m m m
1 1
2
1
2
1
2 2
2
2
2
2
3 3
2
3
2
3
Where u
m
and v
m
are the measured wind components in the horizontal axes of the
anemometer, and A
i
, B
i
, and C
i
are geometrical factors for th i
th
axis that depend
on the geometry of the anemometer. Table 1 in Lui et al. (2001) gives geometrical
factors for the following anemometers:
7-20
Section 7. Calculation Reference
CSAT3, Campbell Scientific, Inc.
R2, R3, R3A, HS by Gill Instruments
USA-1 by Metek
Note: The correction is already applied in the firmware of some anemometers
(e.g., the CSAT3). In these cases, applying the correction in EddyPro will result
in double accounting.
We recommend that you verify the settings in the instructions for your anem-
ometer. Use the correction in EddyPro according to the following scenarios.
The correction is not implemented in the firmware. In this case we suggest check-
ing this option and let EddyPro perform the correction;
The correction is implemented in the firmware and it is not possible to turn it off.
In this case you should uncheck this option in EddyPro to avoid double
accounting;
The correction is available in the firmware as an option. In this case, you can
decide to apply either the native correction or the EddyPro correction.
Angle-of-Attack Correction
See "Angle of attack correction for wind components (Gill anemometers
only)" on page4-20 for more information.
The so-called angle-of-attack error arises due to the imperfect cosine response of an
anemometer. When the wind approaches the anemometer with a considerable angle
of attack (that is, at an angle that deviates significantly from horizontal), the frame
of a post-mounted sonic (such as Gill R2, R3, WindMaster, or Metek USA-1) distorts
the flow, resulting in inaccurate measurements. Furthermore, the transducer poles
create a self-sheltering effect that also affects the measurement. This second effect
also occurs with yoke-style anemometer (such as Gill HS and Campbell Scientific,
Inc. CSAT3).
Refining a method first described by van der Molen et al. (2004), Nakai et al.
(2006) proposed a correction to compensate for the angle of attack error. A
FORTRAN implementation, valid for R3-style Gill anemometers (also including
R2, WindMaster and WindMaster Pro), is available at Taro Nakais web page.
The routine, developed by Taro Nakai and translated into FORTRAN by Michiel
7-21
Section 7. Calculation Reference
K. Van der Molen, was embedded into EddyPro with minor modifications, after
explicit authorization be the author.
The correction is implemented in EddyPro following Eq. 3-6 and bulleted pro-
cedure at p. 21 in Nakai et al. (2006). It is worthwhile to note that the application
of this correction is virtually independent (Taro Nakai, personal communication)
from the internal correction applied to calibrate out the affects of the transducers
and head framework (cited from the R3/R3A User Manual, Gill Instruments
Ltd.).
Nakai and Shimoyama (2012) further refine the correction, by carrying out a field
experiment using Gill WindMaster anemometers, to overcome the critics to the
correction of 2006 being derived from wind tunnel experiments. A C code for this
new correction is available at Taro Nakais web page. That code was translated into
FORTRAN by G. Fratini and embedded in EddyPro after authorization of the
author. A stand-alone version of the same FORTRAN code is now also available at
Nakais software web page.
Considering which instrument models have been used to derive the corrections, we
suggest applying the correction in its version of Nakai et al. (2006) when data from
Gill R3 and Gill R2 are used, and using the version of Nakai and Shimoyama
(2012) when using data from Gill WindMaster and WindMaster Pro.
At the present stage, it is unclear whether the correction shall be applied to the Gill
HS, so we suggest you to refer to Gill for recommendations.
Axis Rotation for Tilt Correction
See "Axis rotation for tilt correction" on page4-21 for more information.
Tilt correction algorithms have been developed to correct wind statistics for any mis-
alignment of the sonic anemometer with respect to the local wind streamlines. In
particular, this implies that stresses and fluxes evaluated perpendicular to the local
streamlines are affected by spurious contributions from the variance of along-stream-
lines components. Based mostly on Wilczak et al. (2001), EddyPro supports three
options for addressing anemometer tilting: the double rotation, triple rotation, and
the planar fit method. Furthermore, the planar fit method is implemented in two
different versions, as detailed in the following section.
7-22
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Double Rotation Method
With this method, the anemometer tilt is compensated by rotating raw wind com-
ponents to nullify the average cross-stream and vertical wind components, evaluated
on the time period defined by the flux averaging length. The rationale is that cross
and perpendicular wind components average to zero during such time period. In
the first rotation, the measured wind vector u
m
(u
m
,v
m
,w
m
) is rotated about the z
axis into a temporary vector u
tmp
, using a rotation angle such that the average
crosswind wind component vanishes (v
tmp
=0).
( )
= tan
v
u
1
m
m

The first rotation equations are:

u u v = cos + sin
tmp m m

v u v = sin + cos
tmp m m

w w =
tmp m
The second rotation is performed about the new y-axis, using the angle that nul-
lifies w
tmp
:
( )
= tan
w
u
1
tmp
tmp

The second rotation equations are:

u u w = cos + sin
rot tmp tmp

u v =
rot tmp
w u w = sin + cos
rot tmp tmp

The rotated vector u
rot

(u
rot
, v
rot
, w
rot
) has zero v and w components, while its u
component holds the value of the mean wind speed over the flux averaging inter-
val.
7-23
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Note: In EddyPro rotation angles are evaluated using average wind components,
but the rotation is applied sample-wise. That is, after the rotation the wind data-
set is modified.
Triple Rotation Method
The "triple rotation" method involves the first two rotations as described in 2.9.1
and a third rotation around the new x axis, where the roll rotation angle is
defined to nullify the cross-stream stress component v w
( ) rot rot
:
= tan
w
v w
1
2
rot rot
rot rot
2 2

The third rotation equations are:
u u =
rot rot

v v w
~
= cos + sin
rot rot rot

w v w = sin + cos
rot rot rot

Where
u u v w
~
(
~
,
~
, )
rot rot rot rot

is the triple rotated wind vector.
The "Traditional" Planar Fit Method
The planar fit method (Wilczak et al., 2001) is based on the assessment of the anem-
ometer tilt with respect to long-term local streamlines. This method is deemed
more suitable in case of complex or sloping topography, when the mean vertical
wind component or cross-stream stresses might actually differ from zero (Lee et al.,
2004). In the planar fit method, the tilting is assessed by fitting a plane to the actual
measurements of the average vertical wind component
w
m , as a function of the hori-
zontal components,
u
m and
v
m . The rationale is that if the anemometer is tilted
with respect to the local streamlines, a certain amount of the horizontal wind speed
will be found in the measured vertical component, and
w
will show a certain pro-
portionality to (a linear combination of)
u
and
v
:
w b b u b v = + +
m m m 0 1 2
The fitting procedure involves a bilinear regression to determine the fitting para-
meters b
0
, b
1
and b
2
. The two (partial) planar fit rotation angles are then defined so
7-24
Section 7. Calculation Reference
as to place the z axis perpendicular to the plane of the local streamlines and thus to
nullify the long-term mean of the individual
w
values:
u M u =
pf pf m

where the rotation matrix M

pf
is defined as:
M
m m m
m m m
m m m
= =
cos 0 sin
0 1 0
sin 0 cos
=
1 0 0
0 cos sin
0 sin cos
pf
11 12 13
21 22 23
31 32 33

and angles and are linked to the fitting plane coefficients by:
sin =
b
b b + + 1
1
1
2
2
2

sin =
b
b + 1
2
2
2

cos =
b
b b
+ 1
+ + 1
2
2
1
2
2
2
cos =
b
1
+ 1
2
2

Equations 42-44 in Wilczak et al., (2001) provide a different formulation for the
elements m
ij
, valid also for large tilt angles. This is the formulation implemented in
EddyPro.
A third rotation, similar to the first rotation in the Double Rotation Method, will
align the wind vector with the main wind direction.
u u v = cos + sin
rot of pf

v u v = sin + cos
rot pf pf

w w =
rot pf
with
= tan
v
u
1
pf
pf

.
The planar fit method can be applied sector-wise. In EddyPro you can define a
number of (equally wide) wind sectors. The calculations will then be performed for
each sector independently, and the appropriate rotation matrix will be applied,
depending on the current wind direction.
7-25
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Planar Fit with no Velocity Bias
After verifying that the coefficient b0 is not a proper estimator of the anemometer
bias in the measurement of vertical wind component as suggested by Wiczak et al
(2001), van Dijk et al. (2004) proposed a revision of the method, which assumes
that any bias in the measurement of w is already accounted for in the anemometer
calibration and thus that the fitting plane passes through the origin (b0=0). Under
these hypothesis the planar fit method reduces to
w b u b v = +
m m m 1 2
with the same relations between b
1
and b
2
and the tilt angles as with the original
planar fit. Both planar fit methods are available in EddyPro, with customizable
planar fit settings, sectors, and more.
Calculating Turbulent Fluctuations
See "Turbulent fluctuations" on page4-22 for more information.
Different methods are described in literature for extracting turbulent fluctuations
from time series data. The most commonly applied, in the context of eddy cov-
ariance, are the block-averaging, linear detrending (Gash and Culf, 1996) and two
types of high-pass filters, namely the moving average (Moncrieff et al., 2004) and
the exponentially weighted average (McMillen, 1988; Rannik and Vesala, 1999).
High-pass filters determine a local mean value in a time series by an averaging pro-
cedure that evaluates neighboring samples in order to extract a local trend and then
removes this trend from the original data. The linear detrending method implies
calculating deviations around any linear trend evaluated, for example, on the whole
flux averaging period.
Block averaging, or Reynolds averaging, is the simple operation of calculating the
mean value of the variable and calculating turbulence fluctuations as individual
departures from the mean. There are benefits and drawbacks to all methods, related
to the amount of genuine vs. artificial (e.g. instrumental drift) low frequency inform-
ation that is eliminated when the trend is removed.
Note: A block-averaging procedure is unavoidable at the moment when fluxes
are evaluated by splitting the time series into flux averaging intervals. This pro-
cedure does partially dampen low frequency contributions as well.
7-26
Section 7. Calculation Reference
For a thorough discussion refer to Moncrieff et al., 2004 and Rannik and Vesala,
1999.
Converting Concentrations or Densities into Mixing Ratios
See "Compensation of density fluctuations" on page4-23 for more inform-
ation.
For closed path gas analyzers, data may be converted to mixing ratios. At this point
in the raw data processing, metadata concerning gas concentrations from closed path
systems are analyzed by EddyPro to autonomously decide whether to perform a
sample-by-sample conversion into mixing ratios (r, moles of gas per mole of dry air).
Expressing gas concentrations as mixing ratios is convenient because this makes it
unnecessary to apply the WPL correction (Webb et al., 1980). It is an alternative
way to account for air density fluctuations resulting from thermal expan-
sion/contraction and concentration/dilution due to water vapor (see Ibrom et al.,
2007b, for example). For a thorough discussion concerning the use of mixing ratios
in closed path instruments, see Burba et al. (2011).
Conversion from mole fractions of any gas (
gas
, moles of gas per mole of wet air)
into mixing ratios is performed according to:
r =
gas i
gas i
,
,
1
1
h o i
2
,

where
h2o,i
is the mole fraction of water vapor and the subscript i is used to stress
that these are instantaneous values (individual data samples).
Conversion of mole densities of any gas (d
gas
, moles of gas per unit of volume) into
mixing ratios is performed according to:
r d =
gas i gas i
v
, ,
1
cell i
h o i
,
2
,

where v
cell,i
(moles of wet air per unit of volume) is the molar volume inside the
cell, evaluated for each data sample.
7-27
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Note: Actual units are handled automatically by EddyPro, as different gas con-
centrations might be measured with different units, due to their very different
ambient concentrations, from the parts per thousand (mmol/mol or ppt) of water
vapor to parts per billion of methane (nmol/mol or ppb).
However, these conversions are not always feasible. In particular, conversion of
mole fractions into mixing ratios is performed if the following conditions hold:
1. The gas was measured by the same instrument that measured water vapor;
2. Water vapor is available as (or convertible into) mole fraction.
Conversion of molar densities into mixing ratios is performed if the following con-
ditions hold:
1. The gas was measured by the same instrument that measured water vapor;
2. Water vapor is available as (or convertible into) mole fraction;
3. Fast cell temperature and pressure readings are available in the raw files.
If any of these conditions do not hold EddyPro applies the density correction fol-
lowing the classic WPL approach.
Note: The conversion is performed before compensating eventual time lags,
because water vapor, as an adsorbing/desorbing scalar, typically shows different
time lags than passive scalars such as carbon dioxide (Ibrom et al., 2007b). The
conversion must be performed using the water vapor concentration that was
present in the cell at the moment the other scalar was measured. Compensating
different time lags prior to the conversion would lead to the use of the wrong
water vapor concentration sample for any given sample of the gas to be con-
verted.
Detecting and Compensating for Time Lags
See "Selecting Advanced Processing Options" on page4-20 for more inform-
ation.
The last step of raw data processing in EddyPro, prior to flux calculation and cor-
rection, regards the compensation of possible time lags between anemometric vari-
ables and variables measured by any other sensor, notably the gas analyzer(s). A
time lag arises for different reasons in closed path and in open path systems.
7-28
Section 7. Calculation Reference
The presence of the intake tube in closed path systems (with the inlet normally
placed very close to the anemometer measuring volume) implies that gas con-
centrations are measured always with a certain delay with respect to the moment air
is sampled. In addition, the residence time of sticky gases, such as H2O, in the
sampling line is a strong function of air relative humidity and temperature. Con-
versely, sonic anemometers measure wind speed and sonic temperature without
detectable delays. In open path systems the delay is due to the physical distance
between the two instruments (gas analyzer and anemometer), which are usually
placed several decimeters or less apart to avoid mutual disturbances. The wind field
takes some time to travel from one to the other, resulting in a certain delay
between the moments the same air parcel is sampled by the two instruments.
It is a common practice to compensate for time lags before calculating covariances
between anemometric variables and gas analyzer measurements. EddyPro provides
four different methods for detecting and compensating time lags, besides the option
of not compensating at all, which speeds up program execution but will almost cer-
tainly lead to systematic flux underestimations.
Constant
In the Raw File Description table, you can enter Nominal time lags for variables
not measured by the master anemometer. In closed path systems, a nominal time
lag can be estimated from the volume of the intake tube and the average flow rate
in the tube. In open path systems, a nominal lag can be computed by considering
the transit time in the space between the instruments, with site-specific typical wind
speeds and directions. Selecting Constant will instruct EddyPro to use such nominal
values as fixed time lags. Using this option makes the program execution faster,
because the automatic time lag detection procedure is avoided. However, this
option is only suitable for closed path systems featuring an active control of the
sampling line flow rate, such that the travel time of air in the tube does not change
as a result of pump fluctuations, filter clogging, or any other reason. Also, this
option is not recommended when measuring sticky gases such as H2O, whose res-
idence time varies according to climatic (RH, T) conditions, on account of sorption
processes occurring at the tube walls (e.g., Runkle et al., 2012).
Note: If you leave the Nominal time lag set to zero, EddyPro will automatically
calculate the most plausible value for you.
7-29
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Covariance Maximization
A certain degree of uncertainty in the control over the flow rate (closed path) and
the variability of wind regimes (open path) suggests an automatic time lag detection
procedure, normally performed for each flux averaging period. Typically the detec-
tion is accomplished via the covariance maximization procedure, consisting in the
determination the time lag that maximizes the covariance of two variables, within a
window of plausible time lags (e.g., Fan et al., 1990):
Cov Cov j w h = ( ) = max
Max
j m M
i
N j
i i j
= , ..,
=1
+

In this equation, N is the total number of samples in the current flux averaging
interval; m and M are the discrete counterparts of the minimum and maximum
plausible time lags, respectively; is the best time lag estimate, and jz is its discrete
counterpart. You can toggle between discrete indices and actual times in seconds by
dividing the formers by the acquisition frequency (f
a
, Hz), e.g., = j

f
a
-1
.
The minimum and maximum plausible time lags are either taken from the Min-
imum time lag and Maximum time lag entered in the Raw File Description
table or, if those are left at zero, automatically calculated by EddyPro.
Covariance maximization with default
Selecting this option, if - during the covariance maximization procedure depicted
above - a maximum is not attained within the plausibility window, a default is used,
either taken as the Nominal time lag in the Raw File Description table or auto-
matically calculated by EddyPro.
Using the covariance maximization procedure (either with or without default), a
plausible time lag window has to be defined with the Minimum and Maximum
time lags, which constitute the end points of the plausibility window. A too nar-
rowed plausible window might lead to frequent use of the default (Covariance max-
imization with default) or either endpoint (Covariance maximization) time lag,
because the actual time lag is often found outside defined plausibility range. This
situation leads to systematic flux underestimations. Conversely, imposing a too
broad plausibility window increases the possibility that unrealistic time lags are
detected, especially when covariances are small and vary erratically with the lag
time. These cases often result in flux overestimations. A trade-off must be reached
between the two contrasting needs.
7-30
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Automatic time lag optimization
EddyPro also provides the possibility of analyzing the actual time lags found in the
available dataset and determining the most suitable Nominal time lag and plaus-
ibility window (Minimum and Maximum time lags). This procedure implies a pre-
processing step, before actually processing raw files, to statistically evaluate the most
likely time lags and their ranges of variations. In this step, raw files are actually
handled in a very similar manner as done later in the raw data processing step (e.g.,
despiking, angle-of-attack correction, detrending, etc.), but the processing stops at the
calculation of the time lag. Here, the Covariance Maximization procedure is
applied, adopting very broad (and user-customizable) time lag windows. Then,
optimal time lags are calculated, in different ways for passive gases (e.g., CO2, CH4)
and for H2O.
Time lag optimization for passive gases
For passive gases, whose time lag is not expected to depend on climatic conditions
or other drivers, the nominal time lag is calculated as the median of all calculated
time lags:
median = ( )
nom i

where, for convenience, i represents all time lags calculated from the available
dataset.
The plausibility window is defined as:
( )
z median = * / 0.6745
min nom i nom

( )
z median = + * / 0.6745
max nom i nom

where z is a user-selectable parameter, that's optimal value was heuristically determ-
ined to be around 1.5.
Note: This assessment must be performed on a dataset long enough for cal-
culating robust statistics. At least 1 month of data is recommended.
7-31
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Note: The dataset used to optimize time lags must refer to a period, in which
the sampling line did not undergo major modifications, such as replacement of
tube or filters, change of the flow rate, etc. In the whole period, time lags are
expected to be stationary.
Time lag optimization for water vapor
The time lag of water vapor is a strong function of relative humidity (and sec-
ondarily, a function of temperature). Thus, for water vapor, nominal time lags and
plausibility windows are assessed for relative humidity classes in the range 0 to
100%. In each class, the same definitions used for passive gases are also used:
median = ( )
nom class i class , ,

( )
z median = * / 0.6745
min class nom class i class nom class , , , ,

( )
z median = + * / 0.6745
max class nom class i class nom class , , , ,

where now the subscript class indicates that a different value is calculated for each
class. Also here z is a user-selectable parameter, with an optimal value is around 1.5.
For each class, a minimum of 30 time lags need be present, for the statistics to be
considered valid. Depending on the length of the dataset, such numerosity may not
be reached for all class. In such cases, EddyPro behaves as follows:
If the first n classes do not have enough numerosity, their time lags (nom-
inal, minimum, and maximum) are set equal to those of class (n + 1);
If the last n classes do not have enough numerosity, their time lags are set to
a linear extrapolation of classes (n
t
n) and (n
t
- n - 1), where n
t
represent
the total number of classes;
If any intermediate class i does not have enough numerosity, its time lags are
set to the average of classes i 1 and (i + 1).
Note: Due to the class sorting, a much longer dataset is needed for water vapor.
A minimum 2 months of raw data are deemed necessary, possibly spanning a
broad range of climatic conditions. A longer dataset (> 6 month) will allow a
more robust optimization.
7-32
Section 7. Calculation Reference
The figure below shows the results of a time lag optimization procedure using 6
months of data. Yellow circles are actual time lags calculated using a very large time
lag window while blue lines are nominal, minimum, and maximum time lags cal-
culated by EddyPro as a function of RH, by means of the time lag optimization pro-
cedure.
Note: During the following phase of raw data processing, the actual nominal,
minimum, and maximum time lags are determined as a function of the current
value of relative humidity.
Calculating Spectra, Cospectra, and Ogives
EddyPro allows calculation and output of most relevant spectra and cospectra.
Namely spectra are available for the three wind components, the sonic temperature
(or the alternative fast temperature reading used in place of sonic temperature, as
applicable) and the gas concentrations/densities. Similarly, cospectra are available
for covariances of w (vertical wind component) and all such variables. In the
remainder of this paragraph we use the wording (co)spectra to refer to both spec-
tra and cospectra.
(Co)spectra are calculated after raw data have been fully processed, including the
compensation of time lags, and are available in two different formats: either full
or binned. Full (co)spectra are calculated for each flux averaging period and con-
tain a number of frequencies equal to half the number of raw records. As an
example, a raw dataset of 18000 records (30 minutes at 10 Hz) will provide (co)spec-
tra specified for 9000 frequencies, linearly distributed between the lower frequency
of 1/(30 minutes) and the maximum frequency (the Nyquist frequency) of (10 Hz)/2.
7-33
Section 7. Calculation Reference
One property of full (co)spectra is that their integration over the entire frequency
range provides the (co)variance of the concerned variables. For details on the deriv-
ation and interpretation of spectra and cospectra refer, for example, to Smith
(1998).
However, the full (co)spectra dataset is difficult to handle because of the size of each
individual (co)spectrum, and difficult to interpret because of the noise that typically
affects the medium and high-frequency ranges. For these reasons, EddyPro also cal-
culates and outputs reduced, or binned (co)spectra. The reduction procedure con-
sists in dividing the frequency range in a user-specified number of exponentially
spaced frequency bins (e.g. 100) and averaging individual (co)spectral values that fall
within each bin. The exponential nature of the size increase of the bins assures that
increasingly more spectral values are averaged as it moves toward higher fre-
quencies, thereby increasingly reducing noise. The figure below shows an example
of a full spectrum and the corresponding binned version.
Calculation of the full (co)spectra involves the following sequence of operations:
1. First, if one selects this option, raw time series are limited to a number of
records equal to the power-of-two closest to the available number of
records for the current flux averaging period. This step guarantees that the
Fourier transforms are performed at the fastest speed possible. If you do
not select this option, all available samples are used, but the computation
slows down.
2. If applicable, statistics (variances and covariances) are now re-evaluated on
the reduced time series and used later for (co)spectra normalization.
3. Fourier transform is performed by means of an FFT (Fast Fourier Trans-
form) algorithm.
4. Full (co)spectra can now be calculated and output as selected by the user.
This procedure ensures that (co)spectra are such that their integration provides the
corresponding (co)variances, as stated above.
7-34
Section 7. Calculation Reference
The calculation of binned (co)spectra involves a slightly different sequence of steps:
1. First, if you select this option, raw time series are limited to a number of
records equal to power of two closest to the available number of records
for the current flux averaging period. This step guarantees that the Fourier
transforms are performed at the fastest speed possible.
2. If applicable, statistics (variances and covariances) are now re-evaluated on
the reduced time series and used later for (co)spectra normalization.
3. The reduced time series is now tapered using the selected tapering win-
dow. The tapering, (or windowing) procedure consists in multiplying (in
a scalar sense) the time series with a suitable symmetric function. The
aim, which you can learn in detail in Smith (1998), is to produce a time
series that can be thought of as a part of an infinite periodic time series, to
which the definition of discrete (co)spectra actually applies. Not applying
the tapering procedure to short time series can result in spectral power
overestimation. Kaimal and Kristensen (1991) suggested the use of the
Hamming or the Hann windows. The figure below shows examples of
tapering windows and the effect of their application to a time series. Also
shown are the effects that different windows have on a sample spectrum.
4. The FFT is now applied to tapered time series are and full (co)spectra are
calculated.
5. Full (co)spectra are normalized using relevant (co)variances.
6. Full (co)spectra are finally reduced into the exponentially spaced frequency
base.
7. As a further option, EddyPro calculates and outputs ogives of all (co)spec-
tra. At each given frequency, the ogive is simply the integration of the (co)
spectrum from the current frequency to the Nyquist frequency. It can be
7-35
Section 7. Calculation Reference
thought of as a cumulative (co)spectrum, while its value at the lowest fre-
quency provides the integration of the full (co)spectrum (i.e., the (co)vari-
ance). Ogives can be used to evaluate the suitability of the chosen flux
averaging period.
Figure 7-14. Top left: Shape of tapering windows available in EddyPro. Top right:
Effect of different tapering windows on a sample spectrum. Bottom: Effect (red) of the
Bartlett window on a raw (gray) time series.
Ensemble Averaged Spectra and Cospectra
EddyPro 4 can calculate averaged spectra and cospectra. However, because these
quantities serve different purposes, the procedures for getting spectra and cospectra
are different; also, these quantities are screened, sorted and averaged in different
ways. So, lets have a look at what EddyPro 4 does, why it does so, and what is avail-
able to you after the run.
Ensemble Averaged Spectra of Passive Scalars
Ensemble averaged spectra of CO2, CH4 and a 4th passive gas are created when the
corresponding raw data are available and if the spectral correction method of Horst
(1997) or Ibrom et al. (2007a) was selected. Those correction methods are based
on an in-situ determination of the EC system transfer function, which in EddyPro is
performed as described in Ibrom et al. (2007), evaluating the underestimation of gas
concentration variance via a comparison of the average spectrum of the gas under
consideration, to that of (sonic) temperature, taken as a reference. The procedure
7-36
Section 7. Calculation Reference
involves the selection of high-quality spectra for both gases and temperature, per-
formed on the basis of:
the value of concerned fluxes
the value of skewness and kurtosis of the concerned time series
exclusion based on outranged spectral values
For this procedure, EddyPro uses binned spectra. This is the reason why, when one
of these spectral correction methods is selected, the option All binned spectra and
cospectra in the Output Files page is checked and deactivated: those methods
requires those outputs. Once spectra have been selected as just described, they are
averaged to get the results stored in the output file containing the identifier pass-
ive_gases_ensemble_spectra in its name. Refer to the output file descrip-
tions for more details on the content of this output file.
Ensemble Averaged Spectra of Water Vapor
Water vapor requires a different treatment respect to passive gases, because in
closed-path systems its attenuation is strongly dependent on relative humidity (and
secondary on temperature); for this reason, in addition to the screening procedure
described above for passive gases, EddyPro sorts water vapor spectra into a user-
defined number of relative humidity classes, to assess attenuation of H2O variance
as a function of RH. Thus, you find ensemble averaged water vapor spectra in a sep-
arated output, identified by h2o_ensemble_spectra in the file name. Refer to
the output file descriptions for more details on the content of this output file.
Ensemble Averaged Cospectra Sorted by Time of the Day
Although not directly used for any calculation, EddyPro also calculates ensemble
averaged cospectra of main fluxes (i.e., based on time series of w and gas con-
centrations/densities or temperature). In the output file identified by ensemble_
cospectra_by_time, all available binned cospectra are sorted in 3-hour groups (from
00:00 to 03:00, from 03:00 to 06:00 and so on) so as to provide a daily course of
average cospectral shapes. Before being considered for ensemble averaging, cospec-
tra are screened for quality according to the following soft criteria:
Sensible heat flux is greater than 5 W m
-2
(for all fluxes)
Latent heat flux is greater than 3 W m
-2
(for H
2
O);
Absolute value of CO
2
flux is greater than 2 mol m
-2
s
-1
(for CO
2
);
Absolute value of CH
4
flux is greater than 10
-3
mol m
-2
s
-1
(for CH
4
);
7-37
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Note: These cospectra are presented as function of the natural frequency, extend-
ing in the range defined by the inverse of the flux averaging interval to half the
data acquisition sampling frequency.
Ensemble Averaged Cospectra Sorted by Stability Regime
EddyPro sorts and averages cospectra according to the atmospheric stability regime,
defined by the value of the Monin-Obukhov length L. Ensemble averaged cospectra
are provided for unstable (-650 < L < 0) and stable (0 < L < 1000) stratifications.
Before being considered for ensemble averaging, cospectra are screened for quality.
Cospectra corresponding to stable stratifications are filtered using the same soft cri-
teria described above, while cospectra corresponding to unstable stratifications are
filtered using the flux thresholds entered by the user in the spectral correction con-
figuration page (default values are used if the spectral correction page is not con-
figured; default are visible in the GUI). In addition, EddyPro fits Massmans model
to the ensemble of individual cospectra.
( )
A =
nCo f
w c
f f
f f
( )
0
/
1 + /
wc
p
p
2
1.1667

where n (Hz) is the natural frequency, f = (z-d)* n/U is the normalized frequency
and A
0
, f
p
and are regression parameters. To perform this step, individual cospec-
tra are expressed as a function of the normalized frequency. The overall normalized
frequency range is defined a priori in EddyPro and extends from 1/4h up to 200 Hz.
This is a wide range, which implies that often empty frequency bins are found in
the output file, corresponding to normalized frequency ranges where no actual
cospectral values were found. Finally, in the same output file, identified by the
string ensemble_cospectra_by_stability in the name, ideal Kaimal
cospectra are also found. For the stable regime, this is only a function of the nor-
malized frequency. However, for the stable range, ideal cospectra are also a func-
tion of z/L. Thus EddyPro outputs Kaimal cospectra corresponding two extreme
stable conditions, namely z/L = 0.01 (near neutral stratification) and z/L = 10
(strongly stable stratification).
Calculating Ambient and Cell Statistics
At each relevant step of the raw data processing, statistics are calculated for all avail-
able variables, either sensitive or non-sensitive. Single-variable statistics include
7-38
Section 7. Calculation Reference
average, standard deviation, skewness, and kurtosis. Relevant covariances are also cal-
culated, notably covariances among vertical wind component w and all other vari-
ables. In particular, covariances between w and ambient scalars such as gas
concentrations or temperatures, used for flux estimates, are calculated after com-
pensation of scalars time lags.
However, when a closed path instrument is used, other covariances might also be
needed for correcting fluxes for the effect of air density fluctuations (Webb et al.,
1980). Namely, for each given gas, the covariances w c
h o 2
and w T
cell
(where
c
h2o
is water vapor concentration expressed in any suitable units) are needed, cal-
culated after compensating c
h2o
and T
cell
using the time lag of the gas under con-
sideration. Here, of course EddyPro checks that water vapor is measured by the
same instrument that measures the concentration of the gas considered. Otherwise,
the covariance w c
h o 2
is not calculated.
If you wish to learn more about accounting for air density fluctuations in closed
path systems, refer to Ibrom et al. (2007b), for example.
Calculating Ambient and Cell Parameters
The time lag compensation is the last step of raw data reduction. Covariances cal-
culated after time lag compensation will be used to calculate uncorrected and cor-
rected fluxes. Before actually calculating fluxes, EddyPro evaluates some key
average ambient variables such as temperature, pressure, and molar volume. The
same quantities are calculated for the cell of each closed path gas analyzer in use (if
any).
Average ambient temperature
In order of priority, ambient temperature (T
a
, K) is calculated as:
1. The average ambient temperature, if ambient temperature is available as a
raw measurement; or
2. The average sonic temperature. In this case, it will be corrected later to
account for effects of ambient humidity (Schotanus et al., 1983).
Average ambient air pressure
In order of priority, ambient pressure (P
a
, Pa) is computed as:
1. The average ambient pressure, if ambient pressure is available as a raw
measurement; or
7-39
Section 7. Calculation Reference
2. The site barometric pressure, calculated based on site altitude as (Camp-
bell and Norman, 1998):
Pa=Pa0e
-Site Altitude/8200
where P
a0
=101.3 kPa.
Average ambient air molar volume
Ambient air molar volume (v
a
, m
3
mol
-1
) is calculated using ambient air tem-
perature and pressure as:
v =
a
T
P
a
a
R
where
= 8.314 R
J mol
-1
K
-1
, the universal gas constant.
Average cell temperature (closed path systems only)
In order of priority, cell temperature (T
c
, K) is calculated as:
1. The average cell temperature, if cell temperature is available as a raw meas-
urement or as calculated in calculating cell temperature, or
2. The average ambient temperature as calculated above.
Average cell pressure (closed path systems only)
In order of priority, cell pressure (P
c
, Pa) is calculated as:
1. The average cell pressure, if cell pressure is available as a raw meas-
urement; or
2. The average ambient pressure as calculated above.
Average cell molar volume (closed path systems only)
Cell air molar volume (v
c
, m
3
mol
-1
) is calculated using cell temperature and pres-
sure as:
v =
c
T
P
c
c
R
where
= 8.314 R
J mol
-1
K
-1
, the universal gas constant.
Calculating Average Gas Concentrations and Densities
After having calculated ambient and cell molar volumes, for each available gas
EddyPro can calculate average concentrations expressed as mole fractions and mix-
ing ratios, as well as average molar densities. The equations used are:
7-40
Section 7. Calculation Reference
r =
gas
gas
1
1
h o 2

r d =
gas gas
v
1
h o 2

where symbols have the usual meaning (see Converting raw gas density to mixing
ratio) used here to indicate mean values, averaged over the flux averaging interval,
and v is either ambient the air molar volume, v
a
, or the cell molar volume v
c
,
depending on whether gases are measured from an open path or a closed path sys-
tem, respectively.
These equations are combined appropriately, depending on the available meas-
urements, to calculate unknowns.
Note: For CH
4
measurements made with the LI-7700 Open Path CH
4
Analyzer,
EddyPro reports mixing ratio and mole fraction values that are corrected for spec-
troscopic effects. It reports average number density values that are not corrected
for spectroscopic effects. Refer to the LI-7700 Instruction Manual for more
information.
Calculating Micrometeorological Variables
Before calculating fluxes, EddyPro calculates an additional set of micro-
meteorological parameters, which are used to calculate corrected fluxes or for
future analysis of calculated fluxes. These are listed and briefly described here.
Molecular weight of wet air (Ma, kg mol
-1
)
Calculated as the sum of molecular weights of dry air and water vapor, weighted by
the water vapor mole fraction:
Ma=Mh2oh2o+Md(1-h2o)
where the subscript d is used for quantities referring to dry air, and where
M
d
=0.02897 kg mol
-1
and M
h2o
=0.01802 kg mol
-1
.
Ambient water vapor mass density (h2o, kg m
-3
)
Calculated form water vapor mole fraction as:
=
h o
M
v
2
h o
h o
a
2
2

7-41
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Water vapor partial pressure (e, Pa)
Calculated from the ideal gas law:
e=
h2o
R
h2o
T
a
where
( )
R M Jkg K = /
h o h o 2 2
1 1
R

, is the water vapor gas constant.
Water vapor partial pressure at saturation (es, Pa)
Calculated after Campbell and Norman (1998) as:
e T e =
s a
T T 8.2 77.345+0.0057 7235
a a
1


(e=2.7182, the base of the exponential function, not the water vapor partial pressure)
Relative humidity (RH, %)
RH is computed according to its definition as:
RH = 100
e
e
s

Water vapor pressure deficit (VPD, Pa)

It is given by the difference between actual water vapor pressure and its saturation
value:
VPD = e-e
s
Dew point temperature (Tdew, K)
It is calculated after Campbell and Norman (1998) as:
( )
( )
T = 240.97 + 273.16
dew
ln
17.502 ln
e
e
0.611
0.611

where e is intended to be in kPa.

Dry air partial pressure (Pd, Pa)
This is given simply by the difference between total (ambient) pressure and water
vapor partial pressure.
Pd = Pa - e
Dry air molar volume (vd, m
3
mol
-1
)
It is calculated after Ibrom et al. (2007b) as:
7-42
Section 7. Calculation Reference
v v =
d a
P
P
a
d
,
this formula has the same result as the direct application of the ideal gas law.
Dry air mass density (d, kg m
-3
)
From the ideal gas law:
=
d
P
R T
d
d a

,
where
( )
R M Jkg K = /
d d
1 1
R

is the dry air gas constant.
Moist air mass density (a, kg m
-3
)
It is given by the sum of dry air and water vapor mass densities:
= +
a d h o 2

.
Dry air heat capacity at constant pressure (cp,d,J kg
-1
K
-1
)
It is calculated as a function of temperature as:
c = 1005 +
p d
T
,
( + 23.12)
3364
a
2
,
where T
a
is expressed in degrees Celsius.
Water vapor heat capacity at constant pressure (cp,h2o, J kg
-1
K
-1
)
It is calculated as a function of temperature and relative humidity as:
c RH RH T RH T = 1859 + 0.13 +
(
0.193 + 5.6 10
)
+
(
10 + 5 10
) p h o a a , 2
3 3 5 2


,
where Ta is expressed in degrees Celsius.
Specific humidity (Q, kg kg
-1
)
It is calculated according to its definition as:
Q =
h o
a
2

.
Refining ambient temperature (Ta, K)
If ambient air temperature was calculated from sonic temperature, it is now cor-
rected for the effect of ambient moisture content (van Dijk, 2004, eq. 3.49):
7-43
Section 7. Calculation Reference
T =
a
T
Q 1 + 0.51
a

.
Otherwise, if ambient air temperature was calculated by averaging raw data of ambi-
ent air temperature, T
a
does not need a correction. In this case, a temperature map-
ping factor (T
map
) is calculated to rescale covariances that involve sonic temperature
fluctuations arising from possible errors in the estimation of the acoustic path
length of the anemometer (van Dijk, 2004):
T T x T x T =
map
T
T
s s map
a
s

where x is any other variable, notably w.
Refinement of cell temperature (Tc, K) (closed path systems only)
Cell temperature is now updated to account for the effect of ambient moisture con-
tent if, in the previous calculation, it was set equal to ambient air temperature.
Recall that this happens only when no temperature reading from inside the cell is
available.
Moist air heat capacity at constant pressure (Cp, J kg
-1
K
-1
)
It is calculated as a function of ambient moisture content as:
c c Q c Q = (1 ) +
p p d p h o , , 2

Specific evaporation heat (, J kg

-1
)
It is calculated as a function of ambient air temperature:
=10
3
(3147.5-2.37T
a
)
Water to dry air density ratio (, non-dimensional)
It is given by:
=
h o
d
2

Iterative Calculations of Micrometeorological Variables

If, throughout the calculation of micrometeorological variables, sonic temperature
was used as a proxy of air temperature, this is refined at the end to account for the
effect of ambient humidity. Thus, an iteration is performed to recalculate all micro-
meteorological variables (including air temperature) with the refined temperature
7-44
Section 7. Calculation Reference
estimates. One iteration typically improves the estimates by about 1-2%, while fur-
ther iterations normally do not bring detectable improvements. Obviously, if a "nat-
ive" ambient air temperature measurement is available, the iteration is not
performed.
Calculating Fluxes
After completing preliminary calculations, EddyPro can start evaluating fluxes,
starting from uncorrected fluxes. With uncorrected fluxes gas, energy, and
momentum fluxes are obtained by merely adjusting units of relevant covariances, in
order to match the desired output units.
This operation may imply the inclusion of some previously calculated physical para-
meters. These fluxes are uncorrected because some effects are not accounted for in
their calculation, notably the effects of air density fluctuations, of spectral losses, and
effects of humidity on air temperature estimation through the sonic anemometer.
Furthermore, sensors-specific effects such as the so-called off-season uptake effect for
the LI-7500 and the spectroscopic effects for the LI-7700 are not taken into account
in uncorrected fluxes.
All these effects, instead, are addressed later, with different paths of processing
depending mainly on the type of analyzer used (closed or open path). In fact,
EddyPro calculates a total of 4 levels of fluxes (from level 0, uncorrected fluxes, to
level 3, fully corrected fluxes). However, only level 0 and level 3 are provided in
the output. Intermediate levels 1 and 2 are not provided, mainly because they
assume different meanings in different situations, thus their interpretation may be
ambiguous and their utility is limited.
In the following sections, along with common fluxes, we also describe how cell
fluxes are evaluated for the purpose of evaluating WPL terms in closed path sys-
tems. In general, the expression cell fluxes refers to the sensible heat and evapo-
transpiration fluxes as evaluated by using cell covariances.
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes Level 0 (Uncorrected Fluxes)
Level 0 fluxes are uncorrected. They are computed according to the following equa-
tions:
Ambient sensible heat flux, uncorrected (H, W m
-2
)
H c w T =
o
a
p s

7-45
Section 7. Calculation Reference
CO2 flux, uncorrected (F0,co2, mol m
-2
s
-1
)
If CO2 is measured as molar density with an open path analyzer:
F w d = 10
co co 0,
3
2 2

If CO2 is measured as molar density with a closed path analyzer:
F w d = 10
co co 0,
3
2 2

If CO2 is measured as mixing ratio:
F w r =
co
v
co 0,
1
d
2 2

If CO2 is measured as mole fraction:
F w =
co
v
co
0,
1
a
2
2

H2O flux, uncorrected (F0,co2, mmol m
-2
s
-1
)
If H2O is measured as molar density with an open path analyzer:
F w d =
h o h o 0, 2
2

If H2O is measured as molar density with a closed path analyzer:
F w d =
h o h o 0,
2 2

If H2O is measured as mixing ratio:
F w r =
h o
v
h o 0,
1
d
2 2

If H2O is measured as mole fraction:
F w =
h o
v
h o
0,
1
a
2
2

CH4 flux, uncorrected: (F0,ch4, mol m
-2
s
-1
)
If CH4 is measured as molar density with an open path analyzer:
F w d =
ch ch 0,
4 4

7-46
Section 7. Calculation Reference
If CH4 is measured as molar density with a closed path analyzer:
F w d =
ch ch 0,
4 4

If CH4 is measured as mixing ratio:
F w r =
ch
v
ch 0,
1
d
4 4

If CH4 is measured as mole fraction:
F w =
ch
v
ch
0,
1
a
4
4

Latent heat flux, uncorrected (LE0, W m
-2
)
LE F M = 10
h o h o 0
3
0,
2 2

Evapotranspiration flux, uncorrected: (E0, kg m
-2
s
-1
)
E F M = 10
h o h o 0
3
0,
2 2

Momentum flux, uncorrected: (T0, kg m

-1
s
-2
)
Calculated after van Dijk et al. (2004), eq. 2.85
T u w v w = +
a
0
2 2

Friction velocity (u*, ms
-1
)
Calculated according to its definition as:
( )
u u w v w
*
= +
2 2
1/ 4

Potential temperature (Tp, K)
Calculated according to:
T T =
p a
P
P
0.286
a
a
0,

where P
0,a
=10
5
Pa, and is the reference pressure.
Monin-Obukhov length (L,m)
Calculated according to its definition as:
7-47
Section 7. Calculation Reference
L =
*
T u
g
p
H
a
c
p
3
0

where =~0.41, and is the von Krmn constant; g=~9.81 m s
-1
, and is the gravity.
Monin-Obukhov stability parameter (, non-dimensional)
is calculated as:
=
h d
L
m

where h
m
is the measurement height above the ground, as measured in the center of
the anemometer measurement volume, and d is the displacement height.
Dynamic temperature (T., K)
Calculated according to its definition (e.g., Foken and Wichura, 1996):
T
*
=
*
w T
u
s

Accounting for Density Fluctuations Induced by Instrument-related Heat
Exchange (LI-7500 only)
See "Add instrument sensible heat components (LI-7500)" on page4-25 for
more information.
When CO2 and H2O molar densities are measured with the an LI-7500 in cold envir-
onments (low temperatures below -10 C), a correction should be applied to account
for the additional instrument-related sensible heat flux, due to instrument surface
heating/cooling. The correction is fully described and tested in literature (Burba et
al., 2008; Grelle and Burba, 2007; Jarvi et al., 2009). EddyPro implements the
correction according to Table 1, Method 4 of Burba et al. (2008), which involves
calculating a corrected sensible heat flux (
H

) by adding estimated sensible heat

fluxes from key instrument surface elements, including the bottom window (H
bot
),
top window (H
top
), and spar (H
spar
) - to the ambient sensible heat flux (H):
H H H H H = + + + 0.15
bot top s par

where the factor 0.15 accounts for the possibility that the heat flux may or may not
enter the instrument path.
7-48
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Additional sensible heat fluxes are calculated according to equations in the same
Table 1 (Nobels (1983) formulation) and the implied surface temperatures are
estimated either with linear equations similar to those in Eqs. 3-8 in Burba et al.
(2008), using slope and offset parameters from Table 3 in the same paper, or with
multiple linear regression relationships between instrument temperatures and con-
trolling factors (Table 2 in Burba et al., 2008). Corrected sensible heat flux is only
used for calculating WPL terms when gas densities are measured by an LI-7500.
Note: In results files and elsewhere, the used and reported sensible heat is the
environmental one (H). We also stress again that this correction does not apply
to data measured with an LI-7500A.
Calculating Multipliers for Spectroscopic Corrections (LI-7700)
When an LI-7700 CH4 analyzer is used, methane fluxes are calculated using Eq. 5.1
of the LI-7700 Instruction Manual. In this equation, which is formulated to highlight
the correction terms for air density fluctuations (Webb et al., 1980), multipliers A,
B, and C are specific of the LI-7700 analyzer, accounting for spectroscopic effects of
temperature, pressure, and water vapor on methane molar density (A), spectroscopic
effects of pressure and water vapor on the latent heat flux (B), and spectroscopic
effects of temperature, pressure and water vapor on sensible heat flux (C). These
multipliers are defined as:
A =
( ) ( )
B P GROUP = 1 + 1 1.46 = 1 + 1 1.46
h o
v e
h o
1
Pe
2 2

( )
C T B = 1 + 1 + ( 1)
h o
a
h o
T
2 2

( )
GROUP B = 1 + 1 + ( 1)
h o h o
2
2 2

where groups of parameters have been conveniently created (GROUP
1
and
GROUP
2
). Refer to LI-7700 Instruction Manual for a detailed description of all para-
meters and variables that appear in these equations. For a description and testing of
the correction please refer to (McDermitt et al., 2010).
The groups

, GROUP
1
and GROUP
2
are functions of air temperature (T

), and
equivalent pressure (P
e
) and tabulated values are available with a resolution of 1 C
7-49
Section 7. Calculation Reference
and 1 kPa, for -50 to 55 C and 50 to 115 kPa. Given actual values of T

and P
e
(the
latter being a function of air pressure and water vapor mole fraction,
h2o
).
EddyPro employs a look-up table (LUT) and performs a bi-linear interpolation to
calculate the best estimates of the three groups. Once the values of

, GROUP
1
and
GROUP
2
have been obtained, multipliers A, B, and C can be calculated according
to equations above, and kept available for the later calculation of methane fluxes.
Note: The multipliers, as a function of air temperature, pressure and water
vapor mole fraction, must be recalculated for each averaging period.
Calculating Spectral Correction Factors
Spectral corrections compensate flux underestimations due to two distinct effects:
Fluxes are calculated on a finite averaging time, implying that longer-term
turbulent contributions are under-sampled at some extent, or completely. In
EddyPro, the correction for these flux losses is referred to as high-pass filtering
correction because the any detrending method acts similar to a high-pass fil-
ter, by attenuating flux contributions in the frequency range close to the
(inverse of the) flux averaging interval.
Instrument and setup limitations that do not allow sampling the full spa-
tiotemporal turbulence fluctuations and necessarily imply some space or
time averaging of smaller eddies, as well as actual dampening of the small-
scale turbulent fluctuations. In EddyPro, the correction for these flux losses
is referred to as low-pass filtering correction.
In EddyPro, spectral corrections for high-pass filtering are implemented after Mon-
crieff et al. (1997). For any given flux, the spectral correction procedure requires a
series of conceptual steps (for a thorough overview of spectral corrections in eddy
covariance see, Ibrom et al. (2007a) and Massman (2004) for example):
1. Calculation or estimation of a reference flux cospectrum, representing the
true spectral content of the investigated flux as it would be measured by a
perfect system;
2. Estimation of the high-pass and low-pass filtering properties implied by the
actual measuring system and the chosen averaging period and detrending
method;
3. Estimation of flux attenuation;
7-50
Section 7. Calculation Reference
4. Calculation of the spectral correction factor and application of the cor-
rection.
In the implemented method, true cospectra estimation (step 1) is performed by
using analytical cospectra formulations, according to Eqs. 12-18 in Moncrieff et al.
(1997), a modification of the Kaimal formulation (Kaimal, 1972). Flux cospectra
(CO
F
) are expressed as a function of the natural frequency, CO
F
(f), and depend
primarily of the considered flux (momentum, sensible heat or gas fluxes), on atmo-
spheric stratification and wind speed and on the measuring height above the can-
opy. For this reason, cospectra must be recalculated at each flux averaging period.
Step 2 is usually performed by specifying a band pass transfer function (TF(f)),
describing how individual flux contributions at each natural frequency are rep-
resented in the measured fluxes, due to the EC system properties and the processing
choices (see the figure below). In the implemented method, the system transfer func-
tion is specified by the superimposition of a set of transfer functions describing indi-
vidual sources of high-frequency or loss-frequency losses. Refer to Appendix A of the
Moncrieff et al. (1997) for the full description of the transfer functions. Such trans-
fer functions depend on the instrumental setup (through the instruments path
lengths, acquisition frequencies, separations etc.) but also on the atmospheric con-
ditions (because some quantities are defined as a function of the average wind
speed), thus they must be recalculated for each flux averaging period.
Figure 7-15. Representation of the transfer function of a band-pass filter (green line),
obtained as the superimposition of the transfer functions of a high-pass (red line) and a
7-51
Section 7. Calculation Reference
low-pass (blue line) filter.
Spectral correction factors are calculated for each averaging period and for each
mass and energy flux. The exact moment in which the correction is applied depends
mainly on the instrument(s) used (open vs. closed path configurations), due to the
interaction with other corrections. This is thoroughly explained in Calculating
Level 1, 2, and 3 Fluxes, and Calculating Fluxes with Open Path Analyzers.
High-pass Filtering Correction
See "Low frequency spectral correction" on page4-26 for more information.
In EddyPro, high-pass filtering correction is applied (if requested) following Mon-
crieff et al. (2004). True flux cospectra estimation (Step 1) is performed by using
analytical cospectra formulations, according to Eqs. 12-18 in Moncrieff et al. (1997),
a modification of the Kaimal formulation (Kaimal, 1972). Cospectra are expressed
as a function of the natural frequency CO
f
(f), and depending primarily of the con-
sidered flux (momentum, sensible heat or gas flux), on atmospheric stratification,
wind speed and the measurement height over the canopy. For this reason, cospectra
must be recalculated for each averaging period.
In Step 2, an analytical formulation is used of the transfer function that describes
the effect of the high-pass filtering procedure (HPTF, high-pass transfer function).
The shape of the HPTF is a function of the selected detrending method (block aver-
aging, linear detrending, running mean or exponential running mean), and the cor-
responding time constant. HPTF formulations are summarized in Table 2.2 of
Moncrieff et al. (2004).
In Step 3, flux attenuation in the low frequency end is estimated by applying the
calculated HPTF to the modeled flux cospectrum. When it is done in the frequency
domain, applying simply means a frequency-wise multiplication. Considering that
a flux is proportional to the integral of the corresponding cospectrum over the
whole frequency range, a high-pass spectral correction factor (HPSCF) can be cal-
culated in Step 4 as:
HPSCF =

CO f df
CO f HPTF f df ( )
f
F
f
F
0
max
0
max

7-52
Section 7. Calculation Reference
where f
max
is the highest frequency, corresponding to the smallest eddies con-
tributing to the true flux.
Low-pass Filtering Correction
See "High frequency spectral correction" on page4-26 for more information.
Three low-pass filtering correction procedures are available in EddyPro, imple-
menting the 4 steps in different ways. The methods are named after the cor-
responding reference publication. The method by Moncrieff et al. (1997) is
referred to as purely analytic, for it makes use of mathematical formulations to
model flux spectral properties and to describe flux attenuations due to the instru-
mental setup. The method by Horst (1997) is analytic in nature, but it is para-
meterized using in situ information. The method by Ibrom et al. (2007), instead, it
mostly based on in situ determinations.
The three methods are briefly described below. Please refer to the original papers
for more in depth information.
Spectral corrections after Moncrieff et al. (1997)
In this method, true cospectra estimation (Step 1) is performed by using analytical
cospectra formulations, again according to Eqs. 12-18 in Moncrieff et al. (1997). Step
2 is performed by specifying a low-pass transfer function (LPTF), which depends on
the EC system characteristics. In the implemented method, the LPTF is specified by
the superimposition of a set of transfer functions describing individual sources of
high-frequency losses. Refer to Appendix A of Moncrieff et al. (1997) for the full
description of the individual transfer functions. Such transfer functions depend on
the instrumental setup (through the instruments path lengths, acquisition fre-
quencies, separations etc.) but also on atmospheric conditions (because some quant-
ities are defined as a function of the average wind speed), thus they must be
recalculated for each flux averaging period.
In Step 3, flux attenuation in the high frequency end is estimated by applying the
calculated LPTF to the estimated true flux cospectrum. Considering that the flux is
given by the integration of the cospectrum over the whole frequency range, a low-
pass spectral correction factor (LPSCF) can be calculated in Step 4 as:
7-53
Section 7. Calculation Reference
LPSCF =

CO f df
CO f LPTF f df ( )
f
F
f
F
0
max
0
max

More accurately, when the method by Moncrieff et al. (1997) is selected for the low-
pass filtering correction, a band-pass transfer function (BPTF) is calculated by mul-
tiplication of the HPTF and the LPTF. This BPTF is then applied to the analytic
cospectra, to derive a Band Pass Spectral Correction (BPSCF) factor according to:
BPSCF =

CO f df
CO f BPTF f df ( )
f
F
f
F
0
max
0
max

The fractional flux loss F/F is given by:
= = = 1

F
F
F F
F
CO f df CO f BPTF f df
CO f df
SCF
( ) ( ) ( )
( )
1
true
true meas
true
f
F
f
F
f
F
0
max
0
max
0
max

where F
true
is the "true" flux (not affected by spectral attenuations) and F
meas
is the
measured, or uncorrected flux.
Spectral corrections after Massman (2000, 2001)
The method described by Massman (2000) and refined in Massman (2001) is
based on the work of Moore (1986) and Horst (1997) and provides a simple cor-
rection formula based on the description of individual sources of flux losses as first-
order filters and on the analytical formulation of cospectra by Horst (1997). The
application of the method requires the calculation of the time constants associated
to the first-order filters that describe the physical phenomenon, and whose ana-
lytical expression are detailed in Massman (2000, Table 1). The actual correction for-
mulas are detailed in Massman (2001, Table 1), which refined Table 2 in the
previous paper.
Note that the correction contains a modifier (last term in the second equation of
Table 1 in Massman, 2001) for gas instruments with a time response of <0.3 seconds.
The time response of the gas instruments is calculated on-the-fly by EddyPro as part
of the method, so the modifier is applied only if appropriate.
All parameter needed in the correction are available to or are calculated by
EddyPro, so there is no need of users input to apply the method, with one only
7-54
Section 7. Calculation Reference
exception for closed-path gas analyzers: the tube parameter (), that quantifies the
attenuation of a gas in a tube flow and that is a function of the gas itself and of the
tube Reynolds number. This parameter is calculated by EddyPro via a linear inter-
polation of the values provided in Massman (1991, Table 1), starting from the
actual Reynolds number calculated for the current sampling line (i.e., starting from
the provided tube geometry and flow rate). Table 1 in Massman (1991) details the
value of for CO2, H2O, CH4, N2O and O3, so the correction can only be applied
for those gases.
In summary Massmans correction is applicable to all open-path systems and to
closed-path systems limited to measurements and fluxes of CO2, H2O, CH4, N2O
and O3.
Spectral corrections after Horst (1997)
This method is also based on an analytic formulation for the high frequency spec-
tral losses and of the flux cospectra. However, here the integrals are solved ana-
lytically to derive a simple equation for the flux attenuation (Eq. 11 in Horst, 1997):
LPSCF = =
F
T n u z
1
1
1 + (2 / )
meas
true m c
a

where
c
is the time constant of the filter implied by the EC system, is a stability
dependent constant, z is the measuring height above the canopy,
u
is the averaging
wind speed at that height and n
m
is the (normalized) frequency at which the cospec-
trum attains its maximum (peak frequency),
n f z u = /
. The time constant
c
is
linked to the transfer function cut-off frequency f
c
(the frequency at which the func-
tion reduces the power by a factor of 2) by the relation: f 2 = 1 /
c
c
. The original
paper provides parameterizations for and n
m
, while the average wind speed is a
standard result provided by EddyPro. The time constant, however, is assessed in
EddyPro using the procedure described in the following section. In particular, for
water vapor fluxes measured with closed path systems, the time constant is assessed
as a function of relative humidity, as described hereafter.
Spectral corrections after Ibrom et al. (2007)
This method is specifically suited for correcting water vapor fluxes measured with
closed path systems, where relative humidity (RH) was recognized to play a non neg-
ligible role in determining H2O signal attenuation and therefore flux under-
estimation, specifically in the high frequency range. However, with the proper
7-55
Section 7. Calculation Reference
adjustments made in EddyPro, the method can also be used for passive gases insens-
itive to RH, such as CO2, CH4 and others, as well as for open path analyzers.
In the first step, assuming spectral similarity (De Ligne et al., 2010; Massman,
2000), sonic temperature spectra (S
Ts
), considered as unaffected by spectral atten-
uations at high frequencies and after application of an opportune normalization,
are used as a proxy for the unattenuated gas concentration spectra.
The estimation of system filtering characteristics (Step 2) is based on the in situ
determination of the system cut-off frequency, assuming that the Eddy Covariance
system acts on the true gas spectra (S) as a low-pass filter, in such a way that meas-
ured spectra (S
m
) are attenuated at the high frequency end. Mathematically, such
effect is described with a first-order recursive, infinite impulse response (IIR) filter.
The discrete Fourier transform (H
IIR
) of the amplitude of such filter is well approx-
imated by the Lorentzian:
( )
( )
H f f = =
IIR
c
S f
S f
f f
( )
( )
1
1 + /
m
c
2
where f (Hz) is the natural frequency and f
c
(Hz) is the transfer function cut-off fre-
quency. The latter is proportional to the inverse of the filter time constant (
c
, s),
f = 2
c
c
1

, and provides a quantification of amplitude attenuation of fluctuations.
This filter shape was proven suitable for describing the filtering properties of EC sys-
tems featuring very long (50 m, Hollinger et al., 1999; Ibrom et al., 2007) and
long (7m, Mammarella et al., 2009) sampling lines.
Note: Following Ibrom et al. (2007), cut-off frequencies are assessed by fitting the
IIR function (with f
c
being the fitting parameter) to the ratio of ensemble gas
spectra to ensemble temperature. EddyPro uses all "high quality" spectra avail-
able in the dataset to calculate such ensemble spectra. The criteria for selecting
high quality spectra are as follows:
High enough fluxes: too low fluxes may be a sign of not well developed tur-
bulent conditions, in which scalar spectra may not be well characterized,
Low enough skewness and kurtosis: too large skewness or kurtosis are often
associated to sharp variations occurring in the time series, which could be
the consequence of faulty measurements and could compromise the res-
ulting spectra,
7-56
Section 7. Calculation Reference
A low enough number of missing values: in EddyPro, spikes and missing val-
ues are replaced by linear interpolation before the spectral analysis. This oper-
ation has a minimal impact on the resulting spectra. However, if too many
(> 10%) samples are replaced by linear interpolation, the resulting spectra are
ignored in the spectral assessment.
For H2O measured by closed path systems, in order to uncover the increasing atten-
uation as RH increases, cut-off frequencies must be determined for different RH
regimes. As suggested by Ibrom et al., EddyPro determines f
c
for nine classes in the
range 5% < RH < 95% and fits an exponential function to the resulting RH/f
c
pairs:
( )
f RH E RH E RH E ( ) = exp + +
c
1
2
2 3

where E
1
, E
2
, and E
3
are regression parameters.
For open path systems, where a dependency on RH is not expected, the procedure is
applied in a slightly different way. By an algorithmic point of view, EddyPro still
calculates an f
c
for each RH class, but then it averages these values and analytically
parameterizes the above equation by setting E
1
and E
2
to zero and E
3
to the nat-
ural logarithm of the average f
c
. This way, the above relation between the cut-off fre-
quency and RH can safely be used also for open path systems, basically providing
the same cut-off frequency for each RH.
For passive gases, instead, a unique cut-off frequency is assessed for the whole data-
set, without consideration for RH, for neither open nor closed path systems.
Once cut-off frequencies have been assessed, the low-pass spectral correction factor
(Step 4) is calculated using the parameterization:
LFSCF = + 1
d U
d f +
c
1
2
where U is the average wind speed and d
1
and d
2
are site-specific parameters to be
determined using collected turbulence data. The actual procedure, which makes use
of degraded temperature time series, is described in details in the original paper.
This spectral correction scheme only deals with flux attenuations induced by atten-
uation of the scalar spectra. Other sources of flux underestimation to be considered
are intrinsic to the instrument deployment. Among them, relevant flux losses might
come from the physical separation between the anemometer and the gas analyzer
sampling volumes. While streamwise sensor displacement can be accounted for by
7-57
Section 7. Calculation Reference
compensating scalar time lags (assuming Taylors hypothesis of frozen turbulence),
we suggest applying a further correction factor to account for any crosswind and/or
vertical displacement, following the procedure proposed by Horst and Lenschow
(2009, Eqs. 1618 and 2830): These are multiplicative factors, that are applied after
fluxes have been partially corrected with the method proposed here. Find more
details here.
The method of Ibrom et al. (2007) is deemed applicable for a vast range of EC
setups, spanning open-path to closed-path setups deployed of rough forest canopies.
However, due to the need for a relatively large dataset for the assessment of spectral
attenuations (Steps 1-3), we suggest using this method when at least 1-2 months of
raw data are available from an EC setup that did not undergo major modifications,
such as replacement of sampling line components or significant displacement of the
sensors relative to each other.
Spectral corrections after Fratini et al. (2012)
In this method, Steps 1-3 are identical to those described here for the method of
Ibrom et al. (2007). The calculation of spectral correction factors (Step 4) is per-
formed in different ways for small and large fluxes, where the threshold
between small and large fluxes can be specified by the user.
1. For small fluxes the method of Ibrom et al. (2007) is applied, i.e. the low-
pass correction factor is calculated using the model:
LFSCF = + 1
d U
d f +
c
1
2
However, refer to section 2.3 and Appendix A in Fratini et al. (2012) for
subtle differences in the parameterization of the model and how they
improve it.
2. For large fluxes, refining and simplifying the approach described by
Hollinger et al. (1999), low-pass spectral correction factors (LPSCF), for
each flux averaging interval are calculated using the following equation:
( )
LPSCF =

CO f d f
f H d f
( )
f
f
H
f
f
IIR f f
c
min
max
min
max

where CO
H
is the current sensible heat (H, W m-2) cospectrum. The value
of the cut-off frequency in the denominator is calculated from:
7-58
Section 7. Calculation Reference
( )
f RH E RH E RH E ( ) = exp + +
c
1
2
2 3
as in Ibrom et al. (2007), using the current value of RH.
Similar to the method of Ibrom et al. (2007), this method only corrects flux atten-
uations induced by attenuation of the scalar spectra. Potential further losses due to
instrument separation can be corrected following the method of Horst and
Lenschow (2009) as described elsewhere. See "Correction for spectral losses due
to physical instrument separation" on page 7-59
In addition, cospectra of sensible heat used in this method as a reference for gas flux
cospectra, can be preliminary corrected for the (normally small) attenuations
induced by the anemometer's limited response time and finite averaging volume, as
well as for the high-pass filtering effects due to the finite flux averaging interval and
dependent on the detrending method, as described here. See "High-pass Filtering
Correction" on page 7-52
The method of Fratini et al. (2012) is deemed applicable for a vast range of EC
setups, from open-path systems over rough forests canopies to closed-path setups
deployed close to smooth surfaces. However, due to the need of a relatively large
dataset for the assessment of spectral attenuations (Steps 1-3), we suggest using this
method when at least 1-2 months of raw data are available from an EC setup that
did not undergo major modifications such as replacement of sampling line com-
ponents, or significant displacement of the sensors relative to each other. In any
case, we recommend using this method for correcting H2O and latent heat fluxes
from closed path systems, specifically if deployed low over a relatively smooth sur-
face, as if could be the case in agricultural or oceanic applications.
Correction for spectral losses due to physical instrument separation
Being designed to correct spectral losses in closed-path systems (specifically for water
vapor), the methods of Ibrom et al. (2007) and Fratini et al. (2012) do not nat-
ively account for losses due to spatial separation of the instruments (anemometer
and gas analyzer), because this source of spectral losses is minor and can be safely
neglected when compared to losses in the sampling lines. For open-path systems,
however, spectral losses due to instrument separations are relatively more important
(especially for systems placed low over smooth surfaces). EddyPro allows you to
account for these losses by applying the correction method proposed by Horst and
Lenschow (2009), when the methods of Ibrom et al. (2007) and Fratini et al.
(2012) are selected. Horst and Lenschow (2009) describe 3 correction terms to
account for along-wind, crosswind and vertical separations. Note that losses for any
7-59
Section 7. Calculation Reference
along-wind separation are largely compensated by the procedure of time lag com-
pensation, if this is applied.
Thus, the method is available in two versions:
Along-wind, crosswind and vertical: suggested when the time lag com-
pensation procedure is not applied.
Only crosswind and vertical: suggested when the time lag compensation pro-
cedure is applied.
The correction procedure is based on the following formulation for the dependency
of the flux (F(r)) as a function of the distance between the instruments (r), Eq. 13 in
the original paper:
( ) ( )
F r F k r = exp
m 0

where F
0
is the unattenuated flux for r=0, and k
m
=2n
m
/z is the wavenumber at the
peak of the wavenumber-weighted cospectrum, kCo(k), n
m
= f
m
z/U, f
m
is the fre-
quency at the peak of the cospectrum, and U is the wind speed.
This formulation is then specified in the along-wind, crosswind, and vertical sep-
arations. Please refer to Horst and Lenschow (2009) for further details.
Note: When the methods of Horst (1997) or Ibrom et al. (2007) are selected
for the low-pass filtering correction, the band-pass spectral correction is applied
by first correcting for the high-pass filtering effects (multiplication of uncorrected
fluxes by HPSCF) and then multiplying by LPSCF. Rigorously speaking, this pro-
cedure is not correct because according to the definition of the band pass cor-
rection factor, the multiplication with the LPTF and the HPTF are not
commutative with the integral operator. However, the error introduced by this
procedure is deemed negligible in most occasions.
Calculating Fluxes Level 1, 2, and 3 (Corrected Fluxes)
Calculating corrected fluxes in EddyPro involves the application of the following
corrections:
Correction of any covariance (and related fluxes) that include sonic tem-
perature, for the effects of humidity on air estimation via the sonic tem-
perature. This correction was firstly described in Schotanus et al. (1983) and
7-60
Section 7. Calculation Reference
is applied in EddyPro according to the revision described in van Dijk et al.
(2004, eq. 3.53):
w T w T Q w T T w Q = 0.51 0.51
a s s s

where the covariance
w Q
(m s
-1
) is calculated from the evapotranspiration flux
(E, kg m
-2
s
-1
):
w Q =
E
a


.
Correction of gas fluxes for air density fluctuation effects, henceforth referred
to as the WPL term (Webb et al., 1980). The correction is applied in dif-
ferent ways for open path and closed path systems, as explained later in this
section.
Correction for high-frequency and low-frequency spectral attenuations, using
correction factors from Calculating Spectral Correction Factors.
Off-season uptake correction, using corrected sensible heat flux as calculated
in the Calculating Off-season Uptake Correction section (applies only to the
LI-7500).
Spectroscopic correction using multipliers calculated in the Calculating LI-
7700 Multipliers section.
The order of application of these corrections varies, depending on the gas analyzer
type (open or closed path) and on how many gas analyzers were used. Hereafter we
describe the corrections in the order in which they appear in a series of common
cases.
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes for a System Composed of an LI-7500 and
LI-7700
The common example of an open path eddy covariance systems is a station
equipped with an anemometer, LI-7500 or LI-7500A, and LI-7700.
In this case, corrected fluxes are calculated from uncorrected (fluxes as ) according to
the following procedure:
Level 1 Fluxes: Application of Spectral Corrections
Spectral corrections are applied first to open path fluxes. This is because sensible
and latent heat fluxes used in the WPL (or air density fluctuation) correction are the
7-61
Section 7. Calculation Reference
environmental ones, those actually present in the atmosphere and affecting meas-
urements of molar densities in open path analyzers. These are best estimated by
compensating uncorrected fluxes for spectral losses. However, sensible heat flux is
not yet corrected here (explained later). Therefore, at level 1 we have:
F
1,gas
= F
0,gas
SCF
w,gas
where the subscript 'gas' indicates that it is applied to all gases. Latent heat and
evapotranspiration fluxes are spectrally corrected using the correction factor cal-
culated for water vapor:
LE
1
= LE
0
SCF
w,h2o
E
1
= E
0
SCF
w,h2o
Furthermore, uncorrected momentum flux and friction velocity are corrected using
the relevant spectral correction factor:
T
1
= T
0
SCF
u,w
u
*1
= u
*0
SCF
u,w
Level 2 and 3 Fluxes
As a first step after spectral correction, evapotranspiration flux E is corrected with
the WPL term, following the formulation proposed in Webb et al. (1980, eq. 42b):
( )
E E = 1 + + (1 + )
H
c T
2 1
a
p
w
a
1



where =M
d
/M
h2o
, and
H H
1

(that is, corrected for instrument-related sensible

heat fluxes) if an LI-7500 was used for water vapor concentration.
Hence, Level 2 water vapor and latent heat fluxes are simply calculated as:
F E M = 10
h o h o 2, 2
3
2 2

LE E =
2 2

Now sensible heat flux is corrected for humidity effects following van Dijk et al.
(2004), revising Schotanus et al. (1983) as explained in Calculating Fluxes, Level
1, 2, and 3.
7-62
Section 7. Calculation Reference
H H c T Q w T = +
a
p s
E
s 2 1
a
2

where =0.51, and then it is spectrally corrected to get the first fully corrected flux:
H
3
= H
2
SCF
w,Ts
Now that sensible heat is fully corrected, evapotranspiration flux is corrected again,
adding the WPL terms with the revised H:
E E = (1 + ) + (1 + )
H
c T
3 1
a
p
w
a
3



where, again, H
3
contains the additional sensible heat contributions in an LI-7500 is
used. Water vapor and latent heat fluxes are easily refined:
F E M = 10
h o h o 3, 3
3
2 2

LE
3
= E
3
Now that evapotranspiration and sensible heat fluxes are fully corrected, fluxes of
other gases such as carbon dioxide and methane can be corrected for air density fluc-
tuations, according to Webb et al. (1980 eq. 44). For carbon dioxide, we get:
F A F B E C = + + 1 +
ch ch NO WPL
d
H
c
d
T
2, 1, _
ch
d a
p
ch
a
4 4
4 3 4

In the event that methane fluxes are computed with data from an open path instru-
ment other than the LI-7700, EddyPro automatically sets the multipliers A, B, and
C to unity.
Note: The evapotranspiration flux needed for this formulation is not corrected
for the WPL term (but is corrected for spectral attenuations). In the present case,
of water vapor measured with an open path analyzer:
E E =
NO WPL _ 1
Finally, corrected fluxes (Level 3) of CO2 and CH4, in systems with open path instru-
ments, coincide with fluxes at Level 2, which thus provide the most accurate flux
estimate available with EddyPro.
7-63
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Calculating Turbulent Fluxes for a System Composed of an LI-7200 and
LI-7700
In this situation, corrected fluxes are calculated from uncorrected (fluxes as F0) with
the following procedure:
Level 1 Fluxes: Application of Spectral Corrections
As a first step, uncorrected methane fluxes from the LI-7700 are corrected for spec-
tral attenuation, as explained in Calculating Fluxes for Open Path Analyzers:
F
1,ch4
= F
0,ch4
SCF
w,ch4
Momentum flux and friction velocity are also spectrally corrected at Level 1, sim-
ilarly:
T
1
= T
0
SCF
u,w
u
*1
= u
*0
SCF
u,w
Fluxes from the LI-7200 are not spectrally corrected at this stage, because the applic-
ation of correction for air density fluctuation effects to concentrations calculated
with closed path systems requires using uncorrected fluxes.
Level 2 and 3 Fluxes
Whenever possible, air density fluctuation effects in closed path systems are
addressed by converting raw gas concentration measurements into mixing ratios (see
Converting to Mixing Ratios). However, when this is not possible due to unavail-
ability of necessary raw information, the correction is implemented following the
WPL approach, as refined by Ibrom et al. (2007b). As a first step, evapo-
transpiration flux is corrected for the WPL term using the formulation proposed in
Webb et al. (1980, eq. 42b), properly modified to account for the fact that the rel-
evant sensible heat flux is measured inside the cell of the LI-7200 (and not in ambi-
ent conditions):
E E = (1 + ) + 1 + (1 + )
w T
T
w
w P
P
w
2 1
c
c
c
c

where
w T
c

and
w P
c

are covariances of w and cell temperature pressure
respectively, evaluated after dislodging the cell temperature time series using the
time lag of CO
2
. If covariance
w T
c

or
w P
c

are not available, they are
7-64
Section 7. Calculation Reference
assumed negligible and E
1
is corrected only for the dilution term due to water
vapor:
E
2
= (1 + )E
1
Fully corrected (level 3) evapotranspiration flux can now be calculated from E2 by
applying the proper spectral correction factor:
E
3
= E
2
SCF
w,h2o
Fully corrected latent heat and water vapor flux can now be calculated:
F
3,h2o
= E
3
10
3
M
h2o
LE
3
= E
3
Now, ambient sensible heat flux is corrected for humidity effects following van
Dijk et al. (2004), revising Schotanus et al. (1983) as explained in Calculating
Fluxes Level 1 2 and 3.
H H c T Q w T = +
a
p s
E
s 2 1
a
2

Then it is spectrally corrected to get fully corrected sensible heat flux:
H
3
= H
2
SCF
w,Ts
Next, level 2 CO2 flux is calculated by applying the correction for air density fluc-
tuations. EddyPro uses a formulation similar to Webb et al. (1980 eq. 24), where,
however, sensible heat flux and latent heat flux are evaluated in the cell and using
the time lag of CO2:
F F d d d = + + (1 + ) 1 +
co
v
v
co
E
co
H
c T
co
w P
P
co 2, 1,
c
a
cell
w
cell
a
p c
c
c
2 2 2 2 2

where E
cell
and H
cell
are calculated as:
E w d M =
cell h o
co
h o
_
2
2
2

H c w T =
cell
a
p c
co _
2

7-65
Section 7. Calculation Reference
and the subscript _co
2
indicates that covariances are evaluated at time lags of CO
2
.
The factor vc/va is needed to compute ambient quantities from cell quantities.
Methane fluxes are evaluated similarly to in a manner similar to fluxes for the LI-
7500 and LI-7700 analyzers:
F A F B E C = + + 1 +
ch ch NO WPL
d
H
c
d
T
2, 1, _
ch
d a
p
ch
a
4 4
4 3 4

where now, the spectrally corrected, not-WPL-corrected evapotranspiration flux is
calculated as:
E E SCF =
NO WPL w h o _ 1 ,
2

.
Finally, CO2 fluxes are corrected for spectral attenuations:
F F SCF =
co co w co 3, 2, ,
2 2 2

Estimating the Flux Footprint

See "Footprint estimation" on page4-26 for more information.
EddyPro features three crosswind-integrated flux footprint models, useful to estim-
ate the upwind area contributing to the measured fluxes. The flux footprint func-
tions estimate the location and relative importance of passive scalar sources
influencing flux measurements at a given receptor height, depending on receptor
height, atmospheric stability, and surface roughness (Kljun et al., 2004). Regardless
of the chosen model, the footprint estimation is provided as a set of distances from
the anemometer location in the direction from which the wind blows. These dis-
tances express:
Peak distance: the distance from the anemometer, from which the largest rel-
ative individual contribution to the flux
Offset distance: the area between the anemometer and the offset provides up
to 1% of the total flux
10%, 30%, 50%, 70%, 90%: the area between the anemometer and the NN%
distance provides NN% of the total flux.
Hereafter, a short introduction to the implemented models is provided. Please refer
to the respective papers for in-depth information and for an informed selection of
7-66
Section 7. Calculation Reference
the method to be used. The default option in EddyPro is the parameterization of
Kljun et al. (2004), merely because it is the newest model and it is a thoroughly val-
idated one. However, at this stage we explicitly dont advocate the use of a par-
ticular model among those available.
7-67
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Footprint parameterization from Kljun et al (2004)
A footprint estimation is provided according to the simple footprint para-
meterization described in Kljun et al. (2004). The set of distances is calculated
according to:
Peak contributing distance (m):
x X h = *
*
peak peak m
u
0.8
w

,
X c d * =
NN% contribution (m):
x X h = *
*
NN NN m
u
% %
0.8
w

,
X L c d * =
NN NN % %

The second equation is used to provide the offset distance (NN = 1) and the 10% to
90% distances. In these equations, parameters c and d are calculated using Eqs. 13 to
16 in Kljun et al. (2004) (where the roughness length enters as a parameter). The dis-
tance L'
1
is tabulated for each percentage between 0 and 95% (see Figure A1 in the
referenced paper). All other quantities are routinely calculated by EddyPro.
The footprint parameterization is valid only in certain ranges of micro-
meteorological conditions, well specified in the Kljun et al. (2004). In particular,
the model is claimed to be valid if the following conditions hold:
The measurement height is lower than the boundary layer height;
The terrain is dynamically homogeneous;
The stability parameter is in the range of: -200<<1 ;
The friction velocity is larger than a specific threshold: u.0.2 m s-1;
The measurement height is larger than 1 m: hm 1m.
EddyPro checks for the last three of these conditions and switches to the 'Kormann
and Meixner' model (see later), if either condition is not met.
Footprint model from Kormann and Meixner (2001)
This is a crosswind integrated model based on the solution of the two dimensional
advection-diffusion equation given, e.g., by van Ulden (1978) for power-law profiles
1
The FORTRAN source code for this calculation, along with the tabulated values of L, were shared by
the main author of the model, Natascha Kljun, for being embedded into ECO2S, and subsequently,
EddyPro. We gratefully acknowledge Dr. Kljun for this contribution.
7-68
Section 7. Calculation Reference
in wind velocity and eddy diffusivity. Contributing distances are calculated accord-
ing to (Eq. 21 in the original paper):
f e =
x x
x
1
( )
/

1+

where x is the distance from the location of the anemometer measured in the wind
direction, =(z) is a flux length scale that depends on the height above the ground
z, is a dimensionless model constant and () is the gamma function.
The equation is actually used to calculate x, given the fraction of the flux con-
tribution of interest (10%, 30%, etc.).
The equation for the peak distance is explicitly derived by the authors (Eq. 22), by
merely finding the maximum from the former equation:
x =
peak
1 +

.
Footprint model from Hsieh et al. (2000)
This is a crosswind integrated model based on the former model of Gash (1986) and
on simulations with a Lagrangian stochastic model. Contributing distances are cal-
culated according to (Eq. 17 in the original paper):
( )
f Dz L Dz L = exp
x z
k x
u
P
P
k x
u
P
P
,
1 1 1 1
2 2 2

where, again, x and z are the upwind distance from the measuring location and the
measuring height, L is the Monin-Obukhov length and k, D, P, z
u
are model-specific
parameters.
Similar to Kormann and Meixner (2001), the equation above is actually used to cal-
culate x, given the fraction of the flux contribution of interest (10%, 30%, etc.).
The equation for the peak distance is explicitly derived by the authors (Eq. 19), by
merely finding the maximum from the former equation:
x =
peak
Dz L
k 2
u
P P 1
2

.
Flux Quality Flags for Micrometeorological Tests
See "Quality check" on page4-25 for more information.
7-69
Section 7. Calculation Reference
Quality flags are calculated for all fluxes (sensible and latent heat, momentum and
gas fluxes). The final flags provided on output files are based on a combination of
partial flags calculated as a result of two tests, widely adopted and thoroughly
described in literature (see Foken et al., 2004; Foken and Wichura, 1996; Gck-
ede et al., 2008).
The two tests are known as the steady state test and the developed turbulent con-
ditions test. For details on the two methods refer to the cited literature. In
EddyPro, each test provides a flag ranging from 1 (best) to 9 (poorest). The two
flags are then combined into a unique flag, depending on the selected flagging
policy:
Mauder and Foken 2004: policy described in the documentation of the TK2
Eddy Covariance software that also constituted the standard of the Car-
boEurope IP project and is widely adopted. Here, the combined flag attains
the value 0 for best quality fluxes, 1 for fluxes suitable for general ana-
lysis such as annual budgets and 2 for fluxes that should be discarded from
the results dataset.
Foken 2003: A system based on 9 quality grades. 0 is best, 9 is worst. The
system of Mauder and Foken (2004) and of Gckede et al. (2006) are based
on a rearrangement of this system.
Gckede et al., 2006: A system based on 5 quality grades. 0 is best, 5 is
worst.
7-70
Section 7. Calculation Reference
A References
Note: References are linked to the original publication when possible.
Arya, S. P. 1998. Introduction to Micrometeorology. San Diego, Academic Press.
Aubinet, M., B. Chermanne, M. Vandenhaute, B. Longdoz, M. Yernaux and E.
Laitat. 2001. Long term carbon dioxide exchange above a mixed forest in the Bel-
gian Ardennes. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 108: 293-315.
Billesbach, D. 2011. Estimating uncertainties in individual eddy covariance flux
measurements: A comparison of methods and a proposed new method. Agri-
cultural and Forest Meteorology, 151: 394-405.
Burba, G. G., D. Mc Dermitt, A. Grelle, D. J. Anderson, and L. Xu. 2008. Address-
ing the influence of instrument surface heat exchange on the measurements of
CO2 flux from open-path gas analyzers. Global Change Biology, 14:18541876.
Burba, G., A. Schmidt, R. L. Scott, T. Nakai, J. Kathilankal, G. Fratini, C. Han-
son, B. Law, D. K. McDermitt, R. Eckles, M. Furtaw, and M. Velgersdyk. 2012.
Calculating CO
2
and H
2
O eddy covariance fluxes from an enclosed gas analyzer
using an instantaneous mixing ratio. Global Change Biology, 18: 385-399.
Campbell, G. S. and J. M. Norman. 1998. Introduction to Environmental Bio-
physics. New York, Springer Science.
De Ligne, A. B. Heinesch, and M. Aubinet. 2010. New Transfer Functions for
Correcting Turbulent Water Vapour Fluxes. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 137:
205-221.
Fan, S. M., Wofsy, S. C., Bakwin, P. S., Jacob, D. J. and Fitzjarrald, D. R. 1990.
Atmosphere-biosphere exchange of CO
2
and O
3
in the Central Amazon Forest.
Journal of Geophysical Research, 95: 16851-16864.
Finkelstein, P. L., and P. F. Sims. 2001. Sampling error in eddy correlation flux
measurements. Journal of Geophysical Research, 106: 3503-3509.
8-1
Finnigan, J.J., R. Clement, Y. Mahli, R. Leuning, H.A. Cleugh. 2003. A re-eval-
uation of long-term flux measurement techniques. Part I: averaging and coordin-
ate rotation, Boundary-Layer Meteorology 107: 148.
Foken, T. and B. Wichura. 1996. Tools for quality assessment of surface-based
flux measurements. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 78: 83-105.
Foken, T., M. Gockede, M. Mauder, L. Mahrt, B. D. Amiro, and J. W. Munger.
2004. Edited by X. Lee, et al. Post-field quality control, in Handbook of micro-
meteorology: A guide for surface flux measurements, Dordrecht: Kluwer Aca-
demic, 81-108.
Fratini, F., A. Ibrom, N. Arriga, G. Burba, D. Papale. 2012. Relative humidity
effects of water vapour fluxes measured with closed-path eddy-covariance systems
with short sampling lines. Agriculture and Forest Meteorology, 165: 53-63.
Gash, J. H. C. 1986. A note on estimating the effect of a limited fetch on micro-
meteorological evaporation measurements. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 35:
409-413.
Gash, J. H. C. and A. D. Culf. 1996. Applying linear de-trend to eddy correlation
data in real time. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 79: 301-306.
Gckede, M, T. Markkanen, B. H. Charlotte, T. Foken. 2006. Update of a foot-
print-based approach for the characterisation of complex measurement sites,
Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 118: 635655.
Gckede, M., T. Foken, M. Aubinet, M. Aurela, J. Banza, and co-authors. 2008.
Quality control of CarboEurope flux data - Part 1: Coupling footprint analyses
with flux data quality assessment to evaluate sites in forest ecosystems.
Biogeosciences, 5: 433-450.
Grelle, A. and G. Burba. 2007. Fine-wire thermometer to correct CO
2
fluxes by
open-path analyzers for artificial density fluctuations. Agricultural and Forest
Meteorology, 147: 48-57.
Hollinger, D. Y., S. M. Goltz, E. A. Davidson, J. T. Lee, K. Tu, H. T. Valentine.
1999. Seasonal patterns and environmental control of carbon dioxide and water
vapour exchange in an ecotonal boreal forest. Global Change Biology: 5, 891
902.
8-2
Appendix A. References
Horst, T. W. 1997. A simple formula for attenuation of eddy fluxes measured
with first-order-response scalar sensors. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 82: 219-
233.
Horst, T. W. and D. H. Lenschow. 2009. Attenuation of scalar fluxes measured
with spatially-displaced sensors. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 130: 275-300.
Hsieh, Cheng-I, G. Katul, and T. Chi. 2000. An approximate analytical model
for footprint estimation of scalar fluxes in thermally stratified atmospheric flows.
Advances in Water Resources, 23: 765-772.
Ibrom, A., E. Dellwik, H. Flyvbjerg, N. O. Jensen, and K. Pilegaard. 2007a.
Strong low-pass filtering effects on water vapor flux measurements with closed-
path eddy correlation systems, Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 147:140-
156.
Ibrom, A., E. Dellwik, S. E. Larse, and K. Pilegaard. 2007b. On the use of the
Webb-Pearman-Leuning theory for closed-path eddy correlation measurements,
Tellus Series B-Chemical and Physical Meteorology, 59:937-946.
Jackson, P. S. 1981. On the displacement height in the logarithmic velocity pro-
file. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 11: 15-25.
Jarvi, L., I. Mammarella, W. Eugster, A. Ibrom, E. Siivola, and co-authors. 2009.
Comparison of net CO
2
fluxes measured with open- and closed-path infrared gas
analyzers in an urban complex environment. Boreal Environment Research, 14:
499-514.
Kormann, R. and F. X. Meixner. 2001. An analytical footprint model for non-
neutral stratification. Boundary-Layer Meteoroogy, 99:207224.
Kaimal, J. C., J. C. Wyngaard, Y. lzumi, and O. R. Cot. 1972. Spectral char-
acteristics of surface-layer turbulence. Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteor-
ological Society, 98: 563-589.
Kaimal J.C. and L. Kristensen. 1991. Time series tapering for short data samples,
Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 57: 187-194.
Kljun, N., P. Calanca, M. W. Rotach, and H. P. Schmid. 2004. A simple para-
meterisation for flux footprint predictions. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 112:
503-523.
Kochendorfer J., T. P. Meyers, J. Frank, W. J. Massman, M. W. Heuer. 2012.
8-3
Appendix A. References
How well can we measure the vertical wind speed? Implications for fluxes of
energy and mass. Boundary-Layer Meteorology 145: 383-398.
Lee, X., J. Finnigan, and K. T. Paw U. 2004. Coordinate systems and flux bias
error, in Handbook of micrometeorology: a guide for surface flux meas-
urements, eds. X., Lee, W. J. Massman, and B. E. Law. Dordrecht, The Neth-
erlands: Kluwer Academic, 33-66.
Liu, H., G. Peters, and T. Foken. 2001. New equations for sonic temperature vari-
ance and buoyancy heat flux with an omnidirectional sonic anemometer,
Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 100: 459-468.
Mammarella, I., S. Launiainen, T. Gronholm, and P. Keronen, J. Pumpanen, .
Rannik, and T. Vesala. 2009. Relative humidity effect on the high-frequency
attenuation of water vapor flux measured by a closed-path eddy covariance sys-
tem. Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 26: 1856-1866.
Mann, J. and D. H. Lenschow. 1994. Errors in airborne flux measurements.
Journal of Geophysical Research, 99: 519-526.
Massman, W. J. 1991. The attenuation of concentration fluctuations in tur-
bulent flow through a tube. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96: 15269-15273.
Massman, W. J. 2000. A simple method for estimating frequency response cor-
rections for eddy covariance systems. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 104:
185-198.
Massman, W. J. 2001. Reply to comment by Rannik on "A simple method for
estimating frequency response corrections for eddy covariance systems." Agri-
cultural and Forest Meteorology, 107: 247-251.
Massman, W. J. 2004. Concerning the measurement of atmospheric trace gas
fluxes with open- and closed-path eddy covariance system: The WPL terms and
spectral attenuation, in Handbook of micrometeorology: a guide for surface flux
measurements, eds. Lee, X., W. J. Massman and B. E. Law. Dordrecht, The Neth-
erlands: Kluwer Academic, 133-160.
Mauder M. 2013. A comment on "How well can we measure the vertical wind
speed? Implications for fluxes of energy and mass" by Kochendorfer et al. Bound-
ary-Layer Meteorology 147: 329-335.
8-4
Appendix A. References
Mauder, M. and T. Foken. 2006. Impact of post-field data processing on eddy cov-
ariance flux estimates and energy balance closure. Meteorologische Zeitschrift,
15: 597-609.
McDermitt, D., G. Burba, L. Xu, T. Anderson, A. Komissarov, and co-authors.
2010. A new low-power, open-path instrument for measuring methane flux by
eddy covariance. Applied Physics B: Lasers and Optics, 102: 391-405.
McMillen, R. T. 1988. An eddy correlation technique with extended applicability
to non-simple terrain. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 43: 231-245.
Moncrieff, J. B., J. M. Massheder, H. de Bruin, J. Ebers, T. Friborg, B. Heu-
sinkveld, P. Kabat, S. Scott, H. Soegaard, and A. Verhoef. 1997. A system to meas-
ure surface fluxes of momentum, sensible heat, water vapor and carbon dioxide.
Journal of Hydrology, 188-189: 589-611.
Moncrieff, J. B., R. Clement, J. Finnigan, and T. Meyers. 2004. Averaging,
detrending and filtering of eddy covariance time series, in Handbook of micro-
meteorology: a guide for surface flux measurements, eds. Lee, X., W. J. Massman
and B. E. Law. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic, 7-31.
Moore, C. J. 1986. Frequency response corrections for eddy correlation systems.
Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 37: 17-35.
Nakai, T., M. K. van der Molen, J. H. C. Gash, and Y. Kodama. 2006. Correction
of sonic anemometer angle of attack errors. Agricultural and Forest Meteor-
ology, 136: 19-30.
Nakai, T., K. Shimoyama. 2012. Ultrasonic anemometer angle of attack errors
under turbulent conditions. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 18: 162-163.
Rannik, . and T. Vesala. 1999. Autoregressive filtering versus linear detrending
in estimation of fluxes by the eddy covariance method. Boundary-Layer Meteor-
ology, 91: 258-280.
Runkle, B. K., C. Wille, M. Gaovi and L. Kutzbach. 2012. Attenuation Cor-
rection Procedures for Water Vapour Fluxes from Closed-Path Eddy-Covariance
Systems. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 142:1-23.
Schotanus, P., F. Nieuwstadt, and H. de Bruin. 1983. Temperature measurement
with a sonic anemometer and its application to heat and moisture fluxes, Bound-
ary-Layer Meteorology, 26:8193.
8-5
Appendix A. References
Smith, S. W. 1997. The scientist and engineer's guide to digital signal pro-
cessing. USA: California Technical Publishing.
Stull, R. B. 1988. An Introduction to Boundary-Layer Meteorology. Dordrecht,
The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.
Tanner, B. D., E. Swiatek, J. P. Greene. 1993. Density fluctuations and use of the
krypton hygrometer in surface flux measurements, in: Management of Irrig-
ation and Drainage Systems: Integrated Perspectives, eds. R. G. Allen. American
Society of Civil Engineers. New York. pp. 945-952.
van der Molen, M. K. J. H. C. Gash, and J. A. Elbers. 2004. Sonic anemometer
(co)sine response and flux measurement: II. The effect of introducing an angle
of attack dependent calibration. Agricultural and Forest Meterology, 122: 95-109.
van Dijk, A., W. Kohsiek, H. de Bruin. 2003. Oxygen Sensitivity of Krypton and
Lyman- Hygrometers, Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 20,
pp. 143-151.
van Dijk, A., A. F. Moene, and H. A. R. de Bruin. 2004. The principles of surface
flux physics: Theory, practice and description of the ECPack library. Meteor-
ology and Air Quality Group, Wageningen University, Wageningen, The Neth-
erlands, 99 pp.
Vickers, D. and L. Mahrt. 1997. Quality control and flux sampling problems for
tower and aircraft data. Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 14:
512-526.
Webb, E. K., G. I. Pearman, and R. Leuning. 1980. Correction of flux meas-
urements for density effects due to heat and water vapor transfer. Quarterly
Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 106: 85100.
Wilczak, J. M., S. P. Oncley, and S. A. Stage. 2001. Sonic anemometer tilt cor-
rection algorithms. Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 99: 127-150.
WindMaster and WindMaster Pro User Manual, Issue 5 1561-PS-0001. 2009.
Gill Instruments.
8-6
Appendix A. References
Glossary
A
Absolute Limits Test
Assesses whether each variable attains, at least once in the current time series, a value
that is outside a user-defined plausible range.
Acquisition Frequency
The number of samples per second (Hz) recorded by the eddy covariance system. Some-
times called Update Rate (LI-7500A/LI-7200) or Output Rate (LI-7700).
Advanced Mode
An EddyPro run mode that enables many advanced processing options for atypical sites
and comparison of methods.
Altitude
The elevation above sea level of the site (m).
Amplitude Resolution Test
A statistical test that detects records with weak variance (weak winds and stable con-
ditions), in which the amplitude resolution of the recorded data may not be sufficient
to capture the fluctuations, by assessing whether the number of different values each
variable takes throughout the time series covers its range of variation with sufficient
homogeneity.
Angle of Attack
The angle that the wind vector forms with respect to the horizontal plane of the sonic
anemometer (the one defined by the U and V components). It is positive if the vertical
wind component is negative, i.e. the wind goes in the downward direction. Angles-of-
attack that are different from zero are thought to lead a distortion of the wind field due
to interaction with the anemometers transducers. Flow distortion corrections address
this issue for some anemometer models.
9-1
Angle of Attack Correction
Correction for the flow distortion due to the interaction between the wind flow and the
anemometers structures (e.g., transducers). Corrections are available for post-mounted
Gill Instruments sonic anemometer such as R3 and WindMaster. The relevance of this
effect of c-clamp anemometer models is debated (Kochendorfer et al. 2012; Mauder,
2013).
Angle of Attack Test
Calculates sample-wise angle of attacks throughout the current flux averaging period,
and flags it if the percentage of angles of attack exceeding a user-defined range is bey-
ond a (user-defined) threshold.
ASCII File
A format for raw eddy covariance data. Data are most commonly stored in a column-
wise fashion, and columns are usually separated by commas, tabs, semicolons or blank
spaces. ASCII files are human-readable using any text editor and can feature a header
stating the variable meanings and their units.
Axis Rotation for Tilt Correction
Method for compensating anemometer tilt with respect to local streamlines.
B
Biomet Data
Shorthand for biological and meteorological data. May include slow, accurate meas-
urements of air properties (temperature, pressure, water content, etc.), radiation com-
ponents (direct, indirect, reflected, and sorted in spectral bands), soil and vegetation
properties (biomass, water content, temperature, water and carbon flux, LAI, etc.). A few
of these measurements can be used to improve flux computation, or to calculate other
flux contributions such as storage fluxes, advection fluxes, soil fluxes.
C
Canopy Height
The height (m) of the canopy above the ground at eddy covariance site.
9-2
Glossary
Covariance Maximization
Procedure to estimate time lags between two time series. In eddy covariance, it is most
commonly used to estimate time lags between vertical wind speed and other variables.
It is based on the assumption that any setup limitation (physical separations, sampling
lines, etc) reduces the correlation between time series, that would be observed in the
environment. In a cross-correlation analysis between vertical wind speed and a variable,
the time lag for which the resulting covariance is maximal is taken to be the timelag
for that variable. The procedure is performed for all possible time lags in a in a time lag
plausibility window.
Cut-off Frequency
In eddy-covariance, the term is most often used to quantify the spectral features of an
eddy flux system. The larger the cut-off frequency, the greater the ability of the system to
measure flux contributions occurring at small spatial scales (small eddies). Typical real-
istic values range 0.1 to 5-8 Hz. Open-path systems tend to have higher cut-offs than
closed-path systems, due to attenuations of high-frequency fluctuations of gas con-
centrations resulting from the sampling line. Shorter sampling lines mitigate the prob-
lem. EddyPro can calculate your systems cut-off if you dont know how to estimate it.
D
Detrending
Refers to the operation of establishing and removing a trend in raw (high-frequency)
time series before calculating turbulent fluctuations. Using the block average pro-
cedure, no detrending is performed, and any instantaneous variation with respect to the
global mean of a variable (evaluated over the flux averaging interval) is considered as a
turbulent fluctuations. On the contrary, linear detrending and (exponential) running
mean methods remove a trend before evaluating fluctuations. With the latter methods,
the trend can be modulated to follow the time series more or less closely, by respectively
reducing or increasing the methods time constant.
Discontinuities Test
To detect discontinuities that lead to semi-permanent changes, as opposed to sharp
changes associated with smaller-scale fluctuations.
9-3
Glossary
Displacement Height
The height at which the wind speed would go to zero if the logarithmic wind profile
was maintained from the outer flow all the way down to the surface (also known as
zero plane displacement height).
Double Rotation
Aligns the x-axis of the anemometer to the current mean streamlines, nullifying the ver-
tical and crosswind components.
Drop-outs Test
Attempts to detect (relatively) short periods in which the time series sticks to some
value that is statistically different from the average value calculated over the whole
period.
Dynamic Metadata File
For EC datasets not in the GHG format, the dynamic metadata file can be used to
provide EddyPro with information concerning time-varying site, station, and instru-
mentation parameters, such as changing canopy height and roughness length, or instru-
ment separations and height. A dynamic metadata file can also be used with GHG files,
in case these do not contain accurate information (e.g. if a changing canopy height was
not updated in the GHG software during data collection).
E
Eastward Separation
East/west distance between the CO2/H2O Analyzer and the reference anemometer; pos-
itive values if east and negative values if west of the anemometer.
Embedded Biomet File
File containing Biomet data collected with LI-CORs biomet system and included
(embedded) in the GHG files. Each GHG file contains all eddy-covariance and biomet
measurement corresponding to a specific time period, and can be automatically pro-
cessed in EddyPro, to refine computation of turbulent fluxes.
9-4
Glossary
Express Mode
A setting in EddyPro that uses commonly-accepted settings that should apply to most
well-designed eddy covariance setups.
External Biomet File(s)
For users of Biomet systems other than the LI-COR system, EddyPro allows the usage of
Biomet data in flux computation. Data must be included in one or more external files
with a prescribed CSV format, which can then be loaded in EddyPro.
Extinction coefficient in oxygen Ko
In Krypton or Lyman-a hygrometers, the extinction coefficients for oxygen of the hygro-
meters, associated with the third-order Taylor expansion of the LambertBeer law
around reference conditions.
Extinction coefficient in water Kw
In Krypton or Lyman-a hygrometers, the extinction coefficients for water vapor of the
hygrometers, associated with the third-order Taylor expansion of the LambertBeer law
around reference conditions.
F
Fast Fourier Transform
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is used for the frequency domain analysis (spectra and co-
spectra) of the time series data.
Flux Averaging Interval
Time span over which fluxes and all other results are calculated. Most typical is 30
minutes, but longer or shorter averaging intervals may be needed in specific conditions
(see Finnigan et al. 2003). You can look into the ogives output by EddyPro to determine
the most appropriate averaging interval for a given site. The flux averaging interval does
not need to match the duration of the collected raw files.
Footprint Estimation
Flux crosswind-integrated footprints are distances from the tower contributing 10%,
30%, 50%, 70% and 90% to measured fluxes.
9-5
Glossary
G
Gain Value
The gain (slope) of the linear relation between input and output units.
Generic Binary File
Raw eddy covariance data can be efficiently stored in a plain binary format. EddyPro can
handle generic binary files (both little and big endian) as long as the length of binary
words used to store each variable is constant throughout the file. Binary files are not
human-readable and, although they are fast to import for processing, do not constitute a
robust way of storing eddy covariance data, unless they are accompanied by appropriate
metadata.
GHG File
A custom LI-COR file format that includes complete eddy covariance data sets and
denoted by a .ghg file extension. At a minimum, GHG files contain a raw, high-fre-
quency data file (extension .data) and the paired metadata file (extension .metadata). If a
biomet system was part of the EC setup, GHG files can also contain a file with biomet
data (ending in -biomet.data) and the paired metadata file (ending in -biomet_
metadata). All files are stored in ASCII text format.
GHG Software
The name of the desktop and embedded software on LI-COR LI-7500As and LI-7200s;
used to log .ghg files.
H
Height
Under instruments tab in the metadata file editor; the distance between the ground and
the sample path of the sensor (m).
High-pass Filtering Effects
Applies a correction for flux spectral losses in the low frequency range, due to the finite
averaging time and dependent on the detrending method selected.
9-6
Glossary
I
Ignore
In the metadata file editor, tells EddyPro to ignore a variable.
Input Unit
Related to re-scaling a variable in the metadata file editor, this specifies the input units.
L
Linear Scaling
Used to rescale values (from voltage, for example) to meaningful units (such as m/s).
Longitudinal Path Length (anemometer)
Distance between a pair of anemometer transducers.
Longitudinal Path Length (gas analyzer)
The path length of the gas analyzer sample volume.
Low-pass Filtering
Applies a correction for flux spectral losses in the high frequency range.
M
Magnetic Declination
The angle between magnetic (uncorrected compass) North and geographic (true). This
angle changes slightly over time, according to variations of the earths magnetic field.
Based on Latitude, Longitude and date, EddyPro can retrieve the magnetic declination
at your site from the dedicated NOAA web-service.
Maximum Time Lag
The maximum expected time lag for the current variable, with respect to anemometric
measurements.
9-7
Glossary
Measurment Type
The description of the concentration measurement (either Molar/Mass density, Mole
fraction, or Mixing ratio).
Metadata File
The metadata file (extension .metadata) contains all meta information relevant to the
collected raw data and necessary to process it appropriately. Metadata include site, sta-
tion and instrumentation description, as well as meaning and units of all variables avail-
able in the corresponding data files. For maximal robustness, each EC raw data file
should be accompanied by its own metadata, as is the case with GHG files.
Minimum Time Lag
The minimum expected time lag for the current variable, with respect to anemometric
measurements.
N
Nominal Time Lag
The expected (nominal) time lag of the variable, with respect to the measurements of
the sonic anemometer.
North Alignment
For Gill sonic anemometers, this specifies whether the U wind component is aligned to
the North spar of the anemometer (the spar marked with an N or a notch) or with the
transducer closest to it. There is an offset of 30 degress between the two. For most mod-
els, wind components V and W will be perpendicular to U in a right handed coordinate
system.
North Offset
The anemometer's yaw offset with respect to local magnetic North (positive eastward).
Magnetic North is the direction in which the north end of a compass needle or other
freely suspended magnet will point in response to the earth's magnetic field.
North Reference
The North to which EddyPro should refer the wind direction. It can be magnetic (the
direction that the north end of a compass needle points in response to the earth's
9-8
Glossary
magnetic field) or geographic (the direction along the earth's surface towards the geo-
graphic North Pole). The difference between the two is the magnetic declination.
Northward Separation
North/south distance between the CO2/H2O Analyzer and the reference anemometer;
positive values if north and negative values if south of the anemometer.
Numeric (yes/no)
Specifies whether a variable is purely numeric or not.
O
Offset
The offset (y-axis intercept) of the linear relation between input and output units.
Output Directory
The directory in the file system where your flux results will be written.
Output ID
An identifier in the name of the output file that specifies the results of a project.
Output Unit
The units of values that are rescaled using the linear scaling feature.
P
Planar Fit
Aligns the anemometer coordinate system to local streamlines assessed on a long time
period (e.g., 2 weeks or more). Can be performed sector-wise, meaning that different
rotation angles are calculated for different wind sectors.
Planar Fit with no Velocity Bias
Similar to classic planar fit, but assumes that the any bias in the measurement of ver-
tical wind is compensated, and forces the fitting plane to pass through the origin (that
is, such that if average u and v are zero, also average w is zero).
9-9
Glossary
R
Random Uncertainty
Uncertainty is a quantification of the precision of a measurement. Sources of uncer-
tainties can be traced to biogeochemical (source/sink), transport, and instrument
factors. Random uncertainties due to sampling errors are a consequence of the limited
number of independent samples that contribute substantially to a flux during any fixed
sampling period (Finkelstein and Sims, 2001). Contrary to systematic uncertainties,
which introduce a bias into the resulting fluxes and shall be minimized by accurate
experimental design and instrument deployment, random uncertainties do not intro-
duce a bias, rather, they reduce our confidence that the reported number is the true
value (Billesbach, 2011).
Roughness Length
The height at which wind speed is zero (indicated by z0).
S
Skewness and Kurtosis Test
Excessive skewness and kurtosis may help detect periods of instrument malfunction.
Third and forth order moments are calculated on the whole time series and variables
are flagged if their values exceed user-selected thresholds.
SLT File
A format for raw eddy covariance data, often created by or used in conjunction with the
EdiRe/EdiSol or EddySoft software packages. It is a fixed-length binary format, with or
without a binary header describing the file content. EddyPro can handle both types of
SLT files, but you must specify whether it is associated to EdiRe/EdiSol or to EddySoft.
Spectral Correction Factor
Multiplicative factors (typically > 1) used to correct tentative flux estimates for flux
losses that can occur at both low and high frequencies. Spectral correction factors are
calculated for each flux based on a spectral correction scheme. EddyPro supports dif-
ferent schemes, to suit different EC setups. Depending on the type of gas analyzer
9-10
Glossary
deployed, spectral corrections must be applied to fluxes before (open-path) or after
(closed-path) consideration of WPL effects.
Spectral Corrections
Procedure to calculate spectral correction factors. In EddyPro, we distinguish between
analytic and in-situ methods. Analytic methods do not require analysis of (co)spectral
features derived from the data and are easy to implement, fast to perform and robust.
However, they may underestimate spectral attenuations, especially for closed-path sys-
tems. In-situ methods are more appropriate to closed-path systems, but they require long
(e.g., >1 month) datasets to analyze spectra features or raw time series, estimate cut-off
frequencies and compute correction factors. In-situ methods, involving non-linear
regressions, may also fail in certain conditions.
Spike Count/Removal
A statistical technique that detects the number of spikes in each time series and
removes them based upon your settings.
Steadiness of Horizontal Wind Test
Assesses whether the along-wind and crosswind components of the wind vector
undergo a systematic reduction (or increase) throughout the file.
T
Time Lag
In eddy-covariance, the term time lag refers to the time misalignment between dif-
ferent high-frequency time series. Time lags arise due to physical distances between
instruments, to electronic delays and, in closed-path setups, to the passage of air
through sampling lines.
Time Lag Compensation
Procedure to compensate for time lags between anemometric measurements and any
other high frequency measurements included in the raw files, notably those used for
fluxes. In EddyPro time lags can be ignored, set to a contestant value, calculated with
the automatic procedure called covariance maximization, or optimized by means of the
time lag optimization procedure.
9-11
Glossary
Time Lag Optimization
Time lags of water vapor in closed-path systems often depend on relative humidity (and
secondarily on air temperature), on account of enhanced sorption processes occurring
at the walls of the sampling line when RH increases. The time lag optimization pro-
cedure consists of automatically defining the most appropriate time lag plausibility win-
dow and nominal time lag for water vapor for a specified number of relative humidity
classes. The time lag optimization can also be used to derive plausibility windows for
passive gases, as a special case.
Time Lag Plausibility Window
The range of physically plausible time lags, within which the actual time is expected to
fall. Within this window, the nominal time lag is the time lag of maximal likelihood,
the one that is expected to occur most often. The minimum and maximum of the plaus-
ibility window, as well as the nominal time lags, are automatically calculated by
EddyPro if not explicitly provided, with algorithms that depend on whether the EC sys-
tem is open- or closed-path. The covariance maximization procedure (when requested)
is applied only within the time lag plausibility window.
Time Lags Test
Flags the scalar time series if the maximal w-covariances, determined via the covariance
maximization procedure and evaluated over a predefined time-lag window, are too dif-
ferent from those calculated for the user-suggested time lags. That is, the mismatch
between fluxes calculated with the expected time lags and with the actual time lags is
too large.
Time Response (anemometer)
Time response of the anemometer; its inverse defines the maximum frequency of the
atmospheric turbulence that the instrument is able to resolve. Consult the anem-
ometers specifications or user manual.
Time Response (gas analyzer)
Time response of the gas analyzer; its inverse defines the maximum frequency of the
atmospheric turbulent concentration fluctuations that the instrument is able to resolve.
Consult the analyzers specifications or user manual.
9-12
Glossary
TOB1 File
A format for raw eddy covariance data, often used for storing data obtained from Camp-
bell Scientific dataloggers. It is a fixed-length binary format, featuring a ASCII (read-
able) header stating the collected variables, their units, and numerical format.
Transversal Path Length (anemometer)
Distance transverse to a pair of transducers on the anemometer.
Transversal Path Length (gas analyzer)
Path length in the distance orthagonal to the longitudinal path length.
Triple Rotation
Double rotations plus a third rotation that nullifies the cross-stream stress. Not suitable
in situations where the cross-stream stress is not expected to vanish, e.g., over water sur-
faces.
Tube Diameter
For closed path gas analyzer, the diameter of the intake tube (cm).
Tube Length
For closed path gas analyzers, this specifies the length (cm) of the intake tube.
V
Vertical Separation
Vertical distance between the CO2/H2O Analyzer and the reference anemometer; this
value is negative if the center of the analyzer sample volume (LI-7500A, LI-7700) or
intake tube inlet (LI-7200) is below the center of the reference anemometer sample
volume and positive if the gas sample is above.
W
WPL Terms
Refers to the flux contributions arising because of air compressibility. Gas analyzers
measure gas density (i.e., mole or mass of gas per volume of air). However, volume of
air can change due to fluctuations of (primarily) air temperature, pressure and water
9-13
Glossary
vapor concentration. Such fluctuations must be taken into account when computing
fluxes, either by converting gas measurements into dry mole fraction (if possible), or by
adding compensation terms developed by Webb et al. (1980) for open-path setups and
by Ibrom et al. (2007) for closed-path setups. Select the most appropriate method in
EddyPros interface. If you select unsuitable WPL options, EddyPro will figure that out
and automatically switch to the most appropriate WPL strategy, depending on the avail-
able measurements.
9-14
Glossary
Index
10-1
A
Absolute limits 2-39
Acquisition frequency 2-9
Advanced Eddy Covariance Flux Pro-
cessing 3-33
Air properties 5-11
Air termperature 2-20
Alternative metadata file 6-13
Altitude 2-9
AmeriFlux output 2-41, 5-18
Amplitude resolution 2-38
Anemometer info 2-10
Angle of attack
statistical tests 2-39
Angle of attack correction 2-22,
4-20, 6-16, 7-21
ASCII files 4-3
Axes alignment 6-16
Axis rotation for tilt correction 2-23,
4-21, 7-22
B
Beginning of dataset 6-14
Biomet Data 2-8, 4-14
external 4-15
format 4-15
Block averaging 2-26
C
Canopy height 2-10
Citations 8-1
Compensation for density fluc-
tuations 4-23, 7-27, 7-62, 7-64
Computing fluxes 4-1
Conversion 2-16
Conversion type 6-21
Correcting sonic temperature for
humidity 7-43
Correlation 2-27
Covariances 5-12
Crosswind correction 2-20, 2-23
D
Dataset Selection 4-10
declination SeeMagnetic declin-
ation
Delay 2-16, 6-21
Density fluctuations,
compensating 7-38
Despiking 7-9
Detect dataset dates 2-18
Detrending 7-26, 7-50
Detrending method SeeTurbulent
fluctuations
Discontinuities 2-39
Displacement height 2-10, 6-15
Drop-outs 2-39
E
Eastward separation 2-12, 6-17
gas analyzer 2-13
Eastward Separation 3-21, 3-24
Eddy Covariance
CH4 Log Values 3-25
CO2/H2O Log Values 3-22
EddyPro
learning 1-3
Ending date 2-19
Ending time 2-19
Error codes 4-41
Ethernet Cable
connection 3-4, 3-26
Exit code 4-41
Exponential running mean 2-26
Express processing settings 7-1
F
FFT 2-31
Field separator character 2-17
File description info 2-14
File duration 2-9
Filtering
high pass 7-26, 7-50
Flag 2-21, 2-32, 7-70
about 6-27
Flow distortion correction 6-16
Flow rate 2-13
Flux averaging interval 2-19
Flux footprint 5-12
Footprint 2-32, 4-26, 5-12, 7-66
Full output 2-41, 5-10
G
Gain-offset conversion 2-16, 6-21
Gas analyzer info 2-13
Gas concentration, densities, and time
lags 5-11
GHG data 4-2
GHG Europe output format 2-41,
5-18
GHG file format 6-2
GPS Format 3-13
H
Head correction 6-16
Height
anemometer 2-11
gas analyzer 2-13
High-pass filtering 2-33, 7-26, 7-50,
7-52
Humidity
anemometer temperature 7-43
I
In-situ Spectral Corrections 3-33
Input units 2-16
Installing FluxPro 1-3
Instrument sensible heat 4-25
Instruments 2-10
Intake tube diameter 2-13
Intake tube flow rate 2-13
Intake tube length 2-13
Introduction 1-1
IP Address
SMARTFlux 3-37
K
Krypton hygrometer 2-14
L
Latitude and longitude 2-10
LI-7700
connecting 3-23
LI-COR file format 6-2
Linear conversion 2-16, 2-16
10-2
Index
Linear detrending 2-26
Logging Data 3-11
Low-pass filtering 2-34, 7-53
M
Magnetic declination 2-20, 6-25
Manufacturer
anemometer 2-11
gas analyzer 2-13
Master sonic 2-20
Maximum time lag 2-16
Measurement type
gas concentrations 2-16
Menus 2-1
Metadata 2-5, 2-7
anemometer info 2-10
editing in FluxPro 2-8
gas analyzer info 2-13
instruments 2-10
raw file description 2-14
station 2-9
use alternative 6-13
Minimum time lag 2-16
Missing sample allowance 2-19
Mixing ratio 2-30
Model
anemometer 2-11
gas analyzer 2-13
N
Nominal time lag 2-16
Nominal tube flow rate 2-13
Non-sensitive variables 6-19
North alignment 2-11
North offset 6-16
North reference 2-19
Northward separation 6-17
gas analyzer 2-13
Northward Separation 3-21, 3-24
Number of header rows 2-17
O
Offset 6-16
Ouput ID 2-19
Output directory 2-19
Output files
about 5-1
air properties 5-11
AmeriFlux 5-18
concentrations 5-11
covariances 5-12
custom variables 5-13
densities 5-11
features 5-2
file information 5-10
fluxes 5-12
footprint 5-12
full output 5-10
GHG Europe 5-18
rotation angles 5-11
stats 5-18
time lags 5-11
time structure 5-1
turbulance 5-11
unrotated wind 5-11
variables 5-13
variances 5-12
P
Path length
anemometer 2-12
gas analyzer 2-14
Planar fit 6-23
Planar Fit 3-33
Previous output directory 2-19
Processing data 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
Program failed 4-41
10-3
Index
Project
ID 2-5
title 2-5
Q
Quality check 2-32, 4-25, 7-70
R
Random Uncertainty
Estimation 2-40
Raw data directory 2-18
Raw file description 2-14
Raw file name format 2-19, 6-1
Raw file type
ASCII 2-5
Binary 2-6
ghg 2-5
SLT 2-7
TOB1 2-6
References 8-1
Reset button 2-10
Rich output SeeFull output
Rotation angles 5-11
Roughness length 2-10, 6-15
Running mean 2-26
S
Sample intake tube diameter 2-13
Sample intake tube length 2-13
Save
metadata file 2-10
Scaling factor 2-16
Gain 2-16
Offset 2-16
Select items 2-20
Sensitive variables 6-19
Sensor separation 6-17
Sensor Separation 3-21, 3-21, 3-24,
3-25
Settings
configuring 4-10
Shorthand 5-13
Site information 2-5, 2-7
Skewness and Kurtosis 2-39
SMARTFlux
configuration file 3-27
connecting 3-4
IP Address 3-37
Software version 2-13
Sonic Anemometer
scaling 3-17
Spectral corrections 2-35, 7-50
high frequency 4-26
High frequency 2-34
low frequency 4-26
Low frequency 2-33
Spectral Corrections 3-33
Spike count and removal 2-38, 7-9
Starting date 2-18
Starting time 2-18
Station 2-9
Statistical screening 7-9
Steadiness of horizontal wind 2-40
subset 2-18
T
Tapering window 4-25
Time constant 2-26
Time lag 2-16, 2-27, 2-39, 6-21, 7-28
compensation 4-22
maximum 2-16
minimum 2-16
Time response
anemometer 2-12
gas analyzer 2-14
Time stamp 6-14
Time structure of output 5-1
Timelag 3-33
10-4
Index
Timestamp refers to 2-9
TOA files 4-3
TOB1 files 4-3
Toolbars 2-4
Tube diameter 2-13
Tube length 2-13
Turbulance 5-11
Turbulent fluctuations 2-26, 4-22
calculating 7-60
U
Unrotated wind 5-11
USB Logging 3-11
V
Variable 2-15
Variables
output 5-13
sensitive and non-sensitive 6-19
Variances 5-12
Vertical separation 2-12, 6-17
gas analyzer 2-14
Vertical Separation 3-21, 3-25
W
Webb, Pearman, Leuning 2-30, 7-27,
7-38, 7-62, 7-64
Wind data format 2-11
Wind rotation angles 5-11
Wind speed offset 2-22, 4-20
WPL 7-27, 7-38, 7-62, 7-64
Z
Zero-full scale conversion 2-16, 6-21
Zero plane displacement height 6-15
10-5
Index
10-6

Measuring Change in a Changing World

LI-COR Biosciences - Environmental

U.S.
Serving United States, Canada, and Mexico.
4647 Superior Street
Lincoln, Nebraska 68504
Phone: 402-467-3576
Toll free: 1-800-447-3576
FAX: 402-467-2819
[email protected] [email protected] www.licor.com/env
LI-COR GmbH, Germany
Serving Andorra, Albania, Belarus, Cyprus, Estonia, Germany, Iceland,
Latvia, Lithuania, Liechtenstein, Malta, Moldova, Monaco, San Marino,
Ukraine and Vatican City.
LI-COR Biosciences GmbH
Siemensstrae 25A
D-61352 Bad Homburg
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 6172 17 17 771
Fax: +49 (0) 6172 17 17 799
[email protected] [email protected]
LI-COR Ltd., United Kingdom
Serving UK, Ireland, and Scandinavia.
LI-COR Biosciences UK Ltd.
St. Johns Innovation Centre
Cowley Road
Cambridge
CB4 0WS
United Kingdom
Phone: +44 (0) 1223 422102
Fax: +44 (0) 1223 422105
[email protected] [email protected]
977-12025